[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: more
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and honors the dignity of man and the respect for the individual more
    • the greatest teachers in this field never did more than advise and
    • teacher to do more than advise and guide. Everything that can be
    • such a spiritual truth is. The more the love for such inner truths
    • streams through us, the more the power of inner sight grows in us.
    • all but that he learns to love it more and more. Thus he performs a
    • advertising such instructions, are no more than tiny fragments torn
    • Furthermore, it is necessary that man rid himself of something that is
    • which spiritual scientific knowledge must become far more widely
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • reality. Nothing would be more wrong than if Spiritual Science were
    • life. It will prove itself far more by building a real foundation for
    • more than fifty years ago. The idea of this arrangement — the
    • this, furthermore, in such a grotesque and radical manner, that one
    • When one goes more
    • includes far more than that of admitting women into the learned
    • look more deeply into the nature of the human being, into the nature
    • discuss this question from all sides, then we must look more deeply
    • insinuates itself more and more into the central position in the
    • man is the really creative active one, and woman more the companion,
    • vary in all directions. Even more noticeable for us is the fact that
    • more important in human society than the sexual characteristics of
    • something that is far greater and more decisive than sexual
    • had fewer rights than the peasant, or a more limited sphere of
    • renders far more impossible the way a woman can work and be active
    • regarded as a learned profession was really little more than a higher
    • many thinkers of today have known more penetratingly about so many
    • If we look more deeply
    • must briefly look once more into the being of Man. We will give a
    • no more right to judge than a blind person has the right to pass
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • that vegetarianism can be a more practical diet for those engaged
    • therefore, for me to touch upon a more prosaic theme from the
    • offer a more mundane subject than many we have heard here. It will
    • to believe that man is indeed physically nothing more than what he
    • such fashion that it turns into a progressively more suitable
    • themselves with replenishment. What, then, could be more obvious
    • who are more narrowly inclined toward the care of the inner life
    • We can become even more aware of this
    • light but it is also something more. Just as there is a spiritual
    • by their individual inner egos. Moreover, a man's individual ego
    • soul will become more externally oriented, more susceptible to, and
    • nourishment from the realm of plants, however, he becomes more
    • independent and more inclined to develop inwardly. He will become
    • master over his whole being. The more he is inclined to
    • vegetarianism, the more he accepts a vegetarian diet, the more he
    • more apt he will be to develop a sense for wider horizons and he
    • fundamentally a meat eater, however, limits himself to more narrow
    • vistas and directs himself more rigidly toward one- sidedness.
    • contrast, if men would show more interest in the food coming from
    • the realm of plants, they would discover that they are able more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • rather have the patience and perseverance, the will, to penetrate more
    • We can go into these things more deeply and we come then into spheres
    • When we penetrate more deeply into this question it becomes evident
    • concepts and ideas; or we may become more highly moral, more cultured
    • contemplation, further meditation. The more progress you make in
    • self-knowledge, the more you will find confirmation of the truth of
    • malevolent deeds. Here there is something more than and different
    • exoteric observation and then from observation of a more mystical
    • that have been described in their more external aspect can also be
    • in a more external way about the life of the soul and how this life
    • place in the Macrocosm. You will understand this more fully as time
    • even more clearly how much in our civilised life is the outcome of
    • force will affect civilisation in a still more miraculous way. The
    • more of this force we employ, the faster the earth will tend to become
    • intellectual and the moral, will more and more become one; they will
    • Christ in the world; more and more they will be influenced in waking
    • The dream of Socrates, that virtue can be taught, will come true; more
    • and more it will be possible on Earth not only for the intellect to be
    • Powers and more-over aspire to be so.
    • Asuras, an even more terrible force — which it will not be
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • have to say may be useful to some of you in that it will lead to a more
    • science has to say. Furthermore, the things anthroposophy has to teach
    • loss for an answer. This condition can lead to more serious symptoms
    • put it always in the same place. There is, however, a far more effective
    • exasperating simply because of its effect on ourselves. The more we
    • judgments we pronounce. It would be more than enough if but a tenth of
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • from natural science is tied up with a problem that more or less
    • There is a law in natural science whose validity is more or less
    • stronger and more powerful. It is the part in us that passes through
    • mysteries will throw more light on this historical fact.
    • could experience the human self, the human ego, far more strongly than
    • nature far more intensely than is normally done. Whereas we normally
    • its youth, had lost their meaning. Furthermore, something happened
    • must gradually enter into human evolution, which they will the more
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless, it is an illusion to think that our more complicated way of
    • Nathan child, only appear to be more complicated. In the Nathan Jesus boy
    • When one looks at all this more closely and deeply, it offers an insight
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • deeper understanding of this Mystery men should develop more and more
    • into the spiritual Earth-sphere, so that mankind may become more and
    • more able to participate in that which, proceeding from the Mystery of
    • Certainly he would have been able to utter much more artistic or
    • became capable of uttering more than interjections. The power of
    • once more the organs of the human body in so far as those organs come
    • onwards the thinking of thoughts has developed more and more; we now
    • If our thinking is gradually to be brought more and more into order,
    • And now there is still something more to be said, as we are standing
    • Science and have continuously more to contribute to the understanding
    • “Not I, but Christ in me,” more and more true. And the way
    • Christ is denied, the power of Memory would fall into disorder. More
    • and more people would appear whose memory was chaotic; who would
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Mankind must become more and more selfless; therein lies the future of
    • Atlantean evolution, the third Christ event occurred. Once more the
    • human being. It would seem a more orderly progression if between His
    • Yes, the science of the spirit will impress upon us ever more deeply that
    • One more thing, my dear friends. You know that since 1909 we have
    • personally, more and more, the spiritual power that came from without
    • spiritual influence was perceptible. In 1909 it began, and has come more
    • and more frequently since then. I have accurate knowledge that it was the
    • way to us easier the more we were permeated with the thought of Christ
    • because you are finding evermore the way to make spiritual science into an
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • from looking at the merely external bodily nature, any more than the
    • keep at them for more than a few minutes at a time, or for more than a
    • released so that we become ever richer and more inward as regards our
    • more safely and certainly he advances in the field of spiritual
    • world. To say this is held against one nowadays, even more so than any
    • of death and is, moreover, the germ and essential core of a new life.
    • Lessing was getting senile in his old age.” That makes people more
    • field. But if you study the matter in more detail, you will find that
    • wants to contribute to a deeper, more heartfelt understanding of
    • for understanding it more completely than was possible in times gone
    • I've taken more time than was intended, but perhaps you will let me
    • birth on? We would not deny this any more than we would deny that the
    • everything Christianity stands for and then adds something more to it.
    • increasingly independent and inwardly ever more free. Therefore they
    • seer's view of spiritual truth, but the more our thinking is freed
    • from sensory realms, the more fully it can follow the spiritual
    • rather does it want to set a more religious mood of soul-life and to
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • emerging more than six decades ago is now a political reality. While
    • “destined by the European karma” or, to state it more
    • that France was more interested in presenting herself as the innocent
    • Furthermore, the war did not emerge out of a French or Russian moral
    • more dreamlike clairvoyance will have an easier time of it during the
    • has been replaced by a more conscious elevation that can best be
    • at first a few, and gradually more and more souls will know that the
    • life situations are assessed, and even more frequently in the general
    • something more fantastic and untrue, from a spiritual perspective,
    • the Peace Conferences were held, wars have never been more terrible.
    • materialism. The more this fact is realized by human beings, the more
    • regard as something — well — something that deserves no more than an
    • in a more comprehensible fashion, it was readily accepted. Darwin, a
    • Robinson tales; they existed before and exist now. Much more could be
    • of life alter this death. He believes that there is more to a people's
    • death confirm in a more or less conscious way that there is a
    • sounds into the music of the spheres: there is more in the world than
    • impulse must continue to bear on man, but more on his consciousness.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • unwilling to enter deeply into more intimate truths connected with the
    • human beings who want to cultivate the more intimate side of spiritual
    • more or less appropriate but we need not go into that now. Then came
    • is true that more delicately organized natures feel pain at the
    • must look still more deeply into the course of human evolution if we
    • will gradually become more widespread, until by the end of the fifth
    • of culture and develop as individuals, raising individual life more
    • and more out of community life, we must in turn become conscious of a
    • another in hostility, it is all the more necessary to develop, as
    • understand him. I propose to speak from our more intimate standpoint
    • of evil, when it shows us death at every step? Nevermore can we
    • Community above us; Christ in us. We know furthermore that if two, or
    • prosper. If this attitude, uniting with our work, becomes more and
    • more widespread, we shall put to good account the demands made by
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • a little more than what we are able to see through the generally accepted
    • possessed it. Their physical body was far more hardened than that of man
    • everything has therefore grown more and more hardened as far as man's
    • fifth post-Atlantean epoch, so will also the etheric body take on more
    • thus more and more express the moral qualities.
    • exercise a more and more healing influence. It will be necessary above
    • influence at the present time!” The spiritual world must more
    • and more become a reality.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • is no more intended to be what is ordinarily meant by the word
    • recent centuries, and more especially our modern era, have given a
    • powers of soul, and familiarizing himself with the more recent
    • to new answers. His mental attitude would have to be adopted more generally,
    • is that inhabits the human soul in the form of consciousness; nay more, we
    • now causing the whole mass to rotate. And furthermore: what has come into
    • sun's heat at a constant temperature. No more barren perspective of the
    • there we have more than a mere dead result about which information has been
    • summer. For the earth enjoys a much more intense and active spiritual life
    • beings learn from mother or nurse during the first years of life more than
    • that what is expressed in the features becomes more clearly defined. The
    • etheric body furthermore influences the breathing and circulatory systems
    • in a more individual manner. However, as a result of the earthly forces no
    • modern science it will lead of necessity to Spiritual Science as well. More
    • and more persons will discover that Spiritual Science, contrary to
    • belong furthermore all things relating to the spiritual nature of human
    • Thomas Aquinas refers. Moreover everyone acquainted with Augustine knows
    • faith more actively than do the truths obtainable by mere intellect. Thomas
    • be done still more intensively through their extension by means of Spiritual
    • comprehended the more will opposition to Spiritual Science cease.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Soul. I say once more, the faculty for the Spiritual Soul —
    • although he has passed through rather more than a fifth of the age of
    • element tending towards a deeper and more real knowledge of man.
    • the other man. One man will cause us to breathe more quickly, another
    • man more slowly;and according as we breathe more quickly or more
    • All these forces, however, will reside more in the inner realm of the
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • that there is more thinking nowadays than in the past. But this is an
    • just these anti-social forces did not become ever more powerful; they
    • present, humanity has no idea how much more powerful anti-social
    • truly more and more difficult because the anti-social forces are
    • closely. I have an example which easily clarifies this. In the more
    • we often owe more than to those who, from a certain point of view,
    • we look back on the years in the more distant past to people with whom
    • relations to others. It is when we try to become more and more
    • towards linking up the Ego more and more with its experiences.
    • bestirring ourselves more and more, of getting free of events, and of
    • mind — you will find that they are more an aesthetic shaping of
    • super-sensible Mysteries, that the first more important event in their
    • more importantly it can give us a direction in conscious waking life
    • of speaking together about the more intimate aspects of Spiritual
    • certainly strengthened the hands of the Bolsheviks against more
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • undergo. Natural science exists far more for the purpose of educating
    • essential, and moreover within the reach of every human being, is to
    • once again they are guided more by the existing geographical
    • were able to lift more of their subconsciousness into consciousness,
    • evolution of modern times, man is becoming more and more spiritual in
    • upper consciousness is more and more sharply at variance with the
    • understand this, we must consider once more the threefold membering of
    • reality is becoming more and more evident, manifests in different
    • hand, more and more life surges out into cosmic space the further we
    • the heads of men: there the earth radiates out more life into cosmic
    • into human bodies to-day are directed more by geographical conditions,
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • be said that super-sensible knowledge is becoming more and more
    • cannot carry out unconsciously any more by means of our blood, we have
    • with your more mature mind. The more care you take that the child does
    • joy nor enthusiasm will come from it later — the more you will be doing
    • the fact that our blood is becoming weak, by attaching all the more
    • but which is alive and produces ever more life. That is the crux of the
    • unconsciously, some people learning more and others less, according to
    • its power. This activity, too, has to be replaced by more consciousness.
    • People must achieve the art of acquiring relatively more for themselves
    • the other person but notice at the most that one person has a more pointed
    • natural scientific, materialistic way of thinking has done more damage in
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • that is more or less recognized in science and has also made its way
    • more or less solid, or at most solid-fluid, substances found in him.
    • Man is pictured as a structure built up from these more or less solid
    • (yellow). More exact study shows that just as the solid or solid-fluid
    • the process here is a more fluctuating one — and having its own
    • This is even more emphatically the case when we come to consider the
    • process, in so far as this has a pictorial character — more
    • and is related to the air even more intimately than tone, also
    • The condition of sleep, too, can be understood only if we go much more
    • clearer, yielding more and more data of knowledge; whereas
    • speak of having only the ordinary waking consciousness any more than
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • are therefore led to the body. And we are led to the body even more
    • organism, the warmth-organism and thus becoming by degrees more
    • will more easily understand what I shall now have to say on the basis
    • more vigorous activity in the warmth-organism when the soul is fired
    • this, more than anything else, can fill us with enthusiasm for the
    • is generally called ‘moral’ represents no more than a subordinate
    • epoch there existed a knowledge — in earlier times a more
    • clear to the people: ‘You are becoming more and more accustomed to
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • How, in reality, do we become inwardly more and more spiritual? —
    • in pursuit of sensations does not make us more spiritual. We become
    • more spiritual through the inner, will-permeated work we carry out in
    • this inner radiation of will into the sphere of thinking, the more
    • in speech that is instinctive and involuntary. But the more we go out
    • as it were, from organic processes, the more do we carry thoughts into
    • come by degrees to actions which are more and more emancipated from
    • thoughts into our actions, and the more our actions evolve towards
    • perfection, the more are our thoughts being carried into them.
    • devotion to the outer world. — The more our devotion to
    • the outer world grows and intensifies, the more does this outer world
    • more. Our thoughts are pictures in this same sense.
    • and nothing more — so what we unfold as the life of thought is
    • is filled more and more with thoughts. And what forms the bridge
    • perceive that just as more and more will, a greater and greater
    • Power more and more completely, we also pervade what is merely Power
    • does the metabolic process operate in man when will is ever more and
    • more unfolded in love? It operates in that, as man performs such
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha. Furthermore, we find we can only understand what has happened
    • Furthermore there is also a certain connection between the ancient Persian
    • entirely Christian spirit, this picture is, after all, nothing more than a
    • many modern people Christmas is nothing more than a festival for giving and
    • nothing more than a phrase that modern life is so full of calamities and
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • essentially the same — only more primitive — as it is
    • the surrounding universe. Moreover we know how this soul-constitution
    • pupil was led to develop a more wide-awake life than normally. The
    • between birth and death had more of a dreaming character; but just
    • because it was dreamlike it had a far more lively way of perceiving
    • beings, whose consciousness was more mature, during the age of ancient
    • Moreover, it is in these forces especially that we live between
    • known as Gnosis. From then on it became more and more a matter of
    • must take on life once more. What was once outer must be built up
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, of entering more deeply into the Nature that presents
    • after all, a fact of the life of soul, and one that becomes more and
    • more apparent the more seriously we occupy ourselves with questions of
    • knowledge; and it is only with a view to making more comprehensible
    • We have come to regard history more and more in its purely external
    • science, in a more inward way, we should discover that the experience
    • authority in the widest circles and tend more and more to become the
    • We can here take once more the example of Astronomy. What Copernicus
    • outlook; hence his self-consciousness did not grow. He remained more
    • perhaps in some ways more real than — the life of thought: but
    • him. We come to know more of man than stands before us as “given”
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • more with the organs and arising in us through smell or taste or
    • with the surrounding world. Our antipathies really come from more
    • as though our sympathies lie more on the surface, whereas antipathies
    • egotism, the more strongly is the element of antipathy working in him.
    • Post-Atlantean epoch (Egypto-Chaldean) men experienced more strongly
    • This experience of the sun sank more and more deeply into man's being
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • For some time we have been occupied with gaining a more accurate
    • lived in the people of Greece developed within mankind more or less
    • a new birth he descends once more to earthly life. And we have also
    • organs. The more interior speech organs are so formed out of Man's
    • physical body and etheric body. Those are no more than vague,
    • What is meant to be expressed here in a more abstract way, was more
    • would have been able ever more strongly to develop the consciousness
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • being during the period up to the change of teeth. More or less
    • rather more inward characterization of these processes.
    • etheric body is to say very little. We must enter a little more
    • and in its lower portion something that appears more or less as an
    • more beautiful than has ever been wrought by mechanical means — a
    • time, while the human being coalesces more and more with his physical
    • ray out, in a manner of speaking, previously they were more star-like;
    • present birth. Moreover, the astral body is highly differentiated,
    • differentiated astral body becomes more and more undifferentiated.
    • Precisely herein lies the key to a more intimate knowledge of the
    • inheritance. Moreover, we must know that this inherited astral becomes
    • The astral body becomes more and more indefinite, for it sends into
    • more or less like a cloud of mist. But — and this is the interesting
    • more intense. Gradually these forms disappear, they slide into the
    • physical organs. The astral body more and more becomes a cloud of
    • — this, too, comes together within. Moreover, this has a kind of
    • as he expands ever more widely in the spirit, he can hand over his
    • heart, and now it tends to return into the cosmos once more. The human
    • this connection, I am once more describing something absolutely real.)
    • more external one.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • more concrete reality than they have in our age of abstraction.
    • pre-earthly past, and his more immediate experience of the earthly
    • awakened in the soul. Beauty gives us joy once more, even in the
    • more perfectly we represent the human form, say, in sculpture or
    • painting, the more must we admit that this does not correspond to an
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • — we find that they too experienced, more or less instinctively, the
    • died out. Among more advanced humanity, therefore, we will not find that
    • cycle of nature but these instincts have more or less died away, and
    • instinctive co-existence with nature. In his case it was more ensouled than
    • more conscious form. Yet we find that man, in spite of his higher soul-life
    • and capacity to think, has given himself over to a more chaotic life. With
    • his life could be found once more by seeing himself as a member of the
    • more particularly in regard to culture and the life of the soul. We find
    • would arise before his soul. For it was characteristic of the more ancient
    • not even feel that he was man in the fullest sense. He felt that he was more a
    • it ever more and more.
    • immediately after death.’ A more modern man, who has meanwhile lived
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • whole matter is even more complicated, because we must also consider
    • if we absorbed more oxygen. The more the carbonic acid formation
    • cannot talk about an equilibrium anymore. Then the growth processes
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • come to a more or less clear awareness of how uncertain, how vacillating
    • in more recent times has actually only been made in the area of surgery
    • science to come to its results, this matter has occupied me for more than
    • responsible spiritual investigation demands more effort and above all more
    • this mineral wants to order itself into threads. One can see this even more
    • would have to say much more about antimony if I wanted to scientifically
    • becomes clear through a more exacting study of the matter — with
    • that more quartz processes need to be transmitted to the nerve-sense
    • knowledge is more and more applied to bringing about a connection
    • be achieved by more soul-spiritual processes of healing. In this realm one
    • to person, — which I naturally cannot describe in detail any more
    • More has not been possible during the available time. If I wanted to
    • skin lesions, and more.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • during the times when he is fast asleep is still more important for
    • Even more important than the daily periods of sleep throughout our
    • once more, be automate; my, in this automatic state we should be
    • inasmuch as he was more or less aware of his sleeping states even in
    • ordinary waking life, man's earthly life and action was far more
    • I will now show how you can see this picture-character of man more
    • human Ego dwells in waking life by day. Moreover in the breathing organs
    • organs while we are outside — until we re-awaken. And what is more,
    • a time on Earth, whence they withdrew to the Moon more than 15,000
    • which fulfilled its human destinies more than 15,000 years ago, and,
    • every night when man is sleeping, and it is realized more fully
    • between death and a new birth, and also — more in picture-form —
    • between death and re-birth he is at one time more in the neighbourhood
    • of the Lunar influences and at another more in the neighbourhood of
    • is in Jupiter's domain; yet the interactions between them are far more
    • process which also lives within us and of which we, once more, are but
    • thus once more to spiritual worlds! It is a striking fact: yonder in
    • Asia, in more than one Asiatic, Oriental country, are living those who
    • of the word, to our time; it needs to be replaced by a more conscious
    • Yet in reality it is for Europeans and Americans themselves once more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • earth. And it will be one of the more beautiful results that can follow from
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
    • And further we saw that this being appears once more in that world
    • are no more than the outer sign and symbol of spiritual worlds which look down
    • again about Raphael; yet once more he made the attempt to put pen to paper
    • not sufficient for more today. May the words so speak to your soul that you
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • that gives a more exterior knowledge of things, and an esoteric
    • oldest times to the Mystery of Golgotha, one may say: more and more,
    • human beings learnt to know death. They learnt to know death more and
    • more as something that made an impression on them. Their souls became
    • Imagine two esoteric disciples of the Christ, who progress more and
    • more in the acquisition of an esoteric Christianity, and imagine them
    • One of them would say more or less the following words to the other
    • Damascus would have been justified. For, Paul more or less accepted
    • humanity must live more forcefully if it wants to pass through death
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • book-learning, gave him the possibility to face things more freely and
    • in a far more unprejudiced way. The poet's adventurous nature explains
    • last admitted to the stage. In 1592, he recited his first more
    • expressive power, their purity and naturalness were moreover impaired
    • we shall have learned to lay more stress on their essential character.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • him the possibility to face things more freely and in a far more
    • were moreover impaired by a certain artificial note which was the
    • times comes in which we again see the essential more than is the
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual streams with which it is connected. An even more important
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • his Doctrine of Ideas. In demanding this, however, he demanded no more
    • that are more universal and more comprehensive than the space of the
    • means of education, and no more than this is here implied about
    • of a more general proposition.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • acquiring a more and more intimate and exact knowledge of the animal
    • In order to make the picture more exact, we must acquaint ourselves
    • with these he grows more and more closely acquainted. You must not
    • see into that world perceive how the dead gradually makes more and
    • more links — all of which are the outcome of karmic connections
    • much more intimate connection with human beings in the domain of
    • The connection is much more intimate than it can ever be on Earth.
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • sustaining him with great power. The Archangels bear him more mightily
    • than the Angels, the Archai again more mightily than the Archangels,
    • spiritual world. The difficulties would more or less solve themselves
    • if men would take a little more trouble to grow acquainted with the
    • third state, even more important for intercourse with the spiritual
    • Now, for intercourse with the dead, some things in life are more
    • who died in old age live, through being able to enter more easily into
    • lose the children, for the children remain more or less within the
    • remembrance should take a more universal form, giving the child, who
    • one who has died in later years, the individual aspect is more
    • may be of a more general kind — such for example as may be
    • them to life anew within the soul. There is nothing more important for
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • Now more and
    • more people expressed the desire to read the lectures for workers.
    • speak. As the infant gradually learns to speak, more and more small
    • “mush,” as I described it. The more the child learns not
    • the more this convolution receives definite shape. As long as the
    • imitation. The more the child moves beyond the vowels formed in mere
    • crying and utters consonants such as L, M; N, R, the more the
    • this hand, but he also gets into the habit of breathing a bit more
    • strongly on the right side, of exerting more of an effort there. He
    • also gets into the habit of hearing more clearly on the right side,
    • in the habit of using his right hand develops the tendency to be more
    • Then the child will also breathe a bit more strongly on the right
    • pronouncing vowels and consonants more strongly with the right half
    • of the larynx. Again these activities are taken in more vividly with
    • the left side of the brain. This is why the brain, originally more
    • like mush, is now a lot more structured. In contrast, we use the left
    • more slowly than the other children. But it does not matter if they
    • intelligent in later life, but more so, because I gradually transform
    • surface, the left cerebral convolution would be more artfully formed;
    • portion would be more suitable for speech; the outer one would exist
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • the situation in ancient times was more favourable, though knowledge
    • much more freely about certain truths than is now possible, for such
    • knew more about the connection between the soul and spirit on the one
    • today, and other things even more. Nowadays, when human beings have
    • their perception of the truth, one has to speak more in generalities
    • present life-organs were then more in the realm of the soul. Think of
    • that in his Zodiac, with its twelve sense-regions, more
    • more.
    • life-processes, too, then have to be altered. They acquire more
    • way, and then, if his development tends more towards the will, it
    • leads to aesthetic creativity; or, if it tends more towards
    • permeated with more activity of soul in the experience of art than in
    • properly understood. Nowadays man is regarded more or less as a
    • follows, more delicate physiological processes — they accompany
    • organism, more in the soul, with every activity of smelling. These
    • over more into processes of life.
    • excretion. Moreover, secretion should not appear alone. All four
    • Once more we
    • you read more of his Poetics you will feel in it something
    • Poetics one is seized by immediate life much more than one can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • present time, when so much — far more than people realise —
    • much more deeply. It can sometimes be heartbreaking how little the
    • revolutionaries hoped so much. He hoped much more for a thorough
    • Let us consider once more the basic conception of these “Letters.”
    • had wanted to become more personal: On Goethe and Myself. For Goethe
    • there was so much more in the human soul. And things could not simply
    • The middle of the nineteenth century was a much more incisive point in
    • pays little attention, or he would be more aware of the difference
    • to be more capable of judgment through the experience that has been
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • part of what is contained in the trunk. Moreover, as you will have
    • A recognition of these distinctions allows us to indicate more exactly
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • human being are more objective in proportion as they are less
    • life — change of teeth, and puberty — but later are more or
    • that have survived from earlier times, when Man lived in more
    • elemental stages of consciousness and had more direct connection with
    • but it is very much more complicated. Here again the events swing
    • of taking note of external nature in a more objective way. Earlier, he
    • comes back in a more spiritual form, whereas in the second or third
    • year of life it has more of a soul character. This is only one of the
    • the very evolution of the earth and mankind requires that these more
    • recognised. Man will have to come to the point of knowing himself more
    • Moreover, we are living now in an epoch when the events that come from
    • speak of the spirit, they always have more or less a desire to keep
    • healing. This is a truth that must now begin once more to find its way
    • It will be necessary also for the more exact branches of human
    • The more exact domains of knowledge are by no means yet at their
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • body, a great deal more is happening than modern science dreams of.
    • struggle to reach once more.
    • necessary to go into more precise detail if we were describing the
    • will be torn away from his nerves, and he will be driven more and more
    • man. The Sun is connected more directly with the Ego, Saturn, Jupiter
    • for he is really much more like an earthworm who has eyes at most for
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • standpoint once more — the super-sensible world as such.
    • ear. And now once more: Above the thigh we have the inner organs, the
    • number of ‘human beings’, more or less metamorphosed or
    • head-organisation in the Spirit, to become an actual head once more in
    • embryonic life. And we refresh once more what was impressed in our
    • of soul: Memory and Love, once more as transformations out of the
    • who places himself into the midst of the earthly. Moreover, we see
    • it could be given more perfectly. Then it would appear still more
    • more so. Therefore you need not wonder if the appeal of such knowledge
    • is to the whole man. Then too we feel there is infinitely more in the
    • for the physical. Moreover, this will lead us to yet another thing,
    • feeling of inner freedom. They have now entered once more upon the
    • will grow and grow, until it comes about once more that only he who is
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • people are powerless today — have grown more and more powerless
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • increases as we think more about it. In certain respects, the very
    • teacher — even though he is the more objective party —
    • beginning to talk like more than a man. Why, the whole world speaks
    • This crushes the soul of a child or a young person. It is more
    • possible after 18 to pass over to what is more or less in doubt. But
    • people in hand in a bold and generous way. You can much more easily
    • terrible revolution. More important than any approved method is that
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • the Epiphany. The lecture today, therefore, will be more in the nature of a
    • be lost to it. Moreover, through your having changed the atom, through the
    • begun to attach such value to the human name; in earlier epochs, more
    • thing — more desperately tragic than other catastrophes — will
    • able to picture, more clearly than was possible when I spoke of the things
    • still to live through two more periods of this great epoch. Then will
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • deepest foundations of the human soul, though in a more or less
    • course taken by these dream pictures lies more deeply within
    • and once more we awake full of this terror which continues into
    • dream pictures are more or less taken from ordinary life
    • before entering it penetrates more intensely into the etheric
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • consciousness, and then we become aware of more than is
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • they meant something very much more significant than is generally meant
    • once more: Spirit must be drawn forth from words.
    • sense-organs themselves, or more exactly the sites of the
    • body becomes all the more active and inwardly mobile between falling
    • after the moment of falling asleep, a more and more lively activity of
    • else that is more remote from what we perceive in the external world
    • been repeated for the soul during sleep. But this is a more
    • sleep, even during a daytime nap, but in a more fragmentary way.)
    • Looking at this still more closely, using the same methods through
    • And beholding it more closely, one can see that this organ permeates
    • cosmic Universe, when one has observed the glow extending more and
    • more widely, but growing fainter and fainter, and the music growing
    • music; it can no more be perceived by the being of soul and spirit,
    • himself the equality of individual being has developed more and
    • more. As I have often said, Man has become more and more intellectual
    • knows about himself becomes more and more abstract. But behind
    • this abstract life there is a being living more and more within
    • knowledge has shrunk more and more. Once it was known: Form shines out
    • once more, and now with a clear, enhanced consciousness, that all true
    • Mystery wisdom which once more exercises the art of releasing Spirit
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • name of Christ has no real place, is gaining ground more and more. I
    • For this very reason it is perhaps all the more interesting to study
    • more profound conception of the Christ than all the other doctrines
    • forms, whereas Spiritual Science leads us back to forms which more
    • and more reveal the nature of soul and spirit, and finally point to a
    • approached men felt themselves more and more incapable of
    • more and more general. Men thought it right that the sphere of
    • the divine inner nature of man — who had moreover represented
    • ancient Christology. It was research that grew more and more
    • [A more exact description is to be found in
    • ancient Mysteries were such that through the influence of other, more
    • Initiation by dint of strenuous trials and had, furthermore, learnt
    • into human evolution through the Christ Impulse. Then, moreover,
    • an eternity more fundamental than the Divinity passing down through
    • able to look more deeply into the spiritual life of humanity.
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • consciously realised by him any more than the laws of growth are
    • more than a mere adjunct to existence, was indeed the most essential
    • knowledge is much more reliable than any intellectual judgment.
    • which is, however, more than an image. Those who really know what they
    • can tell us more about Richard Wagner than Nietzsche was able to do.
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • more deeply connected with the sources of life than can be expressed
    • Sun and moon were only seen through a rainbow-haze. Moreover man's
    • life of soul was entirely different. He lived in a far more
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • revelation, in its more scholastic form, was by no means a body of
    • all costs by true Christians. Moreover, efforts were made to
    • But now let us scrutinise this logic more closely. The Ideas are
    • Initiation. But in more ancient times there was no such thing as
    • eyes of men was brought down in more ancient times merely in the form
    • already beginning to assume a more intellectual form. Now in those
    • more hours in the year. And these hours are directed by forty-two
    • form it afterwards assumed, but adhered to all the more firmly because
    • savoured of the ancient wisdom, little more than the names of men like
    • The less men understood Christianity, the more they spoke of the
    • Galileans; the less they knew of the Christ, the more emphasis they
    • must ultimately be given, and — what is more — received.
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking grows more independent within the life of humanity, we
    • thinking can become sounder; we must moreover create a foundation
    • people withdrew themselves more and more even from the mere act of
    • spirit. In more recent times, the spirit has become very mechanical,
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • Beings can then once more interest themselves in the human
    • One more thing should be grasped clearly. You know that the religions of
    • spiritual world which is more encompassing than the one which
    • The human beings should experience in their souls more or less the following
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • first only be given in a more general outline. We say that the
    • of spiritual science, we must penetrate more accurately into
    • particularly within the more restricted circle connected with our
    • have received their forms later. If you read the more intimate
    • animals differ far more from one another than the human beings. In
    • Europe, and we may observe this, for instance, more in detail in the
    • order that we may once more enter a new incarnation. Many things are
    • importance to themselves. Yet it would be far more reasonable to
    • conveyed best of all if he paints Adam and Eve in a more or less ugly
    • art, this, fact is more or less evident to-day. In art it is strongly
    • in that way; he would describe things far more consciously and thus
    • factors; as is the case with Dostojevski, he constructs more, and
    • since he only brings into his book what he more or less knows, his
    • Life contains more
    • human being in whom the astral body is more active; and in the fourth
    • one, a human being in whom the Ego is more active. It is
    • to describe things more from out his sub-consciousness, the various
    • It is difficult to explain this word; it is a far more qualitative
    • is a far more concrete thing. We may come across this in life itself
    • more wish to conclude my lecture:
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • more radiant and glorious than that of the light weaving through the
    • Could any enclosed space make a more majestic impression than
    • is for us to make the beginning, although it can be no more than a
    • little more bearable when we are able to picture, for instance, the
    • dreadful, and it is even more dreadful to have charts and tables
    • can scarcely imagine anything more horrible than to be surrounded in
    • the world to-day, so much more depends upon deed than upon any
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • civilizations have absorbed into themselves an even more ancient
    • this doctrine fell more into the background, was outwardly less
    • main value to physical continuity, was more accentuated. The
    • culture, only here it was more a cult of locality than an
    • connected more with the place than with the racial stock. We find Zeus
    • has always been a man among men, only he was able to advance more
    • is not given. More and more freedom is allowed to the Initiates of the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • is reaching out to apprehend the Mystery of Golgotha once more with
    • more in the light of spiritual knowledge. Intellectualistic knowledge
    • time once more to this the greatest question of mankind, inasmuch as
    • Golgotha all human beings — even those who were primitive, more
    • was a soul before I descended to the Earth. Notably in still more
    • humanity. They felt that man had been more healthy in the beginning
    • Principle held sway. Yet it was felt how man had departed ever more
    • and more from the Father, to whom as we look up we say. Ex Deo
    • presence once more as the Cosmic Physician, shall we also realise His
    • and spirit before birth. Their attention was directed more and more
    • depths, was a question unexpressed in words, but felt the more deeply
    • If we look still more deeply into the souls of those who
    • following is what we find: — First there were the more
    • more with spiritual vision.
    • the question: How shall we come once more to the Supersensible —
    • souls to life again, that ye may bear them, once more a living soul,
    • more he imbues himself with that which all the world to-day calls
    • Science, the more he feels his soul to die within him. For the modern
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • to-day more particularly of one aspect of this relationship of human
    • studies alluded to a more intimate relationship between word and
    • words are very little more than mere outward signs for the objects
    • become no more than a sign. But it is scarcely more than 1500 years
    • If now we go back into more remote ages, we find something different
    • Hierarchy who lived in his language as in more recent times. The
    • whole relationship moreover was different. In those remote times man
    • the Greeks. You could not have more striking evidence of this than
    • to say nothing of the Orient. It is really no more than a ridiculous
    • of course be no more than approximate. In one region of the earth
    • of thought. Man begins to speak more out of thoughts; language
    • passes through Death. The event of Golgotha is accordingly more than
    • and minds of men — all this is an image of the infinitely more
    • that as men gradually receive into themselves more and more of the
    • them — and more especially, the farther we go Westward —
    • Here up above, the Gods grow more and more exalted. Down below an
    • evolution goes on among men. On the one hand they receive more and
    • more of the Christ Impulse, on the other hand they move further and
    • reach a higher stage. The Archangels gradually receive more and more
    • Archangels gradually receive more and more of the Christ, Who has
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • momentous decisions like the present it is all the more necessary
    • evolutionary process. It was said that another, more purely spiritual
    • whose nature a much more highly spiritual mode of knowledge is
    • descendant of the more lofty Aeons who had proceeded from the
    • of a far more highly spiritual order than Jahve or Jehovah.
    • with the spiritual world — which was moreover of far greater
    • Scholasticism to be far more profound, far more consistent than the
    • way: The nearer we come to the Ural and Volga districts, the more do
    • beings of the West, the more do their heads seem to disappear. These
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • We may now consider in a more inward way the whole line of evolution
    • which we studied yesterday more externally. We will try to bring
    • more difficult for the man of today than for the man of primeval
    • are in a more or less close relationship to certain other elemental
    • dissolves, it becomes ever more tenuous. But it does not become
    • case; man preserves his relationship to it. Moreover, this
    • thought with the dead. Only, of course, these thoughts are far more
    • more intimately, we should soon recognise their presence. But we
    • constantly let this finer, more delicate life of the soul be
    • perceive that finer, more intimate thoughts are constantly there in
    • Now man develops more and more as he lives through the time between
    • infinitely more tolerant. Now he who lives in the soul life in the
    • to have good eyesight (if we are sound and healthy). Moreover, since
    • is determined once more through our karma. The fact that we are
    • soul's life in more or less unconscious ways. And at last, at
    • with us now touches our soul far more nearly than what they did in
    • physical in a more inward way. In former times, the outer life was
    • of the physical. He thereby experiences it more intensively, more
    • another. The Sun requires about 25,900 and a few more years to
    • beyond their limited outlook which sees nothing more in the whole
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • prevails in the historical, the social, the ethical life is more or
    • embedded in the myths, truths more concerned with reality than
    • and the Israelites. Moreover, one can say that a great part of the
    • through birth into earthly existence? This question, more or less
    • worship all the more fostered.[See Egyptian Myths and Mysteries.]
    • have the whole thing once more. Read the ‘Germania’ of
    • grasp it much more deeply presently — if we are clear that the
    • Chronos could be brought again to the light of day, and be once more
    • Greeks. And, what is more, as the Greeks related, they lived a
    • main far more concerned with the creation of man. In observing the
    • which the modern man, who is somewhat more narrow-minded than the
    • Gods were connected with men who lived in primeval times. Far more
    • moreover have been rather difficult to be sentimental over Zeus. Yet
    • for they have more power, as it were, since the Imaginative concept,
    • when it is utilized fully, is more powerful than the objective
    • has sunk down deep into the nature of man was a more living one in
    • of natural science. And the more one learns to know mythology, the
    • portal of death. Osirises are no more in the world where human
    • have vanished, they are no more there. With the destinies which the
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • on the other we can reflect. You know, moreover, if you have followed
    • more. The forces active in the old clairvoyance are now amidst the
    • thought. Moreover, in the details through which the Osiris myth has
    • them. Imagine to yourselves such pictures, but in a far more perfect
    • process reaches more directly into the physical. But that is not
    • like an ascent of still more inward Imaginations: it was the human
    • more concrete form of the Osiris-Isis-myth: it is universal wisdom in
    • and death they brought into connection with more widely extended
    • think, so does it depend on greater, more extended star
    • more comprehensive cosmic mysteries with the other
    • more inward-lying forces of human nature are connected with what come
    • more inwardly lying forces, I am connected with something quite
    • more, there is present more national Chauvinism; for it is the very
    • understood in its more intimate connections if one said — in a
    • ‘Freedom of the Peoples.’ And far more than men imagine
    • more than men imagine! For the impulses to what is happening today
    • knowledge of the more intimate connections, all sorts of things are
    • what role abstractions play! Nowadays one thinks no more about
    • are more or less completely cut off from reality in their
    • ideas it is much more mischievous than in language; people often make
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • experience, signified more than the mere sense-perception knowledge
    • that Osiris once more betook himself from the Underworld, where he
    • you more riddles than solutions. We will, however, speak of them
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • We will try to go more fundamentally into those matters connected
    • Egyptian culture fell more into decadence the saying drifted into
    • moreover called themselves the ‘immortals’ in that
    • from reality; furthermore, all that must break into our age
    • other man could be sympathetic to him, or more or less antipathetic.
    • connects man more with what lies distant from the earth, with what is
    • understand the Greek culture — that of the Romans became more
    • more terrible than formerly, yet they are stragglers, out of date. We
    • do so much wrong as in this, since in none could one sin more deeply
    • concrete truth is not forthcoming. Mankind moreover is much too
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • speak, our physical nature hands over nothing more, and through our
    • in which man no more remained capable of development to such a great
    • which moreover is not believed by external historical science, but
    • year through his natural forces. It becomes more and more pressing,
    • future of mankind will consist in their receding more and more,
    • historical development with more sharpened senses can see it —
    • already know in the twenties everything that is to be attained. More
    • and more demands will be made in this direction, and unless an
    • he carried through Europe, and then for seven years more the
    • lies in the fact that men cannot lift themselves to a more
    • demands that the Christ-Impulse should once more permeate the
    • they believed they could trace more strength in the Catholic life
    • join a group where Spiritual Science was studied, begged moreover at
    • lives one goes on gaining more and more. There was a perfectly
    • first spiritual member in us continually becomes more vigorous and
    • happy. But in our time much more is treated as absolute! Above all,
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • — a complicated being. Man is more, vastly more than the
    • far more is man. But this physical structure that wanders round
    • could speak much more exactly, but if one disregards all the rest,
    • Why? Well, by reason of the fact that man is more than all that we
    • and what the intellect can understand. The human being is more than
    • With the rest of the organism one must far more have in mind what is
    • them. They are then head-knowledge. The rest of life that runs more
    • something may be more easily known concerning these things than
    • the one more, the other less; we are proud, are we not, that we have
    • no more illiterates in Western Europe? One learns much, another less,
    • it is no more — cosmic mechanics, cosmic physics. What the
    • goes about as a somewhat more highly developed animal; he is born,
    • that here on earth this somewhat more highly evolved animal is born
    • participate, it makes its development more slowly. Were our whole
    • inasmuch as I become more and more heart-man, inasmuch as I remain
    • that things are to be taken more earnestly than men nowadays are
    • perhaps be hated even more than Central Europe.
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • more deeply of the formula: The world as totality is a riddle, and
    • my dear friends, is moreover very close to the discovery of this from
    • we mean much more spiritual elements in man than this lowest, almost
    • is more active, streams in quicker, the out-streaming substance is
    • heavier and streams out more slowly.
    • make it more and more chubby-faced. Thus the human being, as etheric
    • adapted moreover to youth — but so adapted that one can keep
    • considered all the more since it is connected with what I have called
    • no more to address the students!
    • acquire heart-life needs more patience. In spite of the fact that it
    • is more fruitful, more youth-giving to life, yet for heart-life more
    • heart-life goes more slowly, it is less active — so that we
    • Head-life is very spiritual, very intellectual today, but more and
    • more will it become — can one say — ‘un-purified’
    • people today — more than is good for the world at any rate —
    • peace and peace! Moreover the article is headed ‘Peace and
    • feared that we may get a Devil's peace, which will only produce more
    • the Egypto-Chaldean. We will now speak of one which is more distant;
    • stood in much more inward relation to the universe; at that time the
    • about nature is far more spiritual than what was formerly known. What
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • certain things that require a still more detailed study.
    • of form structures, becoming ever more widely diffused, actually
    • the facts): the astral body expands more and more, but it reaches a
    • more to our extra-earthly origin; our will is intimately related to
    • Furthermore,
    • to higher knowledge, he would, more or less, ruin his human body; for
    • body, now that the human being is so much more intimately connected
    • mental pictures is something much more complicated than is imagined
    • consideration the fact that modern man is much more closely united
    • more in the purity of mathematical-geometrical lines.
    • is, however, more to it. In this present age we have before us a
    • centuries, and now live more in the north — they are, to be
    • sure, incarnated in Europe, but more in the north, This is entirely
    • more and more now in these catastrophic days, hints at the fact that
    • incarnated, as the present times approached, more toward the east,
    • more toward Asia. So that in fact those souls who were once somewhat
    • is more, we can develop an understanding for prominent personalities
    • birth, in order to experience this realm more intensely.
    • far more active creative force than can be found in the present-day
    • very comfortable, and which they, therefore, prefer to consider more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • more closely.
    • people's minds amounts to nothing more than this, that the
    • while the human being sleeps. It can be perceived more clearly when a
    • better presently, when I have explained it more fully). Although the
    • nothing but what is actually present in the physical world. More and
    • more do their words apply and refer only to things of the physical
    • We are confronted with something even more striking when we observe
    • conjunction with the Archai. It is moreover in the power of the
    • even hatred were harboured. No more than an approach was made to the
    • there is a great deal more in the process of learning to walk than
    • a man is to make him more sensitive to happiness and
    • something more that it is essential we should understand.
    • Hierarchy more sublime than that of the Archangeloi.
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • during life on Earth, and moreover, as you know, during certain
    • that the further we progress in Anthroposophy, the more completely do
    • finds his true bearings in Anthroposophy. More important than the
    • thoughts alone, but into your heart and soul. The more Anthroposophy
    • truly, the more will it be possible to introduce Anthroposophy into
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • Science in order to comprehend man and the world are more easily
    • of appeal to what lives in Nature, saying something more enduring and
    • conveying much more than the opinions of those around him could
    • said and done, it is more honest to reject than to express hollow
    • are more interested to-day. In our age, men live in the intellect
    • Vedanta philosophy. Moreover we know that this age, too, was preceded
    • by others still more ancient. The soul of the oriental is still
    • measure and melody, we are led to an epoch more ancient than that of
    • to the natural course of evolution will the more easily realise that
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • speak more fully elsewhere during the next few days (Cp.: Paths to
    • the boundaries of modern science. Moreover it is recognised that the
    • and more precise details are to be found in my books,
    • time. Some people will require more time, others less, according to
    • reject these psychopathic manifestations more strongly than one who
    • time. Now it is even more difficult to empty the consciousness when,
    • more around us than it is in deep, dreamless, sleep ... but a world
    • now look still more deeply inwards, grasping not merely the
    • — this is an even more difficult task, demanding greater
    • is vanquished by nothing more decisively than by genuine spiritual
    • body, but which streams in from earlier earthly lives. This no more
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • Let us once more bear
    • could be learnt if we would once more become acquainted with what has
    • contents of a supernatural revelation, which at that time was more or
    • century onwards, and then more and more quickly; new spheres of
    • the intellect towards the external world of the senses was more
    • and more accompanied by the fact that the forces which the soul
    • investigation had once more arisen, and although the contents which
    • acquiring a more and more positive character. It was no longer
    • elaborated by the intellect grow more and more abundant. They
    • became more and more necessary for the human beings to convince
    • more and more overcome, I might say, by the knowledge which the world
    • sensory facts, but which grew more and more perfect in regard to
    • remain by this materialism. But it is far more superficial to
    • year 1858 was very trenchant in the more recent spiritual evolution.
    • above examples, to social life. The first more important
    • more or less the following: Even though everything which is contained
    • of the nineteenth century. In more recent times, and these do not lie
    • colouring, natural science began to oppose it more and more, ever
    • more and more abundantly, developing as far as Oken's problems, which
    • philosophy. The more the nineteenth century drew towards its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • is what I wish you to grasp, as a characteristic pertaining more to
    • Haeckel's relatives when they spoke more intimately of “papa”,
    • much more; it was just an abstract and thorny bramble of thoughts. By
    • gradually came to the surface in more recent times, and that it was
    • able to give something. Philosophy really had nothing more to
    • that knowledge should once more be raised from depths which do not
    • say: If a human being, who in the more recent course of time has
    • observance of this commandment is, in a Christian meaning, far more
    • instinct, but which would talk all the more of social questions.
    • then, in more recent times, we have the second freeing deed in
    • knowledge of modern times. Even if, with the aid of the more exoteric
    • into medicine, as far as Hippocrates, leaving aside the more ancient,
    • see, an older and more instinctive form of wisdom could feel
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • awkwardly and was moreover a very heavy van), sparing no effort in
    • out of the water; he is dead. What would be more natural than to
    • is far more difficult to perceive the true relationship of cause and
    • and so we are once more young as etheric beings, when we have lived
    • reckon with their death, even though this may be more or less
    • greater powers. They can be used and they can help us more easily
    • more and more clearly in the near future.
    • indicates more or less what spiritual science is able to contribute
    • I close this lecture, let me once more address to your souls a few
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • expressed this more or less as follows. I said that Jacob Boehme
    • obliged more and more to turn to external nature. It was no longer an
    • working of the salts in etheric form must be thought of in a more
    • more articulate than those among whom he lived but even he could do
    • no more than express it in halting language.
    • knowledge again expressed a great deal more than is suggested
    • this insight into pre-existent life had faded away. And moreover the
    • wrestling — wrestling more forcibly than Jacob Boehme and much
    • more forcibly than Lord Bacon. Giordano Bruno stood there among the
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • live and its conditions are much more earnest than most people of the
    • be evident to those who are initiated in the true mysteries of more
    • humanity nothing but its language; it left behind its more or less
    • epoch, in which most of us in some way passed through one or more
    • more recent times. The time of probation has indeed come! Great tasks
    • difficult and is rendered still more difficult through the fact that
    • way. He was much more strongly conscious of his body.
    • realise that we must once more take in spirituality from an
    • anthroposophical spiritual science, so that the ego may once more be
    • may once more — but now in a different way — enter our
    • whatever of freedom, but he knew man! Indeed, he knew more about man
    • derived from the Greek, indicate even to-day far more than those
    • formations in certain parts of the body. These names mean far more
    • than modern men suppose, and more than can in any way be grasped
    • everything that is real, that once more enables us to have an insight
    • reach once more real facts, realities.
    • further we go back, the more we find in ancient times — in the
    • became more and more decadent, until the fateful time of the 9th
    • constitutes art shows us even more clearly that it has remained
    • The more our modern theologians look upon Jesus of Nazareth as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • millennium. They would become much more like animals, while
    • become even more spiritual.
    • present age is, shall I say, rather more essentially spiritual than
    • spiritualistic methods are apt to be valued more highly to-day than
    • world into a language intelligible to human reason. Much more depends
    • hence they found Anthroposophy more opportune than some other form of
    • and Doctor of Philosophy are still conferred. But this is no more
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE often said in this place that in more ancient times in the
    • spiritual life of the present day must be, once more to gain
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • wider circles, even though the striving may be more or less
    • their hearts — perhaps more intensely than others — what
    • and they are very numerous — who possess more or less dimly in
    • time that the Anthroposophical Movement should grow more and more, in
    • Religious Renewal shall grow and flourish more and more, but always
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • one definite standpoint, so that a more accurate knowledge can
    • body, this spatial interior is far more external than the real
    • they were built by forces that are far more spiritual than those that
    • our body, as we generally say at the present time. The more our
    • organs lie on the surface, the more spiritual are the forces from
    • which they come; and the more they lie inside our body, the less
    • being passes through the portal of death, it becomes all the more
    • greatest, most beautiful and significant event. Moreover, this
    • grasp the spiritual in any way more precisely. For the most important
    • connected with the further development of our physical body. The more
    • rise gradually to those concepts which penetrate more deeply into the
    • during the Jupiter period, in the form of a more external, physical
    • life, we must once more live through everything that other
    • form of life that is fully conscious, indeed more conscious and
    • more general expression, let me nevertheless use this word:
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • little more concerning the inside of their head than an anatomist,
    • just now. In growing more and more tired, during the course of our
    • that the more weary we grow, the more the infirmities of life arise,
    • grown fragile. This would enable us to experience that feeling more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos cannot be expressed more significantly than it has been
    • way that they still possessed in their souls something that has more
    • something more spiritual than the Ego-nature and more strongly
    • split into three, it is more strongly connected with the divine
    • penetrates more from out the spiritual world. It is not contained in
    • and there is moreover something that resembles Lemminkainen, endowing
    • the more spiritual nations of ancient Finland as Wainamoinen,
    • nation. Within it were united the element that moulds more the
    • more reach, in all its depth, the consciousness of the whole of
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • traditional mores and as habits more or less thoughtlessly adopted
    • could have shown more respect for freedom than the way the
    • developed in succession. Furthermore, in their aspect as past stages
    • manager and is therefore more involved in thinking, that thinking
    • sometimes more harmless than one might suppose. But their effects are
    • often nothing more than pretense. I must add that both these ominous
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • gates of death, the ego and astral body are naturally at first far more
    • Once more
    • without preparing ourself for the understanding of it. In our day a far more
    • now knows, however, that there are a few men — who will be more and
    • more numerous — who recognise this very clearly, and note carefully and
    • insight into how things are do no more than combat this bondage by that which
    • what whirl about more especially when they are made permanent with foul
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • far more deeply illuminating than people usually imagine.
    • more of a handicap than a help to a man's development. There you have
    • things are facts, and they help us see even more meaning in the
    • were to remain in his memory, his etheric body would have more to
    • carry, and its contents would become more and more extensive, but at
    • the same time it would become more and more dried up. It is thanks to
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • more we can anticipate in the way of wide-spread lecture publications
    • there exists in this sphere a much more rabid belief in authority
    • a consciousness of the fact that there has to be more than an
    • Present-day mankind must, above all, realise more and more that man
    • not just to know this, but to understand more and more clearly the
    • arose from spiritual knowledge and has become more and more
    • knowledge or on materialism. Perhaps it is even more difficult
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • the one sex, the female, became more pronounced, whilst in the other
    • group the characteristics of the male sex developed more strongly.
    • a much more delicate nature, and when human beings partook of
    • sexes were outwardly very similar, and their characters were more or
    • times this was not the case. When man was still as it were more
    • etheric, more spiritual, and not so firmly embedded in matter, then
    • man was still in a softer, more spiritual body he was much more open
    • nature as soft as wax, he became more or less an impress of his
    • tremendously in the course of his life. This diminished more and more
    • and gradually disappeared altogether the more humanity progressed.
    • in their more delicate aspects, are subject to quite different causes
    • their environment. It became more and more veiled from sight,
    • densification man became a more and more independent being and shut
    • into these ancient times the more spiritually godlike was this
    • the inter-working of the two sexes in particular this was lost more
    • and more, and the spiritual world withdrew from men's sight. Men
    • beheld the sense world more and more clearly. We must picture this
    • withdrawal of the spiritual worlds, and the more independent and
    • individual man became, the more the health of divine-spiritual beings
    • pure super-sensual or platonic love. There would be much more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • the possibility of progressing to more and more advanced studies in
    • more accurately today. The astral body and the ego are not active in
    • describes part of a circle and then sinks down, passing through more
    • nothing. These changes become more and more unconscious until a
    • climax is reached, and then the ego becomes slowly more conscious
    • the cosmic astral body any more, whilst in earlier times man was very
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • around him and at another time he was more aware of his own inner
    • the remainder of the time it is more outside this cosmic astral body.
    • but man has become more free of the cosmic influences around him.
    • evolution, all the rhythms in man were much more in harmony with the
    • him, and at another time he lived more in his inner life. It is
    • inner experience remains, even when man has more joy from the outer
    • who live more in their astral body. The variations in the condition
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • sense of the word. He is more or less like a man who has put his
    • forward, cannot sort himself out any more. This is what happened to
    • astral body into disorder. The more the conditions of human life were
    • regulated by the physical, the more the old rhythm was preserved; but
    • the more his life conditions became influenced by thought, the
    • they are beings of a much more spiritual nature than man. Therefore
    • essential thing about evolution is that man grows more and more
    • will take into himself more and more from the world of his origins.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • are very intricate and manifold, and we must study the more detailed
    • more or less to overcome everything not suited to it, though this is
    • as an individual, we find something else that gives them a more
    • in life in a more fragmentary manner. Not until after death does it
    • accordingly, and — this must be stressed more and more —
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • purpose of coming more closely in touch with the whole nature of
    • human physical body, has to be more mobile within itself than an
    • we can see the way his particular individual soul forms itself more
    • and more in his physiognomy, especially in its mobile parts. Man
    • we shall see much more in the phenomena of laughing and weeping if we
    • shall get to know many more things about the being of man. But I
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • in both our immediate and more distant surroundings upon which this
    • etheric body and were beings of a more ethereal nature, having only a
    • dependent on the earth, and these spiritually more advanced beings
    • the moon was becoming more and more active from outside. The air was
    • large areas they all looked more or less similar to one another. For
    • souls, whilst the souls around the Equator were more individual
    • souls, and each human being was much more inside his own body. Thus
    • will see that they were much more highly developed than the souls
    • who entered more into physical bodies, then they had to descend
    • on the other hand the equatorial population would have more or less
    • were more susceptible to influences from the outer world than they
    • became more inward. Therefore in western Asia and partly in North
    • we would find this more and more the further back we went. Just think
    • possibly led to the name that has now more or less died out, the
    • about a higher world! Of course everything is more spiritual today
    • to be more spiritual today! That then is the one type. The others are
    • everything is more spiritual, this no longer makes people red. But
    • speak modern, more spiritual versions of what we met with in
    • in Atlantis, but now is more invisible. Thus man is hastening forward
    • invisible and ever more invisible.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • transformed more and more by education and life, and it will have
    • the whole being of the lily of the valley slips more into the newly
    • imagine a genius like Goethe; he would see even more, and he would
    • other like that. The more highly developed a man is the more he sees.
    • And the more he has enriched his soul the greater his capacity to add
    • more advanced one will pay up, the other will hold it back for later
    • the more man develops his thought content, his treasures of thought,
    • the more he tries to refine his aesthetic judgment, and carry out his
    • duty beyond the requirements of karma, the more nourishment there is
    • for the spirits of personality; the more we offer up to them, the
    • more substantial these spirits of personality become. What do these
    • experiences in the surrounding world, and feeling more than what is
    • of a lower order show no more than a trace of what we called creation
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • emphasised all the more strongly at the present time because there is
    • more unjustified than to believe that by knowing the contents of that
    • furthermore been possible to open up new ways for contemplating the
    • Mystery of Golgotha, thus enabling us to penetrate more and more
    • flow into it. Individual souls will become more and more receptive
    • about; the more active we are, the more can happen. In the spiritual
    • world, the calmer our soul can become, the more all inner
    • restlessness can be avoided, the more we shall be able to achieve. It
    • exerted on the souls of men must more and more take effect inwardly.
    • a more inward call. Before 1899 such calls were made by means of
    • outer events; since that year they have become more inward.
    • become more and more dependent upon inner exertions, and men will
    • can become, the more will the facts of the spiritual world be able to
    • but secondly, how they can be understood as more is said of them. In
    • more concerned to study from somewhat new points of view those
    • This is often one of the more painful experiences also associated
    • with Initiation. A person experiences much more deeply the
    • Michelangelo. Two members of the Medici family, of whom no more need
    • be that there is no more fitting portrayal of the free activity of
    • such precision that no more appropriate presentation of the etheric
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • that understanding can become more complete. Let us, however, begin
    • character becomes more marked the longer ago the events in question
    • between death and the new birth. Something more than was necessary in
    • men had gradually to be prepared to become more and more qualified
    • Old Testament — about which there will be more to say. It is
    • give to one who penetrates more and more deeply into its essential
    • acquires more and more understanding will realise that words coined
    • the course of further progress men were more and more to deny the
    • in future depend more and more upon the extent to which he is able to
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • have resisted. They are often much stronger and more intense after
    • superphysical, spiritual existence; furthermore that man is on Earth
    • This is an even more radical example of what I just said. We pay
    • soul. If you were to observe your dream-life more closely, or the
    • other means makes his thinking more mobile, will have moments in his
    • The more deeply we believe in karma, the more firmly we shall also
    • simply not the case that the body as such has anything more directly
    • stars has no more to do with this physical body than time as such —
    • Earth. To establish even this more or less external relationship to
    • and even more beautifully by Jakob Balde, [Jakob Balde, born
    • consequences being that the life of soul and the bodily life are more
    • already during the Old Moon period, man's soul became more
    • necessary for more detailed knowledge of the life between death and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • that our condition in sleep is objectively far more similar to the
    • the standpoint of Spiritual Science the sleep that occurs at a more
    • and becomes dark and more or less opaque while the part streaming up
    • aura which correspond more to the lower areas of the human figure,
    • these parts of the astral aura and of the Ego-aura are more closely
    • the waking state, and below they are denser, more compact.
    • participate in this more lively activity of the lower aura during
    • present in man's consciousness penetrates more deeply into the body.
    • bodies, sinks more deeply into those bodies, and that what gives us
    • standpoint. With his kind of clairvoyance he pays more attention to
    • the emergence of the upper aura and more to the permeation by the
    • progresses it will become more and more possible for him to picture
    • their lives and carried out their daily tasks more instinctively than
    • more worked from plans than the beaver does today when with such
    • were more skilful draftsmen than others, but they drew what they had
    • faculty of perception far more in line with the life between death
    • now, turning from the more remote worlds of stars to the planets,
    • approach. The more spiritually minded among men still drew from their
    • times, the more does the possibility fade of even a remembrance of
    • space. Occasionally something plays into the consciousness of more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • can be no more than indicated — and even then half
    • this state of things had remained, humanity would have divided more
    • and more sharply into two classes: the one composed of those who were
    • two categories of human beings would have become more and more
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • presentation of Christianity in its more advanced form?
    • outer, exoteric presentations of Christianity but also in the more
    • down to the finer, invisible movements of the nerves. The more
    • including the more delicate movements of the nerves, the subtler,
    • more deliberate and more logical his thoughts will be.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • world. And there will be still more to say about this subject in the
    • cuts across the cyclic periods, occurs much more irregularly than the
    • member of man's being and are then concerned with the other, more
    • pass over more and more decisively from the external to the inner
    • there is no more remodelling of the brain. All that happens is growth
    • are active in the human being until the seventh year there is no more
    • less regular and also more individual process — proceeds from
    • fact it exists in a much more oppressive form in our time than it did
    • centuries, however, people attached more weight to authorities whom
    • Christianity had within them much stronger, more extensive spiritual
    • than for a purely physical life, and so would have become more and
    • more materialistic. Because all development is a slow and gradual
    • a quite different dimension because the spirits become more and more
    • different groupings of human beings and moreover exists on Earth
    • evolution must take root more and more deeply in their inner life. In
    • the future, men will be still more exposed to the pressure of public
    • influence of public opinion he becomes more and more dependent upon
    • only on Earth. Many, even more overbearing influences will come in
    • the future and it will be more than ever necessary to undergo the
    • bring into life more and more qualities which will have greater
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • perception takes place, a reversal far more radical than takes place
    • structure of the human body is veritably more splendid than anything
    • may be seen as the temple of cosmic mysteries, for it contains more
    • we ourselves are living in an era when it is becoming more and more
    • more spiritual view of the world. This is impossible for him without
    • before birth. Hence in the immediate future more and more human
    • provide it because my previous incarnation is responsible. In a more
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • touch with the outer physical world, to act and moreover to think in
    • life between birth and death may become more and more intelligible.
    • more and more widespread; nor will things improve in the future. The
    • will be condemned more and more to think and do only that to which
    • that moreover the higher Hierarchies will also be there and able to
    • wish is that your souls will feel more deeply that life is enriched,
    • becomes fuller and more spiritual when everything is influenced by
    • become more and more materialistic — that is the Earth's karma
    • goal, souls must become inwardly more and more spiritual. My purpose
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritland after Death. These descriptions are more closely related
    • endeavoured to present many aspects of this life; moreover it has
    • been possible to make important additions to the more general
    • lives through these regions which enclose ever more extensive cosmic
    • certain pictures more closely related to inner conditions of the
    • connected with the soul more intimately than thoughts. Wishes have
    • somewhat beyond the Moon sphere; then the more luminous regions of
    • more and more closely into contact with those forces which now enable
    • inwardly with yearning for the last life on Earth; moreover even in
    • soul begins to live more deeply into spiritual conditions of
    • know more and more clearly in this realm that in his own inner being
    • closely linked with the theosophical work we began more than ten
    • that is to say into distances more and more remote both from the
    • is more than all that is contained in the planetary spheres,
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves how we can hope to penetrate more effectively, with
    • more exactly one studies this contrast, the more is one brought to
    • refrain-from-thinking, think-no-more theory. But to anyone who
    • And even those who seek for a more spiritual conception of the world
    • considerations today as offering an explanation of anything. The more
    • you feel that what I have told you is not an explanation; the more
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • If we call to mind once more the thoughts of yesterday's
    • must certainly be put to the Bible, and which will be more
    • more widely than is generally believed by what came from the Sibyls.
    • with a torch. How could the intention of the painting be more clearly
    • much more effectively expressed in paintings and other forms of art
    • than they would be in our time, when concepts and ideas are more to
    • post-Atlantean epoch. It became more and more narrowed down, but in
    • proportionately there were many more spiritually developed persons
    • pictures should recede more and more into the background of the
    • brought forth once more the human soul forces which had worked
    • concluding words. With Paul it always seems that there is much more
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • more became apparent that the human bodily constitution could not be
    • on this — on it becoming possible for more and more people to
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Let us try to look more deeply into the fundamental
    • by these words something far more spiritual than anything they can
    • pedantic word: Geology — but I beg you once more to relate the
    • history — you will perhaps look for something more behind these
    • expression, “He sent his angel before him”, is even more
    • is much more closely bound up with the Earth; is so to speak an
    • branches, no more will he spare you. Observe the kindness and the
    • all nature grafted into the cultivated olive, how much more readily
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • deep wisdom and sheer spiritual chaos, and they exerted much more
    • is bound to draw one away, more or less, from the path that leads to
    • stellar script must once more become something that speaks to us. And
    • Our Lord I thought of never more
    • Then I tried once more to get back to Kyot, and behold —
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • If we look back once more at the primal character of the
    • out of the elements anything more than is expressed in the moon
    • symbol. Anything more would belong to the unlawful Sibylline forces.”
    • emerge more and more from the subconscious depths of the soul. We can
    • “This and much more has the Maid brought about,
    • conclusion. Still more wonderful things are happening and have
    • fateful birds, such as owls, vultures, eagles, ravens, but the more
    • Think of the “what”, but still more of the
    • abide rightly by the Grail should burn more fiercely.
    • Think of the “what”, but still more of the
    • by degrees into a new and more conscious language! Let us try to
    • be understood by the unity of religions is not more closely related
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • is no more to be found in our field of vision. We can only find the
    • embryo becomes so to say more and more atomistic. The nearer the
    • human being approaches birth the more it dissolves materially and
    • back another Being still more super-sensible than the Being that
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • this amounts to no more than making an image of — let us say —
    • More and more we find pictures, truths expressed in pictures.
    • to depend more upon receiving the memory of Saturn and the wisdom of
    • is connected more with the life of soul and spirit and comes to
    • more into its own active substance. The Sun is as it were the flame
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • will lead us more deeply into the real significance of spiritual
    • certain particular truths. If we grow more and more acquainted with
    • development rendering us more and more capable. For our capabilities
    • riddles gives us strength, gradually makes us more perfect also as
    • we consider the repeated lives on earth. But these are more general
    • points of view. It is also possible to draw attention to more
    • physical bodies, other connections arise, which are far more
    • realize that the one who is on the other side has a more intensive
    • connection with the souls who have remained behind, a more intimate
    • Frequently we see that this more intimate connection arises in order
    • be borne on earth, while, on the other hand, more intensive
    • far more encompassing way between death and a new birth. When trying
    • which mean to us far more than those we otherwise make in the course
    • any way realise what this more encompassing form of consciousness
    • more intimate side of soul-life has undergone a change, its character
    • so very long ago the souls of men possessed a more atavistic and
    • that he is losing it more, and more, it will become an ever growing
    • onward, and in future it will become more and more necessary.
    • was only an instinctive knowledge) he possessed more than a
    • more and more lifeless, more and more dead, and even more and more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Moreover, though they do not enter our consciousness directly in
    • for our life as a whole they are far more important than our
    • sense-perceptions, for we are united far more intensely and
    • receive more through all that we develop by living with the
    • more real than memory. We bear within us — shall we say —
    • our everyday life is not wide-awake but runs along more or less
    • beings, another to another set of elemental beings. Moreover, the
    • beings, while other elemental beings — more remote from
    • certain number, however, are more nearly related to ourselves, and
    • of Death, but the more exactly we study it, the clearer the
    • more exactly, we find that there is a certain mutual interplay,
    • Moreover, these relationships must have affected his soul — the
    • into something far more inward) — one can give oneself up to
    • referring is far more real than that we commonly call real —
    • celestial) in this world, once more, we find beings who are just as
    • real as we are during our life between birth and death, nay, more so.
    • again, two people may have their relationships to one or more astral
    • world if I describe once more in a few words how it appears to one
    • bear in his soul even more than mere interest or sympathy is able to
    • therefore, be able to live together with the dead even more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • more of the spiritual in all nature, but able to perceive it.
    • difference whether one uses these terms or prefers the more recent
    • elemental kind who are very much more clever than human beings. Even
    • lot more. So counting them as one would on the physical plane is no
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • so that a more accurate knowledge can gradually be acquired by
    • the case of the physical body, this spatial interior is far more
    • outside. Nevertheless, they were built by forces that are far more
    • more our organs lie on the surface, the more spiritual are the forces
    • from which they come; and the more they lie inside our body, the less
    • portal of death, it becomes all the more important. The time through
    • significant event. Moreover, this experience kindles that which
    • be impossible for us to grasp the spiritual in any way more
    • our physical body. The more elementary forms of description only
    • more deeply into the reality of the spiritual world, we must first
    • more external, physical impression. Now we acquire it spiritually,
    • pass backwards through our life, we must once more live through
    • conscious, indeed more conscious and higher than our earthly life.
    • use for these simultaneous experiences is just an ordinary, more
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • bad headaches know a little more concerning the inside of their head
    • In growing more and more tired, during the course of our life, we
    • Consider the fact that the more weary we grow, the more
    • that feeling more strongly, simply because it develops so slowly.
    • connection with these mysteries must move us. The more it moves us,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • learn something more important and more essential about what has just
    • world-conception, which has, however, held mankind more or less in
    • is a stronger, more intensive consciousness, than is the
    • of the more purely soul-impression made upon us — let us say by
    • he would live far more purely in the world of colours. And if he did
    • live more purely in the other sense-impressions. In that case,
    • blue above him, (this is, moreover, a very subjective blue; for, in
    • to notice more particularly this moral impression of colours, this
    • Any one, moreover, who has a share in the erection of
    • I have led you in a more scientific way, I might say, to
    • overcome difficulties such as these. Moreover, the possibility may
    • of ability to render our concepts more fluid, to transform our
    • do the living. And, moreover, it never becomes alien to the dead.
    • the universal plan — at the same time, it really is more
    • more naturalistic man, because this is modern ... Impressionism,
    • naturalistic woman and a still more naturalistic man, then a
    • Tempter, Lucifer. Moreover, Lucifer is a Being who, as we know,
    • last three to four centuries, the formerly extant, more atavistic and
    • concern themselves more with the development of their feeling-life.
    • the more carefully what it is that convinces people so unshakably —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • our esteemed friends who have occupied themselves less with the more
    • has been more or less avoided by occultists, mystics and
    • the near future will bring men together much more than has hitherto
    • man may perhaps admit more easily the view, that beings, who at all
    • the East or that which is more customary in the West, to describe
    • will reach in a still more distant future, when he will be able to
    • this form will become more and more concrete in the following
    • find something more which extends beyond the Folk-spirits, something
    • any reality; it would be still more difficult for him to see a real
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • a much stronger, more powerful manner. We must once for all be quite
    • suitable for working so intimately into man. They would act more
    • humanity in more recent times; it is important to know that a
    • order to make this agreement more especially complete, a harmonious
    • They have indeed to differ, because one writer feels more what comes
    • As to why some folks act more under the influence of the
    • have to speak later. Peoples whose existence is more under the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • comprehension, and which will be a little more difficult than that
    • human individualities. He meets with some men whose souls have more
    • Such peoples are not so much centralized, they pay more
    • more important for a certain epoch than he otherwise is in the
    • to give out more weighty, more important orders, that he is, so to
    • facts more than it reveals them.
    • time developing a more intense activity than they usually display. We
    • maya or illusion, assumes more definite significance.
    • degrees above man. In our next lecture we shall have a little more to
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • more material being up to the second epoch of his life than he would
    • more than the normal Spirits of Form have intended us to be. For this
    • reason, however, man has become more dependent on the earth upon
    • neighborhood of the Equator in the torrid zone, or in a more
    • through heredity, but became more and more independent of place.
    • significance to him. We shall more clearly understand these
    • conditions more minutely later on. I shall now characterize them in
    • more or less a characteristic of all those who, as regards their
    • Ahriman. The further we come over towards the West, the more do we
    • element, declines more and more the further it goes towards the West.
    • The further West one goes the more do the merely external parts of
    • goes towards the West, the more does it strive towards compression;
    • it extends into the sea in peninsulas and contracts more and more
    • the West there is a crisis. It is a crisis through which a more
    • There is a great deal more that may not yet be told, that would help
    • more deeply into the secrets of existence. The correctness of what
    • people who go to the country which lies more to the West, must again
    • Romans are in certain respects more advanced than the Greeks, but
    • lived more towards the East. The law thus revealed verifies itself
    • more and more, the further the countries lie to the West. These great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Our consciousness, our horizon, becomes wider, more
    • ages were each in turn the ruling power. We shall have more to say
    • hierarchies more and more clearly in the truths underlying our
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • you will have become somewhat more closely acquainted with what may
    • If we now more closely characterize the spot which in
    • In this way, if occultly you picture this matter more
    • and more clearly, you find in these five planets the forces which
    • If you form a more and more distinct and concrete
    • produces the more or less yellow-colored part of humanity. The
    • transformation there brought about, certainly expresses itself more
    • racial character. This is more or less the case in the Aryans, in the
    • peoples living more to the West, the starting-point of their
    • world. This is possessed by peoples who occupy countries more towards
    • evolution of humanity, the one ruled more by the Spirits of Venus,
    • and the other ruled more by the Spirits of Jupiter. The Spirits of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic tendency, does a more or less materialistic people
    • more or less materialistic shade to the Spirit of the Age. On the
    • in something which in our next studies we shall have to go into more
    • remarkable construction and unique development, gives a more
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the Germanic Scandinavian mythology, unless we touch once more upon
    • Powers, but they were more intimate with the Beings we call the
    • more distinct outlines than what one is still living through. It is
    • knowledge, obtained by more highly developed spiritual powers. From
    • Spiritual Science — remains more or less closed to them. They
    • was in more subordinate soul-forces.
    • this more as though it were just happening then. It is his own
    • in olden times was thought of as being much more closely related to
    • belonging more to the normal side, so to speak. To the abnormal side
    • work still more intimately, within the soul, as I explained in the
    • experience more consciously in their ‘ I ’ that
    • the more remote parts of the Germanic mythology. We shall recognize
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the human ‘ I ’ as such, and bringing it more
    • and more to consciousness. In connection with this it has been said,
    • ‘ I ’ was more or less asleep, that is to say,
    • is, that it takes more and more into its own hands the task of
    • influence; the Ahrimanic was more to be seen there. There in
    • understand more and more clearly is, that the Luciferic influence
    • I shall once more point
    • is picked up dead. What would be more natural than to say: the man
    • To the Scandinavians, who still dwelt more upon the astral plane,
    • could enumerate many so-called scientific truths which contain more
    • to astral perception. In fact the astral view is more correct than
    • the one you will find in modern books, for the latter is even more
    • of Ahriman which came from another direction; and he knew more, he
    • The Greek is more clarified, the figures appear with much more
    • spiritual world in a much more distant past than had the men of the
    • he had for a much longer time experienced considerably more than
    • could not be more terminologically correct or more to the point, than
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • investigation describe it more minutely. We must see how in Europe
    • there took place a kind of withdrawal of the Mysteries into much more
    • Mysteries, a much more direct intercourse between the
    • later reflection of which we see in the Vedas and in a still more
    • of reality. Whereas in the old Indian culture there was a more direct
    • activity in the etheric body, there was a more blurred, a fainter
    • of the Greeks. On the other hand the peoples lying more towards the
    • which grew out of the Roman civilization, already possessed more of
    • more inward clairvoyant experience gone through in a former age. The
    • inner capacity, and the Germanic peoples living more to the South had
    • different worlds; these we find more in the Heavenly Father, the
    • must think of in quite a different shade of feeling, connected more
    • which dawns more or less in the feelings of the peoples of the East.
    • culture. He receives what is presented to him more in broad outlines
    • interesting to see how, under this influence, a much more advanced
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • deal more to be discussed, and that on the whole we have only been
    • Germanic Scandinavian mythology, the more we shall see how
    • Those of you who will go more deeply into these things,
    • in the etheric, at first by a few and afterwards by more and more
    • thousand years, Christ will be able to speak more and more to the
    • more highly developed human forces.
    • possession of humanity, then, the more we do this, the more are we
    • bring to your assistance, the more the better. I am not afraid. That
    • am convinced that the more minutely you test it, the more you will
    • methods of present-day science, but ever more and more
    • religious investigations have yielded; the more you test it, the more
    • out much more widely in Europe than one might suppose. If a conflict
    • By means of Anthroposophy — as we shall see more
    • and more clearly — all splitting-up will cease. Therefore it is
    • and our thinking, and in our anthroposophical idea. The more we live
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • intellect has become more and more shadowy, and as a result of the developments
    • rooted in reality at all. More and more they move about in a shadowy existence
    • Thus the second great process or event was that man became more spiritual. But
    • nature has become more spiritual, but with his spiritual faculties he thinks
    • that the intellect is becoming more and more shadowy — with what will one day
    • more spectral than it is already, if men never resolve to receive into their
    • understanding. Even the life of the plant remains enigmatical; still more so
    • afterwards descended once more to earth-existence. I spoke of how the Mars-men,
    • centuries more and more Spiritual Beings will be among us — Beings whose
    • which are — well — thoughts and nothing more. But try to imagine what will
    • men of earth, if they so wish, to develop a more and more automatic form of
    • more so in the case of the animal kingdom. To think that the form and structure
    • iron teeth. This was a physical and more tangible procedure than that to which
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • will begin with the way in which a more or less unknown thing is judged
    • Anthroposophical Society are names which have become more widely known
    • century. Moreover, the name Anthroposophy takes us still further back
    • belongs to it; a building which, moreover, in its form of architecture
    • first time. Moreover, it may very easily appear as if this spiritual
    • science is will find that it bears no more resemblance to the Gnosis
    • with a more comfortable regulation of life, since it is easier to work
    • changes this soul-life into something else, which I will once more make
    • this case we are not dealing with what, according to more ancient
    • a religion, any more than natural science surrenders itself to the
    • much more to it.”
    • believe that, but more besides!” This he will not allow. He is
    • I must, moreover,
    • one thing I would fain emphasise once more — the way in which
    • In this case I must say, if I may treat the matter more or less
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • In the Summer the Earth is more given
    • from above grew dark, and more and more there awakened in man the
    • more as something belonging to man like the breath — the breath
    • too is fettered more strongly to the earth; he does not share in the
    • in truths such as have now once more been expressed. He should feel
    • We must learn to live more intensely
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • and carry over once more into later epochs. In this way and thanks to
    • ourselves becoming gradually more and more convinced of the fact of
    • repeated earth lives, the more we study reality as a whole. I hope to
    • the human soul has been more or less what it is today since first it
    • rose above the animal. If we look a little more deeply into earlier
    • Modern reproductions make it even more possible to reach some insight
    • at a different epoch of humanity when the soul was more closely
    • together in Michelangelo and were to produce something more than any
    • soul had become more inward. There is a marked difference between
    • become more inward. This inner deepening he expressed by external
    • to describe it, interests us much more than the content, the story
    • more deeply than tradition could tell him into the secrets of
    • utter; often little more intelligible than we get from modern
    • artist, more than other types, is doing work which will bear his own
    • understand it more inwardly and in the present age see how the human
    • if only they are willing. So let us look, once more at Michelangelo and
    • understand the doctrine of repeated earth lives any more than his
    • was it to have life but to have it ever more richly and abundantly.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • more about this.
    • him more deeply about what this modern life signifies for the human
    • more aware of the dimming of the life of thought during nightly
    • sleep. By day it is the life of will that is more wrapped in sleep,
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • away, forests are maltreated and the wood transported ... many more
    • humanity, the more do we find a state of things that is nowadays
    • community with them, is rendered very much more difficult for man by
    • the fact that the world is becoming more and more steeped in the
    • with a spirituality of a more Luciferic character — with
    • in earlier incarnations could be submerged in a more essentially
    • to a more impersonal grasp of the truths of spiritual life than the
    • of ‘I’, is entirely different — more and more
    • respects speech is more ingenious, more spiritual in fact, than the
    • The “ancient Rhine” ... speech is more ingenious than
    • far more vulnerable to them. With our Building,
    • assured that those who are actually working there will find many more
    • imperfections than the critics find — many, many more.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • more. The spiritual aspect of history is ignored and when anyone
    • is more or less obliged to fall back on what happened in the last
    • essential reality. More and more we must realize how necessary it is
    • Christendom, in regions more to the South of Europe. Many of these
    • here of the leading stock, not of the more degenerate branches. These
    • first centuries of Christendom were in the more Southerly regions of
    • and, furthermore, to make history intelligible when one has this idea
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • authority of a teacher. This is far more comfortable. On the other
    • Those who strive after spiritual truths will more easily gain a
    • more will falsehood in one incarnation produce timidity in the next
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • At the present time it is more and more important to gain
    • were, so to speak, far more similar to the plant nature, whereas the
    • already in ancient Greece this living, plant-like body had more or
    • Humanity will grow more and more conscious of the fact that it is the
    • The more we advance into the future, the more intensive will be the
    • way, may once more attain to this. We should bear I mind all that we
    • that modern people must become more and more conscious of the real
    • egoism. The more he takes into account human egoism, the more
    • promises he makes for the soul's life after death, the more
    • ascends to the destiny of mankind as such, when people will once more
    • attune our soul for the comprehension of something higher and more
    • therefore develop our intellectual powers more originally; let us
    • far more difficult to understand. But for modern people it suffices
    • more plant-like character. But if it were now to fall back into this
    • contains more than a few abstract sentences,
    • or social movement. I would like you to be filled more and more with
    • bad will, or what is more frequent today, lack of understanding
    • improvement of the human forces; people should once more become
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • this experience and this has often been expressed by more
    • whereas his waking condition would more or less correspond to
    • activities. You will grasp this more clearly from the following
    • far more delicate way than is usually the case.
    • realms. All the difficulties which more developed human beings
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • science, the more we learn of nature, the less we understand of
    • what his real nature is. While on the one hand we have more and more
    • we turn once more to the old oriental outlook, we find that man knew
    • both in the individual and more especially in social life, this
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • of dependence on purely earthly inherited characteristics, the more
    • more and more that if man is unable to feel his existence as anything
    • Nothing, perhaps, shows more clearly the materialism of modern times,
    • more, if without prejudice he gets beyond the limitations of
    • against a dead-end. However many more national states are set up,
    • they will provide only so many more seeds of destruction, and it is
    • the other he will say, “But man is more than an earthly being.”
    • century, this question will be more important than anything else
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Let us look a little more closely at a distinctive
    • thereby obliged to come into a nearer, more personal relation with
    • approach rather as we do a person to whom we are more or less
    • world-order to be no more than a man-made abstraction is due to the
    • been seen in the spiritual world is more strongly retained when the
    • friends, strikes me as more familiar than the books I wrote myself in
    • was far more instinctive and less conscious, it could not rightly be
    • more into all the practical spheres of life? For spiritual knowledge
    • When men learn to be more open-hearted and to approach
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • We know furthermore that in man in the fourth post-Atlantean period
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • will do more and more in the future, to establish impersonal
    • people can only approach one another on far more impersonal grounds.
    • consciousness soul to develop something far more detached, more
    • individual, more dependent upon egoism, upon human loneliness
    • much more an individual, a solitary traveler through the world. And
    • [a] more and more pronounced characteristic of our time. The hallmark
    • whereas the intellectual and mind soul develops more through
    • continue to spread and become more and more intensive. How hard it is
    • will become more and more difficult, because of the increasing need
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch proceeds more and more conscious
    • order, the structure of which, though certainly derived more from
    • develop this understanding. When spiritual science blossoms more and
    • more out of the abstract into the concrete, into fullness of life,
    • criterion, or if more than one opinion is pronounced there is only
    • man and man will also be more and more powerfully opposed by those
    • form in the nineteenth century but are gaining the upper hand more
    • and more. And since good is to be found only in the overcoming of
    • post-Atlantean epoch because at that time mankind lived more as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • man saw more in the external world than ordinary man sees today. In
    • but along the more inward path of thinking itself. The right path for man
    • logical thought sequence; it is a thinking that is much more
    • a much more spiritual character than the five familiar senses. Through
    • I will explain more fully on another occasion, the old yoga exercises are
    • painlessly, and faith does not hurt any more than science, though its
    • more comfortable to seek a cure than continue the path. Attempts must be
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • period of earthly evolution have become more and more veiled and hidden
    • that from that moment he became another man. Nay, more: he became an
    • habits of thought; they use the old words, they go on uttering them more
    • has left himself no more insight into what is beyond the earth than at
    • which gives man the right once more to keep Easter. Look up to the full
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • more open question, though we will do our utmost, in the discussions
    • this or that appearance; it can be cut more or less easily, it has
    • terribly from this, and the effects would be even more evident were
    • wise and intelligent is that which they express! Moreover, the man of
    • other influences of the Earth's immediate environment. Moreover, this
    • studied more intimately, we should for example have a better
    • earthly life (considered once more on a Large scale, and as a whole)
    • earthly environment. In that case our plants would all have more or
    • substances. Once more, if these were present to a less extent, we
    • in the life of plants, by what means can the process be more or lese
    • investigates practically no more than the mere fact that when it
    • rains, more water falls upon the Earth than when it does not rain.
    • complete about water itself. Water contains far, far more than what
    • Furthermore, around
    • less, in the more intimate relationships of life.
    • enter especially into the more intimate relationships of daily life,
    • The more intimate
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • once more, all that element in the neighbourhood of the Earth in
    • Once more: all that
    • alive; moreover in winter it is most of all alive. If we human beings
    • air beneath the surface contains more carbonic acid, and the air
    • above, more oxygen, but again they do not know the reason. The reason
    • water and of the solid earthy element itself. They become still more
    • we go into the Earth, the more they have this longing to become
    • snow. (The force of crystallisation, however, grows stronger and more
    • grows ever more complicated, till at last we get to the infinitely
    • is, until the seed-forming process occurs once more.
    • which passes upward once more to the seed-formation; while on the
    • And even more so when you come to the coloured flower; therein
    • Therefore the cosmic roots are those that are more or less single in
    • as it were to densify the cosmic and thereby hold it back more in the
    • once more, in all domains of life learn — from the whole nexus
    • working. Such things must be penetrated once more with clear
    • something more to what has already turned into chaos.
    • Nay more, if you have
    • Moreover you will
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • we must enter a little more precisely into the question: How do these
    • of modern chemistry about them is scarcely more than our knowledge of
    • scarcely more than to take snapshots of them with a camera. All that
    • is said of them in scientific books and lectures is scarcely more
    • building with the help of carbon the more firm and well-defined form
    • finds there its physical expression. More accurately speaking,
    • which man makes use of to create something more solid as a basis and
    • scaffolding or framework — more or less rigid or fluctuating as
    • or, as in plants, it is a carbon-frame-work more or less hard and
    • involved in more or less fluctuating movement. In either case, the
    • ethereal must be spread out, wherever the framework is. Once more,
    • ethereal that the ethereal, moistened once more with sulphur, brings
    • living oxygen would make us faint Whenever anything more highly
    • — will make us faint, nay even more than faint. If we were
    • paths in the human organism, we should perceive in it once more a
    • nay more it becomes sentient and sensitive inside the Earth. Strange
    • later. Now, however, one thing more is necessary.
    • so. This must be able once more to disappear. Not only in the sense
    • and scattered, and carried once more by the sulphur out into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • tended more and more to the investigation of minute, restricted spheres.
    • more or less in process of decomposition, and perhaps of animal decomposition-products
    • be the tree: outside, the more or less solid parts, while inside is
    • But they are more nearly related than you would think.
    • will more easily achieve what is necessary for the fruiting process,
    • are pressed back. Moreover, outside it the organic entity is surrounded
    • all this (I beg you once more to forgive the hard saying) must smell
    • is the healthier, the more it smells inwardly and the less
    • in liquid manure, yet in a more stable form. The ethereal and astral
    • settle down more firmly in the compost; especially the astral.
    • is formed which sends the currents inward with more than usual intensity.
    • the soil, and, what is more, in the earth-element itself; not only in
    • to smell a little when treated once more with water. This shows that
    • Moreover, I can well image that — at any rate in the early stages
    • Once more
    • It really amounts to little more than that. The farmer may not always
    • and beast. Nay more, as everywhere in Spiritual Science, here too we
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • been done. Perhaps we can say more of these things in this afternoon's
    • up more quickly) or even to diminish them, or anything of that kind.
    • We shall attain far more by tackling the dirt itself, directly.
    • good in planting them or breeding them. (Indeed, we might often do more
    • As a result of materialistic tendencies, once more it has been thought
    • for the true Nature-process to take place once more in the right way.
    • and most tenuous dilution. Moreover, the plants need them just as much
    • forces to it. The living forces are far more important for the
    • more as a general indication — I shall mention a few more things
    • any other plant, you will take it to heart all the more, what a marvel
    • Now you will see once more
    • to quicken the earth that the more distant cosmic substances
    • Moreover, this process itself is dependent on the substantial nature
    • still more, the substances which are necessary for plant growth —
    • the substance of the intestinal walls is far more important. Therefore,
    • more, need only be rightly exposed to the influences of Nature. Observe
    • more stable nitrogen content, and with the added virtue of kindling
    • stimulating effect on the plant-growth. Above all, you will create more
    • healthy plants — really more healthy — if you manure in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • and potentialities which the more distant planets transmit to the air,
    • Moreover, speaking in a
    • plant arises, and a third, and so on. Once more then: everything that
    • the Earth itself was far more living, fruiting, inherently fertile.
    • when the Moon-forces work more than in the dry. The weeds will then
    • you have thus treated. It no longer grows as rampantly. Moreover, many
    • can speak, more in general terms, of the harmful plants or vegetable
    • preparations. Nay, an even more radical method has been proposed, namely,
    • in the future we must look far more to intelligent insight than to police
    • Moreover,
    • to do it even more homoeopathically; you do not need a whole plateful.
    • surrounding sphere, to come right down into the Earth. Moreover,
    • might also let it decay; possibly this would be even more thorough,
    • different being in each case. moreover, the resultant influence depends
    • more exactly when we come to the animal kingdom). Notably, they are
    • The astral body may be connected more intensely with the physical
    • the plant. Moreover, there is all that which is working in the Earth
    • of the ethereal within the Earth. It does so more easily when the earth
    • the earth too strongly. The earth will become too much alive. Once more,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • to the more practical hints and applications.
    • were thoroughly familiar to the more instinctive insight of the farmer;
    • these more intimate relationships of Nature when we are dealing with
    • around the plant-world during a certain reason of the year. Moreover,
    • things once more by that macrocosmic method which Spiritual Science
    • tree any more than grows out of it in the thin stalks — in the
    • — it is rate—in a rather more living way than the earth
    • growth, more or less — is it actually rooted? An actual root is
    • regular surface — a continuous root-stratum. Once more, you would
    • with it, as it were, in a more ethereal way. What I have hypothetically
    • And having thus grown outward into the air, it needs more inwardness,
    • more intensity of life, than the earth otherwise has, i.e.
    • (Diagram 16). Once more, it is a different plant-world.
    • For it is far more intimately related to the surrounding astrality.
    • the astrality is far denser. Once more, it is far denser. Our trees
    • life a little more, so that it becomes slightly more mineral. While,
    • the tree arises poverty of ether as compared to the plant. Once more,
    • mineral — far more so than the roots of herbaceous plants. And
    • the root, being more mineral, deprives the earthly soil — observe,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • short time, I want to add a few more explanations to complete what I
    • have said, and to give a few more practical hints. These practical matters
    • it will be much improved when our agricultural training tends more to
    • more or less. True, they conceive all kinds of transformations in the
    • more or less, by a kind of astral cloud. The plant itself does not reach
    • we must bring it out once more with special emphasis. As we are now
    • organism more or less melts away — at least, in many animals it
    • more rhythmic than in man; while on the other hand the nerves-and-senses
    • system also becomes more rhythmic, and the two melt into one another.
    • so independently as in man; it is a more indistinct sounding-into-one-another
    • Moreover, the food which will pass through the stomach must be suitably
    • in this respect! Moreover, the head can only assimilate this nourishment
    • less. Therefore, in the animal, more remains behind in the belly-manure
    • — and this is what we use for manuring. In animal manure, more
    • not reach up to the Ego, more Ego remains there potentially. Hence,
    • more, I shall add to the carrot something that tends to ray out in the
    • that of nerves-and-senses — develops more towards the breathing,
    • another case. Let us look more towards the flowering nature and the
    • be more effective if you let it steam a little — spread it out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • man once more fits himself into the external world, or in
    • is indicated more thickly on the drawing*, we may draw the
    • other forces more thinly on the other side and say: If a
    • stars send their influences more into man's inner
    • will not obtain more than the callings represented by
    • honest callings, and although they had already become more
    • if they are set before you more lightly and not
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • should like, then, to put before you once more, the picture of the Order of
    • already said, we will not consider now the more external side of the event,
    • were ready to endure in order to establish more firmly in earth existence the
    • accomplish more for the world than other Spiritual Orders. For when in this
    • more in a super-sensible manner than through external channels —
    • Bel knew more than most men in the world. Through what he had experienced he
    • But in this way it was made more inward. And so we see how, in the two
    • now deal with it in more detail from another point of view.
    • more significance into Goethe's soul, it was not into his soul alone
    • moving towards an ever richer life, and will have to become more and more
    • will be so more and more definitely — as to whether he will fall into
    • themselves. And as materialism spreads, it will be more and more believed
    • more and more that which flows from the Mephistophelian-Ahrimanic impulses
    • with high spiritual truths, the general culture became more and more
    • More and more was the gaze of Man turned away from beholding the spiritual,
    • sphere, the sphere of religion, the sphere of social life. More and more was
    • The religious life of more modern times, that turns Man's gaze more and
    • more away from the concrete spiritual world, is really permeated with the
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • lecture some of the more important things explained yesterday.
    • has been the endeavour of science, and rightly so, to develop more
    • and more the support given by external observation. Observation has
    • body’s motive force, and scientists with a more materialistic
    • more than one generally thinks is connected with this second
    • appear in the child revealing a more sharply outlined concept of
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • is more or less passive. This courage should be intensified.
    • of the spirit we can once more form and shape material, practical
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • life becoming in a certain respect inwardly more active, more infused
    • (one can find this presented more precisely in
    • An attempt has been made to explain this more fully in the book,
    • exercises in the soul and develop thereby from a more-or-less
    • unhealthy soul condition to a more-or-less spiritual comprehension,
    • faculty of the human being. When man strives always to enter more and
    • more into himself, when he strives through this for what is called
    • mystic who clings to ecstasy is deprived more and more. We find with
    • avoid the sources of error, nothing will be more helpful than for the
    • words: ‘Never was there a belief more beautiful, more just,
    • more pure, more morally fruitful, more comforting, and in a certain
    • sense more probable than this. With its teaching of gradual
    • sense of self and more. He who penetrates more deeply into what we
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • human evolution. Anyone able to look more deeply into the evolution
    • knowledge I would like to tell you more about today, namely an inner
    • — though if they were to go into them more thoroughly they
    • arbitrarily or according to the pattern of ordinary more or
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • emanating from the Event of Golgotha to flow into man's more or less
    • Nazareth,’ a person no greater than a somewhat more
    • when we face the necessity of ascending once more to the
    • ascend to the spirit again and to find its way once more to
    • enough with himself and admits that he is more and more disenchanted
    • more to life as they know it than natural science tells them. They
    • be more and more people coming along and attempting to tread the
    • What we need is an approach that can distinguish in more than mere
    • further removed from the spirit and more and more attached to matter.
    • mankind. This kind of factual logic I have shown you is more
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • greater, more all-embracing thoughts than we have. In truth, it is an
    • much more restricted consciousness, it embraces a smaller circle of
    • apart, uniting once more at the festival of the New Year. The cyclic
    • If we now add four thousand years more to the years we
    • consciousness, but at a higher stage. Man will once more experience a
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • more and more interest in those things of which humanity in our time
    • more especially in the domain of science. There — however much
    • makes itself felt there, just as in the more advanced thinking of the
    • more than interested in the matter, but we must bear in our souls
    • we must see clearly that it will above all lead to far, far more
    • it seems to me that that which faces us as the more immediate duty of
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • more intimately bound up with the whole being of man, with his
    • and live among other peoples is not enough, any more than cursory
    • such that his speech is understood, the knowledge is much more
    • personal reference is permissible, I may say that more than thirty
    • more modern times that this has fallen into the background. The man
    • from a more purely spiritual point of view, we shall find that the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • Cosmos. The Westerner, with his more highly developed
    • and more powerful, who can be discovered only when we are able to
    • Internationalism nowadays is a more or less weakened form of Marxism.
    • tried to indicate, more in fleeting outline than in detail, may be
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • The more deeply man
    • descended to the Earth, the more closely he united with material
    • substances, the more he membered into himself the substances
    • In later ages he lived more and more on the physical plane,
    • point to something more: in future times there will spread
    • said: ‘You cannot see Him yet, any more than you can
    • certain times, to listen to teachings even more secret. And
    • Initiate, something more could be revealed. When he had undergone
    • men were beginning more and more to love the physical world; for
    • — to that same extent it became constantly more
    • as the directions of space. There is no more beautiful, no
    • issued from the seeds born of the ancient Gods. But more and
    • more the new fruit, the Christ-fruit, is unfolding and
    • presentation of a mystery can make a more powerful impression
    • more beautifully presented than by indicating how the
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • inadequate to their true character. And if we look more closely at
    • what their intellects had thought out? People ought more and more to
    • will come to see more and more, namely: that there was not so very
    • much moral failure, but all the more intellectual
    • more could be achieved with the old methods of thought. Because of
    • is the psychic element proper and is essentially more spiritual than
    • development man was naturally more “remote” from this
    • and men will recognise it more and more from external acts. It is not
    • takes place; it is prepared for the Reason of the day (and more so
    • believe that nothing more than the instrument of the physical body is
    • cultivated to the utmost. The catastrophe of the world-war has, more
    • sleep and glows on, as it were, in us.. It will be more and more
    • committed the sin against the Spirit more than those who took a
    • the other, and it is more comfortable to say: those who hold the
    • ever more and more and in ever wider and wider circles within our
    • satisfaction to me to see how many more friends of our Anthroposophic
    • greater, increase in our numbers. For the more human souls there are
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • good reason from a natural scientific world conception. What is more,
    • appearances outside man, and we then attempt to extend in more or
    • is unsocial rather than fostering what is more truly
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • it will be the forces of Lower Devachan that penetrate more deeply
    • intellectuality, whereas among the Greeks such harmony was more a
    • 14:21 Moreover the Hebrews that were with the Philistines before that time, which went up with them into the camp from the country round about, even they also turned to be with the Israelites that were with Saul and Jonathan. \
    • 14:30 How much more, if haply the people had eaten freely to day of the spoil of their enemies which they found? for had there not been now a much greater slaughter among the Philistines? \
    • condition will become more and more pronounced in the future
    • incarnations man has descended more and more deeply into the physical
    • world and has therefore been impelled more and more strongly towards
    • The more forcefully the
    • the more immoral it tends to become. This fact is confirmed by a very
    • of all our transgressions. The more concretely you picture this
    • epoch have proceeded from Gautama Buddha. This is all the more
    • that when a man of the present age who unites himself more and more deeply
    • stating that a balance works more efficiently if it is supported at
    • I am absolutely certain that the more closely you examine them, the
    • more confirmation you will find. In this age of intellectualism, I do
    • and as evolution proceeds the more closely do the different religions
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • becomes more and more enfeebled under such pursuits, precisely
    • forgetfulness is a great nuisance in life. Anthroposophy says more
    • always to put it in the same place; but we will speak of a far more
    • effective cure. She should say to herself: ‘Now, all the more,
    • more, however, can be attained. Let us assume that it became a kind
    • condition. It may be no more than this: that whenever they are
    • this is only half the necessary advice; one could do much more by
    • it now more upright, with a different form. Cultivate the habit of
    • knowledge became more widespread, the superiors of such an unfortunate
    • time for these strengthening and health-giving exercises. Moreover,
    • oneself. The more one can make one's judgments, particularly about
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • general, more comprehensive principles and results of our
    • word more in a theoretical than in a moral sense — which
    • to offer in an easier and, perhaps, more agreeable form in the next
    • own being. More correctly: we build our idea (Vorstellung), our
    • will be well aware that man — to mention what pertains more to his
    • — Euclidean geometry, at first — is nothing more than an
    • third dimension. The mistake made in these geometrics of more than
    • primitive “mathematicising” as the more developed
    • in a more narrative form. I shall also touch on some of the things
    • times, but to times more recent — we found much of what had been
    • more theoretical perception of the outer world through the senses to
    • have given more details of this in my Riddles of Philosophy).
    • Yoga breathing; they were more inward, but still a set of exercises.
    • meant more: the artistic use of language. Dialectic was the
    • breathing exercises of earlier times had been replaced by a more inward
    • we must proceed more inwardly. And a still more inward procedure is the
    • foundations I have laid to-day will then appear, perhaps, in a more
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • more architects, and a building would have been erected in one or
    • world-view would be essentially more comprehensive; it strives to be
    • our minds' eyes in a much more concrete form.
    • clouds. You see other regions where the stars are more widely spaced
    • But one needs more than that. One can now look out into the wide
    • the universe that attains once more to
    • something heretical, but I also know that it is thereby the more
    • representing large or small, slit or oval, or more or less, less
    • requires more than a knowledge of man gained from imitating a human
    • human being reveals of himself, more and more, as the sculptor
    • without, while forces from within oppose me. I must only press, more
    • lightly or more strongly, as required in order to restrain the forces
    • what I am now indicating in more general terms, one will be able to
    • the whole sense of the factual world. It would be more possible in wood,
    • one gives expression, in a more theoretical way — in the form
    • more to man's soul life and finds direct expression, not in the
    • only a more complicated leaf. In every single organ he sees a whole
    • (Glieder). The whole human being is a more complicated
    • able to see more than what evokes the tragic mood, what is now
    • said to-day is only intended to be once more a cursory indication of
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • prevails, when we become aware once more of this human centre of
    • these shades of difference naturally exist much more
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves — and we can look more deeply into our inner being.
    • it is essential that man should acquire once more a consciousness of
    • Gospels themselves as containing no more than the message and tidings
    • does not permit of more than the recognition of the Father God,
    • will have to be replaced by a much more concrete life of
    • made to us by another human being through speech. It is indeed more
    • Hearing and speaking are once more united. The “inner
    • Father God, is endowed with life once more by God the Son; a new
    • is not tolerated, any more than in the moon, but it has a fructifying
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • teaching (concerned with the more external side of things) and
    • esoteric teaching, the words can be little more than
    • learning more and more to know the reality of death. Death was
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • moreover for that death to be the result of the erring ways of
    • that the more important rôle in ancient times was played by
    • the worlds of the Gods there was no death. Moreover for human
    • disciples, absorbing more and more of the esoteric teaching and
    • Christianity, to realise that there is more in Christianity than
    • it is more than ever necessary to point to the esoteric
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • earlier conceptions, far more concrete and essential.
    • the ideas of Plato (which were far more alive and essentially endowed
    • they had grown more dim, and for the medieval scholastic philosophers
    • let us say, of a Thomas Aquinas, has not found a continuation in the more
    • Nominalism. Nominalism has gained the upper hand more and more. And
    • any more about such ideas) is a Nominalist in the widest meaning.
    • consisted more or less in the following conception: the Mysteries saw
    • him is that he is the son of Miller. You wish to know more about him
    • Miller is his son. It was more or less the same when people spoke of
    • this that more importance was given to the fact that people wished to
    • divine spiritual more and more. As I have often said, theologians
    • the upper hand, people understood nothing more of similar ideas, and
    • more to the fore in the protestant faith — although his divine
    • will find more or less the following situation: — Please do not
    • it is not enough if anthroposophists consider on the one hand a more
    • more or less on ancient traditional beliefs, and then pass on to
    • Anthroposophy, because this appeals to them more than other
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • more, all that the ordinary intellect is unable to see. This is above
    • why we speak of such things among ourselves, but now they will more
    • initiation which is a remnant of old initiations that took place more
    • with a little more understanding it is possible to investigate
    • experience more and more consciously the existence of the
    • death. In a materialistic age this chasm widens. We shall more and
    • more learn to consider as part of mankind as a whole not only the
    • become more intensive. It calls for an understanding of spiritually
    • capsized on top of him, if we consider moreover that on the way home
    • so-called dead; it is essential that mankind should become more and
    • more united, not only when men are incarnated in a physical
    • talents will grow and increase more and more. But what preeminently
    • And in the external world the Russians will more and more realise how
    • will once more reign over the earthly spheres.
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • The more we go back into time, the more we shall find that this pagan
    • hear that, as far as wisdom is concerned, the ancients were far more
    • that which the Mystery of Golgotha carried from an older into a more
    • that direction? It was an end. The more we progress, the more
    • developing more and more, it will again come to the point of
    • once more the rays of a moral will. And when the beginning which was
    • were to insist less upon their proud faith and look more closely into
    • more than ever materialistic. This should be known to-day. We cannot
    • path, more than ever, they seek to produce materialism. For this
    • materialistic. To-day, the more certain and also more refined way
    • of the spiritual literature of to-day foster materialism far more
    • to this appeal to their power of discernment. They are much more
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • which has come in with the more modern forms of religious
    • purpose. Our civilisation, in truth, aims at nothing more
    • more at a mode of conception which is cosmogonical,
    • possesses more especially the inner temperament for the
    • but without something more, there is no possibility for us to
    • cosmogony and altruism, he cannot do it. No more can the
    • in a somewhat abstract way, and to make it more concrete I
    • This is thoroughly Roman. But Rome achieved a great deal more
    • what is taking place under our eyes ; we are always more or
    • hand, the more industrial element, drawn from labour that has
    • which once more turns its eyes away from the earth here, and
    • needs more than vague talk about freedom; more than the mere
    • and see that what they have there is really nothing more than
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual worlds. That which can then be experienced, more or
    • of explanation, ‘the class-type was far more familiar
    • to the knowledge of the soul, it is a great deal more
    • Moreover, it is characteristic how Brunetto Latini's
    • would he enter more and more deeply into himself. Here it is
    • gives him the possibility to enter more and more deeply into
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • outer physical world. You have a far more abundant world
    • once more. Having undergone all these things, having passed
    • through all this, Brunetto Latini feels himself once more in
    • Intelligence or Reason that permeates the world. Moreover,
    • clearly through this, we are led into still more ancient
    • of the old powers. Now we are once more beginning, with a
    • must realise that coming ages will penetrate more and more
    • given two examples — and I might give many more
    • over against the advancing army of Constantine. Moreover, he
    • this before you once more in order to show how old and dry
    • spiritual world. The more intensely we realise that a renewal
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • hence he is left more to his own inner development. And if
    • and more than from that of the new Moon. Moreover in its
    • sheds its rays more or less obliquely on that part of the
    • —though the latter is more difficult than the former.
    • knowledge that goes into them deeply. If we look once more at
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • more deeply when we realise what the Christmas Festival has
    • from it, has become more and more closely interwoven with
    • had become little more than objects of study for learned
    • was another rule. Further, nobody should desire anything more
    • artistically that hardly more than the intellectual meaning
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • in more ancient days pictures continually arose and passed
    • existing among the most primitive peoples to-day. It is becoming more
    • and more evident that sublime conceptions of a spiritual world were
    • to a certain level, rose once more and again sank, rose, sank —
    • has reached a point in life where there is no more a thirst for
    • realising as he gazes into the future that he must find once more
    • future penetrate Christian culture more and more deeply as an occult
    • point to successive Buddhas, recapitulating more or less the same
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • domain like that of hygiene — a domain which possibly is more
    • something more than the material action of atoms, but whether his
    • that this is so. There is hardly anything more confusing than the
    • community. And, moreover, this healthy influence will make itself
    • more than a diagnosis, never to a real therapy in this domain. In
    • more than educational rules according to which the teacher is
    • us, we know that we receive from it something more than the
    • organism. Spiritual Science teaches, moreover, that one cannot get to
    • conscientiously studied by Spiritual Science. Here I can do no more
    • seven hours of sleep. And yet it is much more important than any
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated according as one feels oneself drawn more towards one
    • Being or more towards another. This constitutes the state of
    • more in detail what the human being is in that he speaks or
    • back into pre-historic ages, the more does speech become recitative
    • life, sets more store by the nerve forces than by the breathing
    • impulses. He makes more use of his nervous system when he speaks; he
    • language was more like song. Now when the man of to-day sings, he
    • stands on the soil — only in a rather more complicated way the
    • in the air. For the sound itself, the air signifies no more than does
    • course in a more complicated way, in a manifold and varied way.
    • experiences all the more strongly, only with this difference. He no
    • musical element reveals ever more and more as it becomes filled with
    • causes a different world of sounds to ring forth once more. Thus you
    • around him, and retreating for a moment approaches once more the
    • a twofold way we can turn once more to the Divine, what we thus are
    • Once more: — Take the
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • ancient times passed through a much more dreamlike, spiritual
    • the ancients. These men possessed a much more instinctive wisdom of
    • Initiation Science that tells him more than can arise within his
    • being — faded gradually into the background. He began more and
    • more to use the instruments afforded by his physical body. Let me
    • belong to the Earth no more. My earthly being will be changed and lo!
    • death and resurrection of Christ. If your earthly life is more than a
    • mechanics have taught man more and more about the stars since the
    • who in our age penetrate more deeply into the knowledge of Nature
    • with, it was felt only dimly. More and more deeply there must enter
    • sleep of existence. This third great riddle must stand more and more
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • ingredient. Indeed, it is far more than this! You see, when the men
    • Read this final scene once more, and
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • being. This is a very important fact. Furthermore, I have already
    • Then there were numerous other Aeons besides. Moreover, the Gnostics
    • of Golgotha. The further back we go, the more knowledge we find about
    • realms. The farther back we go, the more knowledge we find, but it is
    • knowledge related to the Christ became more and more at variance, and
    • was, moreover, celebrated in Latin. But there was no real
    • theologians are, in turn, holding more to the Christ. They study the
    • more noble than Socrates, certainly, but here they go no further.
    • group, who take things more seriously and who find, after studying
    • lightly attributed to a mere human being. Furthermore, such people
    • more or less continues its existence. As a result of luciferic
    • more dry, more “woody,” than it would have become had the
    • luciferic temptation not occurred. More wood-like, drier — in
    • leave behind a far more rejuvenated ether body, a much
    • luciferic temptation, human beings leave behind a far more dried-up
    • more about Steiner's views on the two Jesus children,
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • removed from our more concrete studies of Anthroposophy. They are however
    • foundation on which we shall afterwards have to build in our more intimate
    • in reality they are all the more so — try to conceive the things of
    • theories have arisen on this point, but they all of them labour more
    • line of thought actually arose more than once during the
    • of approach, which is only made possible once more by taking our
    • will of man follows his movements everywhere. Moreover, the
    • fact to which I am referring appears still more distinctly when you
    • exertion of the will. It comes out more strongly when you try to
    • more away from space. Then, when we go on to Thinking, we come away
    • from space still more. And lastly when we pass on to the Ego, we go
    • feels Judas in a certain way. He feels him more where Judas
    • third dimension vanishes. Moreover, through the fifth dimension the
    • by one, we do not add them, and in this way we enter more and more
    • figure. For a more artistic way of feeling is it not rather crude how
    • we cultivated more intensely
    • should find more easily the transition to the soul's life. For
    • influence will always be more powerful. Thus the
    • develop your feelings in a more intimate way, you will be able to
    • would only enter into this more intimate way of Feeling — instead
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • we have occasion to penetrate more and more deeply and to study the
    • by this natural process have become thus entombed, and then, more or
    • Moreover,
    • contain fossils of more highly developed forms of animal- and
    • from quite primitive to more perfect forms. When we now examine
    • evidence of more highly-developed animal species, until we come
    • so on; so that the appearance of more highly developed animals in the later,
    • Moreover, geology compels us to presume that all these happenings
    • the earth-being. Profoundly moving and leading more deeply into the
    • influences of the heavens are weaving more closely about me, I
    • the present and earlier evolutionary stages of the earth, more detailed
    • example — are more cautious in their pronouncements —
    • by the all-surrounding waters. So much, and so little more, do we
    • anymore than to water.”
    • can have no more than suppositions about conditions in the interior of the
    • that our earth appears more and more as an utterly different
    • more this would be the case. So that we could go back to the epoch to
    • tend more towards the mineral element, and that on the other side the
    • will be ever less and less living processes; for more and more they
    • left from earlier — to begin with more living, organic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • that, speaking from a more or less schematic point of view, we might
    • those for instance who live to be more than fifty years old, have as a rule
    • time proceed from persons who are more than fifty years old! As a rule the
    • people can continue to think in a more or less automatic way. It can
    • more to say later. The point is that it is only by means of thought
    • picture, but as something still more immaterial. At the most it
    • dream is usually very chaotic, but for this very reason it is more
    • whether such a conversation has more connection with dreaming or with
    • must now once more be permeated with spirit. But it is good —
    • victim to Luciferic influences, and of becoming by degrees more and
    • more “hollowed out.” Since that time
    • less than the thinking of a later day. A more modern thinking speaks
    • go back to these concepts once more in full consciousness,
    • entering once more into the conception of the Trinity, for what is
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • more together after a long summer interval, we may say a few words as
    • room. These things are so related to the inner, more intimate nature
    • more and more. We have seen, and indeed we have been obliged to see
    • — is more and more required, that a great number of those who
    • the spiritual world. And yet, as the years go by it is more and more
    • year, and that yet there was an inner need to hear something more
    • read it with more care than is usual in theosophical circles. You
    • form. Nothing more could be said against this — from our
    • arose to learn to know more intimately the great teacher of
    • our task to enter more deeply into the teachings and truths we have
    • consider man more deeply, as an intellectual, aesthetic and moral
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • (indeed even if it were much more amplified it would still be no
    • more) nothing but a sketch from one side, from one point of view. For
    • and that it would never be possible to give more than a merely rough
    • our physical world sees the details of objects in its vicinity more
    • in time, belonging to the Earth or the Moon evolutions can be more
    • us in time take on more or less indistinct outlines — as for
    • to investigate some of the more modern literature where the
    • concepts, or to form concepts and ideas on it; it is far more
    • ceases, which is more intimately connected with our ordinary human
    • becoming lighter, but not a real illumination, more like a glimmer.
    • begun by describing the more external condition of ancient Saturn.
    • endeavoured in our consideration of ancient Saturn to penetrate more
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • understand how we obtain from our own soul-life a still more accurate
    • contemplated in a more spiritual sense, what I have just described as
    • the earth, we can then go still more deeply into the actual spiritual
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • will, for the more we wish to accomplish, the greater are the
    • but far more a certain resignation, a renouncing. Take the very
    • appear within us. The less we ‘will’ the more we say: We
    • accepting everything just as Karma sends it to us, the more we are
    • this life, the more forceful shall we become as regards the activity
    • upon your souls): I have till now thought more highly of the gods! I
    • scientific perception, we might describe these circumstances more
    • to descend to the earth, he might find things which would be of more
    • smoke of the sacrifice, ever spreading more widely and of the
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • contrast is more sharply emphasised. Cain too wished to offer
    • even to giving oneself, so to speak. When we come on to the more
    • be active in a thousand forms, and would be more accurately defined
    • sacrifice offered to highest Beings, to more widely-extending,
    • not, however, think of movement in space, but movement rather more
    • if we want to acquire a more comprehensive conception of movement, to
    • show us that we think of something more than the mere movement from
    • what was attained in the Cosmos at this stage if we once more reflect
    • but one form of the more comprehensive movement which has just been
    • more intense the search. And is it not like a voice expressing itself
    • be not? Oh! There must be something more than love, happiness, fame,
    • his ‘Penthesilea’; how much more there is in her than she
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • have now approached that of the earth, we shall start from more
    • intimate, we might almost say more common soul-experience than those
    • still more intimate experience of the soul, one indeed to which
    • Beings to Entities even more exalted, and that it was renounced by
    • clear idea of what this implies, if we think symbolically of the more
    • the periphery of the more exalted Entities; this makes it first
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • ‘displacement’ — if we may once more speak
    • significance death is neither more nor less than the attribute of the
    • already formed. But once more let it be said that if we wish to
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • the answer to this question must be a negative one. For more
    • impression, they will feel more or the less the way one does
    • in this world, is no more than being asleep in a higher
    • unconscious and instinctive life was never more to the fore
    • Eastern Europe, events much more mysterious than we are
    • more than any other age demanding the one thing people least
    • after more and more knowledge of a kind that has seen its
    • people had been more awake and not asleep in the last decades
    • history. The present-day idea of a state is no more than four
    • not more than one millimetre in thickness. No one is trying
    • to the larder and all over the house to find more things to
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • much more complex than we are inclined to think. When we say
    • more about this in the course of these weeks. The fact that
    • significance, however? It is more or less like this: On
    • more deeply into the whole scheme of things.
    • Andreae was someone who wanted to look more deeply. What
    • he realized that one must look more deeply into the whole
    • living in an age when one year of war is equal to more than
    • become so much more destructive. By the standards of those
    • times we have more than a Thirty Years War behind us
    • No one is more characteristic of the present age than Lloyd George.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • immediate future, people will feel more strongly than ever
    • since they do not believe in anything more than just the
    • In more down-to-earth contexts their illusions would
    • heat it up; after that no more coal would be needed, for a
    • people today are those who consider themselves to be more or
    • Furthermore, I come from a border region between Germans and
    • interested in the content, but more in the feeling of
    • more than personal interest. Nevertheless, the present age
    • also know that more than fifty out of an audience of a
    • — but it would be much more useful to consider the
    • discover their true reasons. This can sometimes be more of an
    • have more important things to do, if I am to lead this
    • account of the fact that three or four people, or even more
    • have more important things to do and never feel the
    • more interest in excitement and sensation than genuine
    • Consideration must be given to many general and more
    • have no more to do with our true intentions than a dung
    • repeat once more: Without causing any loss to those who are
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • another analogy. If people get to know more about the
    • more or less normal feelings, even today, will be shaken to
    • near future will be to have not more and more Goethes, but
    • more and more Edisons. This really is the ideal of modern
    • its effects will be increasingly more radical. Until now, the
    • but these people want more. If one looks to the unconscious
    • virtues. It is much more important to them to be able to feel
    • endlessly more important to people today than actually having
    • will say, ‘it must be a good thing to be more and more
    • to have a programme that will make us more and more
    • reality. It is right, and good, to be more and more perfect,
    • the pendulum governs all such human efforts. Nothing is more
    • know God; it is much more important, she says, to get to know
    • and not walk past him fast asleep, for he is getting more and
    • more powerful.
    • people, destructive powers will also enter more and more into
    • the whole social sphere. They will above all bring more and
    • more destruction into the actual relationships between
    • realization, but rather: Where two or more want to fight and
    • them. This will happen more and more in the social life and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • seriously. Souls change much more than we believe, and it is
    • more of a growing, sprouting organism. It then started to
    • are getting more and more difficult today and the situation
    • does not permit a more extensive treatment. With some of the
    • merely more flexible and comprehensive in the case of a
    • may also call geniuses, see more deeply into the spiritual
    • become substantial. And human nature has become more inward.
    • beings of the present time really and truly have become more
    • With every incarnation we withdraw more and more from the
    • more mysteries than people would like to think when they base
    • it only has come to have meaning in more recent times and it
    • human beings are becoming more and more inward and we must
    • simply fail to reach the element which is now becoming more
    • and more inward. Such things are not properly taken into
    • much more from each other than one thinks, for the human soul
    • soul withdrawing more and more from the body, the body is
    • about the true nature of things, they are sliding more and
    • more deeply into chaos — the events of the war make
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • space filled with air. And in more or less the same way you
    • with only the form of the head emerging somewhat more
    • evolution. The outcome was that this whole, more elemental,
    • more to human beings than mere sensuality — which, in
    • post-Atlantean age, we are living much more inwardly than
    • outer environment provided much more that was spiritual. This
    • beings and the gods was much more of an exterior thing; today
    • it has become much more intimate. Human beings are always
    • this association is more intimate today than it was in the
    • association is a very subtle one. It is more or less similar
    • much more intimate one, even today, than it was before.
    • senses perceived more of the spiritual, and at the same time
    • was, in a way, based more on images. Dreams still had the
    • freedom; the inner life became more intimate in the way I
    • have changed, even if they are not exactly more intelligent.
    • order. Here we have an even more subtle indication of
    • something that will become more and more necessary for
    • intimate relationship between man and world. In the more
    • more deeply into the nature of this relationship as it was in
    • a more refined, subtle form of this world, and they fail to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • thing more credible, the pretend weights usually have figures
    • even the more intelligent ones, are saying or writing about
    • more or less unconscious, inner grasp of the conflicts which
    • the more you try and present something realistically for just
    • one of the senses, the more you are presenting maya. This is
    • at things to one which is much more alive in its concepts
    • people through the embers in those days has now become more
    • through fire have been transformed and become more
    • interesting if biographies told us more about the teachers;
    • however, which relates to something much more subtle, will be
    • be the real impulse! It is much more important that such a
    • understanding of the world. As I have said, this is more
    • realize more and more as time goes on.
    • aspect. Of course, everybody is more or less involved in
    • must therefore also hold true in a more general sense that we
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • these about — the more abstract the better.
    • no more crockery is broken in the home is to break all the
    • crockery in the first place. This is more or less the
    • a few more tons of organic matter perish in the Fields of
    • has gradually entered more and more into the lifeless sphere,
    • understand many things, even more than I have already
    • tremendous break that exists between more recent life and
    • takes us a step further. We gain more than its immediate
    • put this more accurately in symbolic form. We may certainly
    • war could not possibly go on for more than four or six
    • Wilson's more recent tirades may be found in those pages.
    • course, more of an effort to deal with reality than to waffle
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • those fundamental truths more deeply. In the last days we
    • which can be penetrated more deeply if we approach them again
    • human beings more in peace; when they were driven out of the
    • days its impulses were more instinctive in humans, for the
    • of human beings. Before this they were more of a general
    • what does it matter if so and so many more tons of organic
    • happens today more at the level of soul and spirit had more
    • ideas to such an extent that we can progress to a more
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • This is more or
    • them quite large, which may be right next door. Today, more
    • appeared at that time which was more epoch-making and of more
    • and it really was more widely read in the last third
    • more powerful than ever if we do this. This is indeed the
    • even more at ease today than they do already. This is only
    • the myths of old and you could no more have it today than you
    • people more than to think: Ah, if only the ancient Greeks had
    • human intellect is to be taken over more and more by such
    • today. More important than anything you can teach and
    • time when people will need more and more memories of their
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • become more inward.
    • said that human soul nature will become more inward we must
    • many instances, go hand in hand with people becoming more
    • being, a more outward stream is always complemented by an
    • This stream may be more material or materialistic on the
    • outside, whilst inwardly it is more spiritual or
    • spiritualistic. Then a more spiritualistic stream comes to
    • situation is reversed again: the more spiritual line goes
    • will be more spiritual. It may well be that people do not
    • going into more detail as time goes on; for today I merely
    • inner life, the part which is in the process of becoming more
    • world need to be more and more fully developed. Individual
    • much more useful than all the historical abstractions
    • needed more than anything for the near future, namely that
    • have no more than this strange modern way of working in the
    • still more than a mere upsurge of feeling. Divine and human
    • or three lines more and they get all confused in their minds,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • our scientific definitions are therefore more or less in
    • course, come to an abrupt halt any more than it does in the
    • humanity. In more recent times, therefore, the spirits of
    • you get exactly the opposite of their function in more recent
    • Nothing is more designed to take humanity into its
    • blood. Nothing is more likely to prevent human progress than
    • old ideals can live on is no more intelligent than to think
    • more powerful. We shall only be able to judge human affairs
    • becoming more inward, as I have shown. Goetheanism can have a
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • which are more significant than is often realized today. I
    • 70s, much more so than people imagine today — future
    • observers will see this more clearly. It is reasonable to say
    • eye for more subtle elements in human life will note that
    • more materialistic, but the spiritual worlds reveal
    • themselves to human beings in many more places than one would
    • the physical world. And there is much more of this, also in
    • or another are merely the vanguard of what will happen more
    • and more: spirituality will come to human beings because
    • which will spread more and more under the guidance of the
    • in the near and more distant future in this field — the
    • significant. Anyone who is able to see more deeply into these
    • and so did my students: semester by semester they grew more
    • and more morose. (People were getting more clever, but for
    • anyone who looked more deeply also more morose!) Open
    • less and we lived in an age when usefulness counted more than
    • been even more so since they walk among us in the human
    • on and will depend on more and more, especially in the
    • characteristic things and we shall see more of them. Even
    • much more deeply hidden and initially have really nothing to
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • more independent in their task of guiding humanity. Thus
    • humanity was more under direct guidance from the Archangels
    • presented at a more physical level, for all things physical
    • — will take possession more of the blood, and the
    • Archangels will be more involved in the nervous system. This
    • essentially more at work in the brain and the Angels in the
    • characterize the events of the time more or less as follows.
    • their twenty-eighth year is to enter more into people's
    • will moves much more slowly in human evolution than do ideas.
    • moves much more slowly than do thoughts. For example, the
    • were more inclined to follow the general trend, continued to
    • something which did not exist before; it shows, even more
    • as we know it today, is not much more than a hundred years
    • take more than four months today. In reality, history does
    • is needed to give even people of more mature years an idea of
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • more detail today — is an expression of something that once
    • speak in more detail about this now, but the religions did see the
    • proceeded formerly in such a way that we more and more viewed man as
    • took as we split ourselves off more and more from the divine
    • explainable in terms of the extraterrestrial. And even more so the
    • actually more a matter of courage than of intellectuality.
    • sure, in a dreamlike way — will grow more than ever. And (I say
    • next generation into another insect. And furthermore; if these
    • insect, they would soon have nothing more to eat, because the host
    • you will then think more humbly about your own intelligence, for
    • element is being eradicated more and more from the
    • who then all the more drive anthroposophy into something sectarian
    • away by sectarianism just because one can more easily give it a
    • about the more intimate tasks of the Anthroposophical Society.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • and willing. I have pointed out the more formal aspect of the fall of
    • like to speak more from a material aspect, in order to show that
    • if the views acquired in a more recent age — especially in the
    • gradually becomes a habit. Think of the more recent evolution of
    • this represents more or less the straight line of evolution. But the
    • Gegenbauer investigated this matter once more at a later date,
    • thinking and has caused its decay. The question is far more serious
    • means more or less the following: “Here on earth man is not at
    • more according to form, Vischer more according to content.
    • is more readable), these books also breathe out, even more strongly,
    • deeper and more detailed study of human evolution, also in the
    • redemption once more, even in the intellectual sphere redemption from
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • sleep the more do our physical and etheric bodies pass over into a
    • that thinks. In reality the lower half of his body is all the more
    • external Nature is merely a symbol; more and more he will long to
    • symbols of something even more sublime — deeds of spiritual Beings
    • — or Beings, to be more exact — are exercising a
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • conflict with more-or-less justified concepts that have, and must
    • more with this discovery than for Schleiden, who made such a
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • conceive a more thorough-going materialistic theory than all
    • from him to many other souls; but it is still more important
    • they gradually grew more lenient. Namely, in keeping esoteric
    • the truths of physical science they grew more lax. These
    • as he himself was there. Moreover, they were such as could
    • knowledge of physical secrets, Moreover, not only had they to
    • are exposed all the more strongly to certain Ahrimanic
    • use of machines; moreover, he applies a certain mechanical
    • mechanically, the whole world over. Once more, I am not
    • who were far more advanced than were the subsequent writers
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • in World-evolution was more and more exterminated, I tried to
    • reach with his ordinary, every-day intellect. Moreover, until
    • the 19th century to develop a certain fund drive man more and
    • more into things utterly contrary to the wholesome evolution
    • historic evolution for 66 years more. Thus the intensity of
    • that our Earth is no more than what Geology and Physics,
    • there was another book which became far more important than
    • The book which became more important than the Gospels is the
    • by no means all of equal intensity; some of them work more
    • strongly, others more feebly. It may be, for instance, that
    • evolve once more. It is necessary for mankind that we should
    • we have seen once more during the last week's lectures
    • not have been more remote; for this epoch believed that the
    • brought into flow once more through Spiritual Science. They
    • was all the more effective among those who were still able to
    • own inner nature, and moreover, out of a comparatively lower
    • of the brain are in their essence no more than the transmuted
    • sound: the more full of pain and suffering this present is,
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • secret of birth in a more indirect way. I refer to those
    • materialistic epoch. They knew, moreover, that the Mystery of
    • Egypt. Chaldea and Western Asia was more the soil for Easter
    • — finding one another once more. In ancient times they
    • constellation a human secret is connected. More and more,
    • more to widen out man's vision, beyond what is immediately
    • more to build the bridge between Man and the Macrocosm. What
    • also means the building of it bridge, once more, between
    • Religion, is still more obvious. Quite unconnectedly, the two
    • no more, as yet, than a mere mathematical, mechanical and
    • far more the negative aspect of Christianity. It appears in
    • way, more or less, on to the path to which I here refer.
    • knows the Spirit, many an idol of the past is worth more than
    • present all the more fervently. For in the eyes of him who
    • and the rest are far more perilous idols of superstition than
    • any idols of the past, The humanity of to-day is far more
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • penetrate more intensively into the life of the external world.
    • comes out of the physical and etheric bodies becomes more
    • rising up in a far more intensive life than the one which we
    • the earth, where the connection with them is more difficult, but
    • there is no time now to explain more fully its full harmony with
    • in more popular terms. But it is possible to understand that the
    • sciences of earlier times, based more on feeling. This
    • it in this way, and the other in that way; one more
    • idealistically, and the other more materialistically in
    • would see this, could we study them more closely. In this way,
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • not a question of single, limited spheres) we should once more
    • we go back into the evolution of humanity the more we find that
    • Particularly in more remote times, they believed that death had
    • and, in a more perfect way, the beginning of the Twentieth
    • of Nature. Modern man will grow more and more confused if he
    • religious conception of the world. He will discover more and more
    • this was looked upon still more as a gift of the divine spiritual
    • more and more scarce; also, the number of those grew more and
    • more scarce who felt the need for such teachings and wished to
    • men still face these questions unconsciously and more feelingly.
    • consistency. If a more accurate physiology, in the sense of an
    • modern men, particularly the salt elements, are developed more
    • through mantrams; except that mantrams were then something more
    • the present time must no longer pursue this aim through the more
    • once more enters the social life of men, a feeling of trust that
    • being of a more ancient epoch proceeded from something that was
    • more connected with his sensory life; namely, from the Word which
    • proceed from something more spiritual — from thought
    • connection with the super-sensible of the world and will once more
    • ancient Oriental developed in a more physical way, through bodily
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Moreover, it
    • described by a far more conspicuous scientist, by Sir Oliver
    • matter must be taken more seriously when we have to do with the
    • and more conscientious than any other, even in comparison with
    • characterized more fully in these lectures. Will exercises
    • characterized more fully in these lectures. Will exercises
    • these very things more intensively, so that one can penetrate
    • more or less materialistically) eliminates the cause of
    • means, who goes to a more solid concert or to a lecture, not late
    • that type. We are far more on the right track if we seek the
    • bodily conditions. This leads us far more on to the right track
    • ordinary life we allow events to guide us far more than we
    • more and more in the exercises described in these days and
    • once more appear as mere images, asserting themselves within the
    • explained more fully in tomorrow's lecture.
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • the reproach that many people more and more believe that
    • in the West we should look across to the East; we become more and
    • more connected with it, also geographically and historically, and
    • the more spiritual aspects of life a word re-echoes from the East
    • illusion – apart from the fact of it being expressed more
    • more profound souls almost in the form of a prayer by saying: the
    • indicate more deeply the great change which took place through
    • then you are lost for evermore.”
    • which came to an end in more remote ages and led to the
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • setting out, not from a more general aspect, but from a definite
    • begin with, the more peripheric aspect of man, the external
    • in mind one of the more prominent senses; for example, the eye or
    • regard to these senses should, of course, be studied more deeply,
    • by a more profound research. This has already been done here for
    • “horizontal.” A more accurate study would also show
    • remain more unconscious in the earthly human being and are pushed
    • and frequently far more important in human life than the facts of
    • arises through pathological conditions, when the Ego is in a more
    • more deeply into the world's course of events, not only in regard
    • punishable element is far more intensive. For only through
    • sphere which indicates even more concretely than I have done on
    • development of natural science in more recent times, you will
    • knowledge based on full consciousness. An earlier, more
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • different in a more remote past. In past times people had very
    • feeling, continued to exist even in more recent epochs; the
    • as a kind of straggler, even in more recent times. In historical
    • more acquires a meaning, whereas otherwise it is an illusory
    • end that which will once more make the whole cosmos appear in a
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • Expressed more
    • back we go into human evolution, the more frequently shall we
    • felt that man was more than man, not only the involucre of
    • might say, and this is more than a poetical image: The Greeks had
    • but with a new living knowledge, a knowledge that is once more
    • more be able to speak not of lifeless ideas and abstractions, but
    • more or less the following: It gives one a chilly feeling, as if
    • the Goethanum, induced our opponents to speak all the more
    • always to be preserved within more restricted circles, in order
    • more harm than success in setting forth our truths in the form of
    • that is not true, but because we say the truth. And the more we
    • succeed in proving that we say the truth, the more they will hate
    • are far more numerous in the present time than is generally
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • the world, must concern us far more deeply at this present epoch than
    • we shall want to comprehend it still more deeply at the present time.
    • was presented in more or less detail in the performances which
    • old relation does no more than allow the tree to grow.
    • attempt was made to bring more life into it, but on the spiritual
    • permitted to share in it. Things had to be made more comprehensible
    • more remote times of Christian development in Central Europe, nothing
    • is nothing more than what external materialistic history of evolution
    • — those very events show us that we must seek more deeply to
    • which it constructs, science would bring forth ever more and more
    • know that in the evolution of man there must be something more than
    • words more — perhaps they might not have been thoroughly
    • age, he retained more than most people of the child-nature. There is
    • more of the child-nature in such men than in others. Men like these,
    • men who retain more of their child-nature, keep their youth and do
    • When more
    • and more men arise who can thus grasp Christmas in the sense of
    • More
    • once more by turning to the Guardian Spirit of those who have to take
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • through the world, touches us ever more deeply in the present than in
    • the thought in this way, we will want to grasp it even more
    • on do we find what was presented in more or less detail in the
    • of Adam and Eve. This has its origin in the same thought. In more
    • spiritual science that will become more and more clear as time
    • technique, but then it was desired to bring more life to the
    • to take part in what was presented to them, to be more active
    • things had to be made more comprehensible to the people. By making
    • it more comprehensible, things moved forward step by step. For
    • anymore, but he does give an answer in his Christmas book:
    • the main thing is this science, science will bring forth evermore
    • because, more than other people, he retained the childlike quality
    • in himself despite growing old. He retained more of the childlike
    • more in such people than in others. This is generally the secret of
    • more and more people who come to know how to conceive of Christmas
    • in partisan strife. It is much more important for what
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • Earth is at present but little understood, and, moreover, it is
    • personality of Zarathustra is all the more interesting to us in that
    • the mysterious being who was to be found when a man descended more
    • and more deeply into his inner being and there discovered the
    • them is at one time more evident, at another less. He taught how
    • necessarily be more than one central spiritual power. But just as
    • subordinate forces whose realm of activity is more limited than that
    • more that the teachings of Zarathustra are the spiritual prototypes
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • Egypt. We realise this the more strongly when we try to penetrate
    • recently been compelled to go back to ages more and more remote in
    • preserved, more especially by the earlier Egyptians, with great piety
    • more deeply into all that lies behind the physical world. And this
    • that all these Legends, especially the more significant, contained a
    • from a more spiritual existence. When I look into my own soul I
    • him in a still more intimate sense.
    • into ancient times, the more do we find the domination of these
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • moreover have been true had he been too immature to behold spiritual
    • shuts itself off more and more from the light which is imprisoned, and
    • bank, or the pond itself dries up. Then it is more exposed to the light
    • are just a little more nebulous. They no longer reckon on going back to
    • neglected, must once more be reckoned with. Then one will notice the
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • speak more exactly of what echoes on in the soul — the becoming
    • is more deeply connected than people think with the moral life. For
    • is real truth in what is expressed in the more ancient languages by
    • more is revealed in speaking and singing than what the ordinary
    • the sacrificial words — which in the more ancient times of mankind
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • open-minded person can, with no more than the ordinary means of
    • this. To repeat once more, I am describing it to you as if the soul
    • it with far more understanding than the philosophers themselves! Why
    • mankind on Earth, the more evident does it become that man had a kind of
    • world. No, on the contrary, we learn to be more and more definite; and
    • way we come to see more and more clearly how the spiritual lives in the
    • time to explain more fully the planetary experience, you will not take
    • the fixed stars, and we retain from it deeper and still more important
    • future evolution of mankind will consist in this, that man will more and
    • more live his way into the Cosmos, and that the time will come when he
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • soul life, which are more difficult to understand. When he calls
    • present and to await a more hopeful time to harmonise Spiritual
    • more complicated manner. Whoever wishes to unveil the secrets of
    • individual man is more than a specimen of the human species. He
    • the great English Scientist, has proved, there is much more
    • animals? Can we doubt that animals, when their form grew more
    • more and more facts and laws will be discovered and the
    • evoked. Let us examine more closely Haeckel's sentence:
    • regards this question, more than any other, the wish is the
    • Natural Science to realms beyond physical nature is more than
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • become a more uncertain one.
    • speak more exactly of this development in a later lecture).
    • human cultural life and will be more quickly accepted than
    • aspect; and this more especially in the growing human being,
    • same way we see, when we look at human life more closely, not
    • unite itself to the outer world; and as it grows ever more
    • and more, we see it coming into conflict with the old
    • convince yourselves if you consider it more exactly. For this
    • observe it more exactly, if we ask ourselves what must be the
    • taken into ourselves something more than an inner impression
    • stated that the idea is nothing more than what presents
    • The mere man develops this equanimity, the more nearly does
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • physical body, but nothing more. If we wish to find its
    • rather work our way through, with the aid of a more precise
    • more rarefied — may become thinner still. In this case,
    • Sun, we must distinguish a more perfect than the less perfect
    • bones and muscles, it would become still more competition.
    • — it is unable to do more. Although the Ego lives
    • distinct height, should incite him so much the more to become
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • ever more and more definite — something not inherited,
    • comes to expression, at a more mature age, after he arrives
    • inconvenience, more and more and his continuous striving
    • Thus did Goethe advance more and more towards the
    • There's more in it.”       
    • Goethe's more youthful accomplishments had any value; those
    • the foundation of physical things, no more discernible by the
    • Baucis. And once more the spirit of evil approaches him. The
    • unfortunately impossible to do more than deal with this
    • weeks. May humanity enter more and more into its contents!
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • festival of love and peace. What should be more beautifully
    • impulse. As something yet infinitely more great and mighty than
    • Christmas. Everywhere, if we enter but a little more deeply
    • more and more have a feeling for such a figure as Faust. We
    • feel this figure, which a more modern poet — Goethe
    • For forty days or more I fingered there.
    • no more can we approach it with our power. Of all that at other
    • places before us, when we think of the Child that is yet more
    • filled with wisdom and yet more powerless than other people's
    • and yet more distant future come nearer and nearer, when the
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • of demonstrating more clearly the most acceptable meaning of
    • frightened”. As Natter would say no more then, it was
    • Knowledge. His classifications are more in the abstract. We
    • spread broadcast among his contemporaries the more
    • a rule, they know little more about him than the one incident
    • — “More light”, which is exactly what he
    • can a man wrest more from life
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • departments of science which are more or less unaffected by
    • more years ago, all on which so many fond hopes were built,
    • now-a-days; but to any one who looks more deeply into the
    • matter this theory is nothing more than refreshing. It is
    • is much more thoroughly dealt with. Such ideas constantly
    • paleontology are in a similar case. In these sciences more
    • more with life and the soul. We come in the first place to
    • cautious spirits who confine themselves more to the
    • more striking tendencies, — as we might call them
    • will examine the gills and fins, and will see whether more
    • and more subtle resemblances do not come to light.” And
    • clue, more and more important scientific facts were
    • more singular conditions. We find that this science
    • and still more pregnant fact we may see how even the
    • itself ever more intensely as it passes from soul to soul,
    • corporeality is more tenuous than atmospheric air. At regards
    • Goethe, for such communications are more likely to cast a
    • lecture-hall and behold, nothing could be more unfavourable
    • lecture the conditions grew worse, and the hall more
    • uncomfortable, the audience grew more and more numerous.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • description of the CONTENTS — but far more
    • the path along which one can remove error ever more to one
    • far off goal. One will then come more and more to such
    • work disturbingly, he becomes all the more a capable
    • formed itself in life? and no more regards the material than
    • each other generally, becoming ever more fanatical; if
    • themselves sharpening more and more their insight and their
    • being forced to believe on coming to far more important
    • its appearance is still more exposed to unkind fate than
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • age needs above all to be educated to a more intense grasp of
    • Homunculus. Homunculus himself, once more, is brought into
    • reached a point, which must be attained once more by
    • more or less real cures, though in the majority of cases they
    • Once more, these people believe that they can effect a cure by
    • Consciousness says to itself, ‘I want nothing more;
    • Moreover this school of science (‘science,’ I say,
    • Moreover, the theologians among the Psycho-analysts especially,
    • ‘demonic’ element which, they allege, arises from still more
    • planes of evolution of the Earth itself, and is, moreover,
    • destiny into its finer and more intimate ramifications is
    • himself. He should have enlightened his son more wisely than
    • string is played on more or less intensely by the bow of
    • more the etheric body or the astral body, or the etheric and
    • The one set of forces mould and form him; these arise more from
    • paralysing the former, come more from the astral body. Through
    • more into a certain family, a certain situation or set of
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • introduction of far more science into the schools. And when one
    • often many more than two.
    • is far more widespread in the foundations of human souls
    • post-Atlantean age. Moreover, people are too little inclined to
    • man of genius. He builds a certain bridge. Once more, it is
    • but scarcely any more would have happened to him in this life
    • looked for in former epochs. Moreover, it is often just the
    • is not without interest (let me make this remark, once more, in
    • given a more modern form. Meanwhile, however, while he
    • I will explain the matter more in detail. Would you not like
    • there; nay, more, he was making good, for he proved just as
    • superiors once more) he was ‘promoted’ again into the
    • hero is, once more, a lawyer by training and profession. He
    • o'clock, he awakens (this will no doubt be more or less
    • gives him an awful fright. He resolves once more to study the
    • themselves upon us more and more, for they confront us with
    • the world on a symptomatic basis. This, above all, will be more
    • and more needful, to study the world symptomatically, that is
    • try to enter still more into some of these things if we desire
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • come to those parts of our subject which deal more with the
    • this connection they are generally thinking more or less
    • out once more, from another standpoint, these truths of human
    • each of these cycles — more than once, or in some cases
    • will have to place themselves into life more and more
    • it will matter more and more what a man thinks about his
    • matters, more and more consciousness will have to take hold of
    • for the Western culture is comparatively more advanced
    • understanding of life which is dawning more and more. The
    • the more we develop into the future which is now at hand.
    • repeated earthly lives; — nay more, though they
    • Human beings, in their social life together, will more and more
    • more Eastern, the other with a more Western colouring, —
    • Herzen only confirms it with a more tragic feeling:
    • that time were more or less agreed as to what Herzen thus
    • Nothing is more feared, nothing is more anathematised in
    • depend upon no more than this. They are only a little less
    • — is no more profound than this. Only, when it is a
    • little more hidden, people do not see through it. If plenty of
    • Nevertheless, there is something more in the methods chosen by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • — and you will find they are describing no more than an
    • more than that. For the point is not whether one imagines that
    • emphasis of every one on his own God has become more and more
    • this point we are still more or less within the limits of what
    • misinterpretation of the Angel, which takes place more or less
    • consciously, leads in its turn more or less consciously to the
    • connected — wrongly, once more, in our time — in
    • Yet even this is still no more, so to speak, than an aberration
    • world-outlook, to enter a little more deeply into the course of
    • its significance. But we must go on describing ever more
    • and more exactly, to recognise its full meaning. To-day men
    • Mysteries before an uninitiated hearer. Nay more, it is one of
    • it still more the case if we went back into the Egypto-Chaldean
    • evolution of mankind. The word has become more and more bereft
    • Above all, it is necessary for man once more to get beyond this
    • once more the cosmos with which man is related and out of
    • evolution. Let us ask once more: To what is the steam-engine
    • times more than the dot, and the dot they will fail to see. But
    • another thing beside, there is far more of demonomagic; for
    • more significance for the cosmos. Needless to say, anyone who
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • of these more serious times.
    • birth to death; that this ego becomes more and more powerful
    • and mighty, more and more distinctly manifest. This is a naive
    • himself more and more in the physical body for the purpose of
    • again for humanity; then will mankind once more approach the
    • have desired to enter more deeply, my dear friends, into the
    • Moreover, Christ has declared: “I am with you always even
    • a spiritual experience. For we shall sense the Christ more and
    • more if we are able to place our own existence in the right
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • only be approached by our understanding the whole world more
    • and more in the spirit. They saw in man, in the first place, a
    • not to be found directly. All that was done in humanity, more
    • the moon reflects the light of the sun, but more feebly than
    • withdraws its physical power more and more from the earth. But
    • through absorption in Christian Esotericism he approached more
    • and more that power of inward vision through which he could
    • thereby qualified to lead others who have perhaps learnt more
    • Christ principle he felt called upon to develop the Self more
    • and more from the state in which it is born in the three
    • He follows it, as more and more it rises,
    • around it among the doves. We are told still more. While his
    • One day I shall no more restrain my zeal,
    • The victor o'er himself no more can bind.
    • which may even be far more vital and important than what
    • planes is far more important for mankind. Naturally, whoever
    • more and more.
    • Still wishing more attentively to view.
    • And more and ever more thou shalt behold,
    • to be told more than these few words as an indication of what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • in the forthcoming lectures would demand more time than I have at my
    • one which hitherto has been more or less eschewed particularly by
    • association with his native country. Furthermore, a ‘homeless
    • may be more prepared to acknowledge that certain members of man's
    • more readily accepted by the modern materialist outlook. But it is
    • we adopt the terminology of the East or the more familiar terminology
    • still more distant future when he will be able to transmute his
    • we shall have more and more concrete evidence in the following
    • Folk Souls together, something that is more or less universally
    • of the more developed humanity. We look up to these Spirits of
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • Archangelic Beings, in proof of this. Furthermore these Beings must
    • them, in that they are more potent Beings than the Archangels
    • human soul. But there are other Beings who exercise a much more
    • intimately into man. They would act more vigorously and would have no
    • are endowed with very different, with more robust attributes such as
    • they work more subtly, they leave it to man himself to observe the
    • when; furthermore, the mode of thinking which was brought about from
    • interpretations because one will respond more to what stems from the
    • Personality is the more active agent, that is, why their mode of life
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • which you will find rather more difficult to grasp than the central
    • must now look a little more closely into the inner life of the Folk
    • from an external description to look more closely into the inner life
    • individualities. He meets with some who respond more actively to the
    • finished with it. Therefore these Beings are more closely related to
    • feel more drawn to the astral body. Hence they have the fullest
    • like this are little centralized; they look more to the development
    • the Spirit of the Age has to issue more important, more momentous
    • Here we see the Spirits of the Age developing a more intense activity
    • stages beyond man — we shall have more to say about them in our
    • ideas will be more elastic. A nation is not a race. The concept of
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • has become a more material being than he would otherwise have been.
    • more Earth-bound than the normal Spirits of Form had intended. In
    • consequence man has become more dependent upon the Earth than he
    • region to the Equator or to a more temperate zone, whether he is born
    • relationships in more detail later on. I now propose to describe them
    • childhood permanently upon them. This is more or less typical of all
    • When we look more closely into these separate points or centres we
    • die sie zum aussterben führten.” A more accurate
    • farther we move westward the more we see that the civilization bears
    • the impress of the characteristics of a more mature age. We must
    • more and more the further it moves towards the West.
    • it is already moribund. The further West one goes, the more
    • moves westward the more it tends towards delimitation, and finally in
    • arises; on account of this crisis a more unproductive element begins
    • becomes progressively more rigid and senile, and slowly declines.
    • ho migrate to areas lying more to the West must seek rejuvenating
    • are in certain respects more advanced than the Greeks, but they took
    • their spiritual life from the people they conquered, who lived more
    • further countries lie to the West the more is the law thus revealed
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • folk characteristics which belong to a more distant epoch, in order
    • the different nations. But this will be nothing more than a general
    • finally we have Angels, Archangels and Archai who work more
    • influence. We shall have more to say about this in the next few days.
    • working of the Hierarchies more and more clearly in the truths
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • in my last lecture with the more detailed information about the
    • after certain older Spirits of Movement who possessed more potent
    • us now look more closely into the centre which, in Lecture Four, we
    • Thus if you look into the matter more closely from an occult
    • a progressively more definite and concrete conception of this racial
    • with special modifications, produces the more or less yellow skinned
    • itself more in that part of the nervous system covered by the term
    • This applies more or less to the Aryans, to the peoples of Asia Minor
    • the peoples living more in the Western Hemisphere, on the other hand,
    • those peoples inhabiting countries more towards the West in their
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • more than one ultimate principle in ontology. Monadology: doctrine
    • theory recognizes more than one ultimate principle in ontology.
    • various Folk Souls are more or less inclined towards this materialist
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch a more or less materialistic people
    • who inclines the Spirit of the Age more in the direction of
    • Spirit of the Age more towards idealism.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • mythology unless we review once more the five successive ages of
    • to devote more attention to the way in which the human beings who
    • indifference to the more advanced members of the Indian people in
    • Spirits of Form or Powers, but were more intimately associated with
    • more highly developed spiritual powers. This also helps to explain
    • to it indirectly through Spiritual Science — remains more or
    • ‘I’ — a dwelling of the ‘I’ in more
    • more personally. Their ego had awakened at the stage of existence
    • olden times was thought to be much more closely related to language
    • of the blood. These two Beings, therefore, are Archangels more in the
    • abnormal development. They are Beings who work more in the inner
    • that of the Western peoples who arc more aware that their inner
    • this in mind we shall also understand more clearly the fragmentary
    • which we in our anthroposophical teachings describe in more
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • high level whilst their ego was more or less asleep, that is to say,
    • Anthroposophical Society. What you will come to understand more and
    • more clearly is that the Luciferic influence makes itself felt in
    • death. The karmic effect of this influence is that man is more deeply
    • injured and is picked up dead. What would be more natural than to
    • that which has no validity there. To Nordic man who lived more on the
    • so-called scientific truths which contain more Ahrimanic influence, a
    • Sun seems to the occultist to betray a mind that is even more
    • view is more correct than the one you will find in modern textbooks,
    • which is even more subject to error. If at some future time man is
    • mythology. It is more sophisticated, more mature, the figures show
    • more clearly defined, more finished contours, and therefore appear
    • spiritual world which was more developed in the Teutonic peoples than
    • they had experienced the spiritual world in a much more distant past
    • of time he had experienced much more than the mere memory of a vision
    • portrayed better or more aptly, nor in more fitting terminology than
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • Folk Spirits enjoined upon men to act more on their own initiative it
    • withdrawal of the Mysteries into more secret places. At the time of
    • the ancient Celts the Mysteries established a much more direct
    • still more refined form in the Vedanta philosophy. This was only
    • the peoples living more towards the West and the North had, under the
    • more of that which, coming from the Sentient Soul, Intellectual or
    • depict in our spiritual cosmogony; these are more nearly represented
    • different sentient response, as associated more perhaps with the
    • this Western European culture. He absorbs what is offered him more in
    • been possible for Eastern Europe to develop a much more advanced
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • further we penetrate into the details of Teutonic mythology, the more
    • of you who probe more deeply into these matters will be gradually
    • understood by the more highly developed souls on Earth.
    • common property of mankind, then the more we do this, the more we are
    • disposal, the more the better. I have no qualms. All that is given
    • more thoroughly you test it, the more you will find that what has
    • more conscientiously. Take the latest achievements of natural science
    • religious research, it is all one to me. The more you test them, the
    • more you will find them confirmed from this source. You must accept
    • not felt, his influence is more widely diffused in Europe than one
    • Science, as we shall realize more and more clearly, will bring an end
    • before us. The more we practice this in our lives, the better
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • more insistently, demanded that such a literary beginning should be
    • few days we shall see more clearly how Persephone arouses in our
    • place and partly foresaw that this would happen more and more in the
    • place of this ancient clairvoyance another culture will become more
    • and more widespread, a civilisation directed by men themselves and
    • a more profound sense, may be called sacerdotal — it is only
    • poured, there may be more or less consciously sensed something of the
    • Demeter current and the Eros current, will in the future become more
    • and more absorbed in a way by the tendencies represented in the three
    • Moreover, dramatic
    • that what is merely hinted at must have a place as well as the more
    • in my Mystery Plays and will more and more be felt as the true
    • more manifest as well as in their more delicate form— these
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • The more deeply one
    • reconstructed drama; once more we have it before our very eyes ...
    • Copenhagen, you can read that the human soul encompasses far more
    • than what it knows by way of intellect, by way of reason. A more
    • its organisation of muscle and bone, is substantially denser, more
    • old, more delicate, rarefied body becoming denser, it is because he
    • formerly he had been more under the sway of forces connected with the
    • surrounding air, which rendered him in consequence softer, more
    • Nature more or less withdrew, and later the gods substituted a moral
    • law in a more abstract form through their messengers in the
    • Mysteries. When man became estranged from Nature he needed a more
    • abstract, a more intellectual morality, hence the Greeks looked to
    • Nature, to do with the finer body. Into this more rarefied body
    • the ether body makes the physical body definitely denser, more
    • more under the influence of its physical environment whereas the
    • delicate physical body of old was more subject to the spiritual
    • for the requisite conditions for health more to the external physical
    • came more under the sway of Demeter. Thus during this period from the
    • we know once more what they mean! When the soul steeped in Spiritual
    • Socrates right up to our own day, men had to remain more or less in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • again in what is all around us more than meets the eye of the
    • terms of Spiritual Science to the question we have just put in a more
    • unhappiness. The forces in us which represent the more enduring
    • the matter as a Greek would do, we should ask once more whether there
    • once more the Greek felt the answer, was conscious of the answer
    • our lasting emotions. Macrocosmically speaking they are forces more
    • was far more conscious of the Pluto, Poseidon and Zeus forces outside
    • He lived far more in
    • for him its central ruling powers; whereas the modern man thinks more
    • and thus seeks more within his own being for the distinguishing
    • accompanied by fear and anxiety, more so than in the other cases,
    • perfected as the ego transforms the astral body more and more into
    • more or less how it is done. By thinking of the relative sizes of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • ego-forces holding sway outside in space as far more closely related,
    • far more closely bound up with the human being than the other gods
    • humanity was much more directly subject to the Archangels or
    • that time intervened far more directly than they did later.
    • Egypto-Chaldean time there arose once more two classes, and there is
    • leadership of mankind today as more highly developed Beings. What
    • that we shall come to understand more closely; they enabled Him to
    • raise themselves ever more and more to a recognition of the etheric
    • yearn after this star, any more than souls on the Earth hanker after
    • the Christ could once more incarnate in a physical body. For if,
    • bridge to something which concerns man more closely, this will lead
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • understood once more as Spiritual Science prepares the ground for it.
    • universe. Moreover, when man goes through the gate of death and
    • sit within his house in this way, he was more like a man who walks
    • associated with them, but which more and more came to be an
    • considerably more advanced spiritually than that of Zeus—more
    • advanced in the sense that she inclined more towards the Earth,
    • consciousness once more outwards. Hence the subtlety of the Dionysos
    • Let us once more turn
    • you see that the myth is aware that he is actually more closely akin
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • date we are more perfect than we were earlier, it has come about
    • more or less spiritual bodies, bodies only accessible to clairvoyant
    • his ego is taken into account, he does not belong. No more striking
    • which no man endowed with normal consciousness can see in more than
    • skeletons such as men have today. The human body has become more
    • imbued with a kind of science more profound than our modern abstract,
    • into it ever more deeply. It is only someone who does not understand
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Dionysos was still deeper and more significant than all that they
    • there is no more of thought in the brain than there is of you in the
    • thrown back to us, and the human being can no more see into his own
    • physical being than he can see what is behind the mirror. Moreover he
    • Ages; it means no more than to have been born in Germany, but in this
    • Moreover, if one does this today something is necessary which seems
    • Here our souls are once more faced by a severe ordeal. In what does
    • What is more, we
    • Sometimes a later incarnation, although more advanced, may from the
    • more proclaim that Greece in its early period harboured the teacher
    • were no more Initiates who could still see the younger Dionysos
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • gives him premonitions of it but no more. He begins to suspect that
    • being plunges more deeply into his own nature and his own being that
    • was once etheric and had become physical, is once more dissolved, is
    • You will find an even more detailed description of this from a
    • must come to know more closely what it is that I have just described
    • sheathed in a more rarefied evolution. We could imagine that there
    • whose range is properly speaking more comprehensive, I mean those who
    • through the more extended self have worked right into our bodily
    • saying that the one chose the more difficult path, that took them
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • told you. Let me remind you once more that Earth evolution was
    • as yet in a more rarefied condition. All that the higher hierarchies
    • these forces more closely. First we must pay attention to certain
    • Jordan began to flow into man's higher, more purified
    • being completely? As man inwardly receives this Impulse he will more
    • and more feel the truth of St. Paul's words ‘Not I, but
    • will also liberate him ever more and more from what binds him to the
    • materialistic science will one day come to learn once more the
    • from without, from cosmic space — being moreover permeated with
    • into man from without. From this you see how we can enter ever more
    • deeply into the Mystery which took place in Palestine. The more we
    • — the lighter and more brilliant they appear. Thus the human
    • drawn into him, must be thought of more explicitly as an incoming of
    • riddles of the world. And the world displays ever more
    • more significant Lucifer appears to him, and he has to retrace his
    • image; it must become more solid.’ Because we are all the time
    • ordeals are the goad which drives us upwards, and moreover that
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic phase. And unless meanwhile man has become much more
    • stronger, more powerful forces, forces emanating from the entire
    • world. The old interpretations in times which were more or less
    • clairvoyant were filled with far more life, far more reality. We saw
    • that the human being let flow far more of his own self, far more of
    • ancient Greek outlook (more disposed as it was to fantasy) was such
    • Greek thoughts about their gods contained far more reality than the
    • the thoughts of the man of today as far more thinly filled with
    • creations of Greek knowledge were far more densely packed with true
    • path into a much more vital reality than the purely abstract laws of
    • formation and perfecting of man a little more concrete. Throughout
    • form? Here we encounter once more a characteristic phenomenon of the
    • Spiritual Science, and it is a pity that I am never able to do more
    • we become emptier and emptier and more impoverished, and our
    • her first trial, then the trials become more and more severe, but the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • that the soul and spirit of man are much more intimately bound up with the
    • we see the effects of this incision as an ever more intense inward
    • a still greater inward deepening, the more we observe it in relation to
    • between all that is proceeding in the world in a more or less mechanical,
    • Spiritual. More and more we are dancing into an age of inner deepening.
    • was growing up more or less as a child in Urbino, his environment was
    • however, Raphael got more refined and transplanted ihimself to Perugia,
    • family would try again to take possession of it. More than once the
    • early student days in Perugia, but we see it's still more intensely
    • but we can at least call up before the mind's eye one of the more widely
    • a something within him much more ancient than all the beings who stand
    • this soul more deeply than all others, so also did the spiritual yields
    • of humanity, and this, moreover, is bound up with many mysteries, one
    • develop more and more as humanity progresses, — must increase in the
    • of a longing to tread this Earth once more in order to see what has
    • to his book on Raphael is remarkable, and moreover, deeply characteristic
    • the age of Raphael then read less, but they be held a great deal more.
    • and more deeply inward treasures.
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • they decided to observe these facts more closely, since the information
    • be considered more seriously. I should like to explain to you the conclusion
    • thinking, the whole mathematical conception, is something far more objective
    • human being is more a kind of automaton. Hence it is a peculiar feature
    • could not reckon anymore. In fact, he became quite wild. He felt that
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • we are led more deeply into the soul of humanity and the striving of
    • of the wrath of Achilles: — And the more deeply we penetrate into
    • this national epic, the more clear does it become to us that we cannot
    • writings but often in personal conversation, and then much more exactly
    • man and could say more to him at the beginning of the ages which we
    • are able to observe, which could say more to him during the development
    • that he has, moreover, forces which the ordinary Gunther has not! For
    • more remarkable do things become if we take in addition the Northern
    • brothers of humanity, or at least more primitive humanity than the Finns,
    • in the present day developed in man in more and more primitive form.
    • — certainly in a more primitive but yet in a great and noble form
    • condition, in a much more-impersonal condition; and also in such a condition
    • that we have to describe its powers as much more instinctive. Not indeed
    • simultaneously in those old times. The further we go back, the more
    • developed, are hidden. More deeply did those forces which were not imagination
    • use of intellect and reason. Man has become more independent by the
    • such that the forms of living beings were much more changeable, much
    • more subject to a sort of metamorphosis than they are now. Thus we must
    • became rigid, more immovable, at a time in which the human form was
    • be more clearly worked out here, but we shall understand all the sagas
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • earlier times, when a more instinctive consciousness prevailed, was
    • receive more and more into their being and activity the order which
    • earth. As they approach the earth, they become subject more and more
    • by the earth, once more to rest there in quietude.
    • outside in the course of the year. We can deepen more and more this
    • they cannot fully experience all this, they have more sympathy and
    • away of nature in our own inner being. For if a man becomes more
    • once more. But this picture of Michael and the Dragon paints itself
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • Earth is more earthly, more truly itself, than at any other time. And
    • should really be no more prominent than the irregularities on the
    • the depths of winter, whereas in summer there is much more
    • onwards. The Earth is gradually more and more consolidated, so
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • in the limestone, becoming steadily more active as spring draws on,
    • and even more so towards summer, as the plants shoot up.
    • all the more to achieve their aim in man, who has a soul already.
    • is much more exposed to all the Ahrimanic workings in the
    • we look more closely at the Ahrimanic
    • man in his whole organism would become more and more like the living
    • become more and more calcified. In this way he would transmute his
    • more or less absent, with the upper part transformed. The body would
    • shattered once more every spring, but they work on in man. And
    • forces, he is also exposed more and more — and right on through
    • the soul and spirit of man. Those are the facts. They depend far more
    • more closely into this next time — is transformed into healing
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • festival, we shall need to penetrate much more spiritually into the
    • becomes constantly more active, more satisfied inwardly, and
    • is then at its height in man, it is all the more necessary for the
    • towards us more vividly than at any other time of the year. If we
    • — enters into the time of Christmas, we shall have more to say.
    • to look with spiritual eyes still more deeply into the blue,
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • pair of stones suspended inside him.” That is more or less how
    • through the winter, summer and spring. A kind of memory of it, more
    • In physical life, one person forgets more readily, or less readily,
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • speak of such a Fifth Gospel and that in fact no title is more
    • will play quite a different and much more important part
    • incomparably more intense. Anyone who studies modern writings
    • much more important part than hitherto in the study of human
    • not understand the fruits of Christianity. Those who see more
    • the peoples have achieved, even in the more recent centuries,
    • — he may end by understanding no more of Darwinism than
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Moreover they were able to express themselves in such a way
    • own and yet to come, they will find more understanding than is
    • laid in the grave ... And here I will add that the more one
    • tries to prevent it, the more forcibly does it present itself.
    • sense too — more about the connection between that
    • much more adequately and with greater precision. You will
    • — in this particular epoch of world-history — more
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • lived less as pictures and more — if I may put it so
    • the people's infatuation and more and more falls in with what
    • succumbing more and more to the folk-instincts. In this way an
    • more and more closely to the body of Jesus of Nazareth; the
    • contracts more and more into the human microcosm. Exactly
    • identified Himself more and more closely with the body of Jesus
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • his every word. But in spite of this he became more and more
    • became more and more silent, merely listening to what others
    • heathen rites. Later on too, he discovered still more about
    • transformed; moreover the voice came to Jesus of Nazareth from
    • life, more deeply than any man living on the earth hitherto.
    • Nazareth where, in a more contemplative life, he yielded
    • is possible, and moreover it is necessary to-day, to touch upon
    • between these spiritual Beings and the Essenes. Moreover, since
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • quietude at the end of his twenties, his thoughts turned more
    • and more to one particular event in his life — to the
    • Moreover it is dawning upon me that the knowledge I possess
    • of this and the mother, too, perceived it. The more he spoke
    • and the more the mother listened, the more deeply did she
    • but not the questions of Ahriman. For that, something more was
    • had more and more to become one with it. And the longer His
    • life continued, the more closely was He knit with the body of
    • Much more could be said about the contents of this Fifth Gospel
    • afterwards summoned to the Masters and learnt more from them.
    • these things displeasing for rather more honest reasons. I will
    • around the Christ Being — and moreover the evidence, in
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • feel more and more, when they have lost people dear to them. For them
    • series of successive lives, we shall have a more comprehensive
    • understanding for our existence, and a sounder and more comprehensive
    • this wisdom is to be understood in a rather deeper sense, more
    • more adequately, how we could have used our powers more strongly and
    • understood by more or less perfect organs. Take on the one hand our
    • it more perfect than other organs, for it has needed longer for its
    • through more stages of evolution. The hands are on the way to become
    • brain. Thus there are organs which are more perfect, and have evolved
    • into something more self-enclosed, and others which are less perfect.
    • cleverness. The more we acquire wisdom, the less we depend upon our
    • cerebrum, the more activity is withdrawn (a thing unknown to external
    • strength is no longer used upon the physical organ. We are there more
    • incarnations. The wiser we become, the more we bring over from
    • power to do it. We have gained far, far more in earlier incarnations
    • than we believe; we won far more during the times in which we passed
    • because we are looking at something much more eternal when we
    • instruments for Courage. Here our Ego remains more or less outside,
    • stand upright. In relation to standing upright we grow more and more
    • still more: we are sprung from the whole universe. We exercise
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • to look at human nature more deeply and without prejudice
    • stronger and more powerful than would otherwise be needed.
    • Here, I express once more a paradox that struck me particularly
    • when, more than twenty years ago now, I worked out my
    • — and this is more than a mere comparison — to a
    • Yet the attempt must be made, because more and more people in
    • breathing. The more naturally the process of breathing
    • thinking more forceful and energetic than it is in ordinary
    • process; if we are more spiritually and idealistically
    • Where this is not the case, we can demonstrate from a more
    • growth and progress of the external world. We reach once more
    • submitting more or less passively, as children to heredity,
    • once more.
    • in the soul, in a more spiritual sense than they were formerly
    • even more often practised by scientific thinkers: In all true
    • more than a little way at most, and that somewhat primitively,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • returning with it once more into the generality of natural
    • Psychology itself, moreover, is conscious of this powerlessness
    • still more clearly in his Mechanism of Mental Life. We
    • consciousness are more or less sleeping or, let us say, latent
    • to increase our strength of soul; it must also, and more
    • always stands beside this more highly developed man that
    • shows us. This will be described more fully in the next few
    • the soul from birth to the present. This requires more effort
    • more paradoxical may appear what remains to be said, not only
    • can only be suggested in this lecture; more will be said in
    • which, here too, will discover greater and more potent laws;
    • passing through the gate of death, we enter once more that
    • sum of chance occurrences; to regard it, too, as more or less
    • have not been able to do more today than suggest that what
    • more together. And just as the body, which impedes our sight of
    • see it, I think I have established all the more firmly in
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • with the spirit of the age in which they live, is more or less
    • come more and more to be what I would call symptomatological.
    • precisely, and, by including more and more symptoms in our
    • should like to point to just one more of them, since it will
    • world and on experiment and observation, as anything more than
    • strength our thinking has achieved, we shall be all the more
    • Something much more profound is involved. What this is we can
    • forces are in a state of more or less unstable equilibrium. The
    • towards living things. And as the equilibrium becomes more
    • more clearly we see the fusion of science and art.
    • more we find that its spiritual life is something different
    • again. Here, once more, we can be guided by what we have gained
    • element of more recent origin, if we work our way up to a
    • connected with more intimate and deeper human experience, and
    • do indeed find in the more Westerly parts just that separation
    • need religious experience. But I would say: more deeply buried
    • urge towards Italy, to a more southerly civilization. After
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • but it is more important to find a specific point of view for
    • immerse ourselves lovingly in shifting concepts that are more
    • would be dumb and dark. And in becoming more and more aware of
    • we can look once more into a spiritual world; and find this
    • moment in life, our consciousness contains very much more than
    • things from the depths of his soul. If he looked more closely
    • he would discover that as a rule they are no more than
    • not yet come (it is more than twenty years ago now): to
    • This economic materialism, which is far more widespread than
    • us look once more at what modern spiritual science can tell us.
    • appearance, maya. Yet this maya is important in more than one
    • reach the first stage at which we can recognize once more that
    • appears unutterably empty is filled once more with spiritual
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • a sensuous and physical phase, might lead back once more into a
    • notions that more philosophically inclined minds derive
    • from Kant, and other minds, to whom a more popular treatment
    • shall be hearing more about them.
    • us. This is a simile, but at the same time it is more than a
    • operation the faculty that diffuses something more than
    • Here is something that can make a more shattering impression on
    • More moving than the latter's absorption in his inner self is
    • more or less philistine objection that there is something
    • who can see things objectively, no more than the expression of
    • more and more into vitalized thoughts. And when, in addition to
    • more and belong to the world. And finally, everyone can
    • more or less abstract form suffers from a marked semblance
    • apprehend the air that vibrates inside us, we remain more or
    • discover more and more about our ego and so achieve
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual — the power of reason, of a more or less
    • when mankind was more naive about the life of the soul and had
    • times, there could exist attitudes that were more imaginal and
    • more mature period of our twenties, when we begin to experience
    • “spirit-organ,” but at a more material level. Its
    • understands more than many people believe: not through
    • have become more mature. Only now do we understand it and bring
    • emerge, sometimes, with quite illusory but all the more
    • should like to illustrate once more with an educational
    • is not disturbed, any more than a plant placed in the ground
    • to give him ethical and moral strength, which operate more
    • trying to speak about social life once more and to take an
    • this can be achieved will be shown more fully in the
    • formulated social ideas, there lies something more profound,
    • already more or less recognized. And already it is being
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • centralized and more or less autocratic system. If we were then
    • the present day. We can say: the further West we go, the more
    • expressing themselves more or less by chance — and
    • religious feelings appropriate to this relationship were more
    • is more physical, to the body more spiritual. Such a view is
    • to be pushed more and more into the background, whilst the
    • the legal element subsequently became more or less distinct,
    • element has become more independent; and that now, in the
    • Moreover, this has its effect on all the social structures of
    • more modern times. In admitting that the theocratic element
    • other present-day social structures, we can see even more
    • human ideas that can operate once more in a formative manner,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • a man, moreover, who belonged to a period for which such an
    • as creative and productive forces. It is striking, moreover,
    • necessary for us to look more deeply into the causes of the
    • my lectures here, I have pointed out more than once how our
    • look once more at Oriental civilization. And when we do so, we
    • attained its full development, communities were more receptive
    • Aristotle means by pity and fear more extensively than it is
    • moreover, from this extension of art into the social sphere we
    • certainly has an organic connection. Looking back once more at
    • unable to think was much more revealing than what he did think.
    • once more of what I have touched on today in connection with
    • appears once more as a spiritual residuum in the Greek
    • in popular culture in general, people saw something on a more
    • speak, and giving it its value. Those who look more closely,
    • it often does more harm than good. And one ought to examine in
    • more: work is being done here which, I would say, disappears
    • that has its being around us will be fired once more.
    • perhaps. There must come a time, once more, when every detail
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • then any given institution can serve the same purpose, more or
    • problem more than they think about it, with my book
    • have hope in the prospects of society once more, is what I want
    • problem became more and more of a burning question, you
    • the masses. People long, more or less unconsciously, for
    • more deeply for the causes of the difficulty. And here once
    • more I am compelled to introduce — in parenthesis, so to
    • also developed deep down among the people (and far more than
    • recognized as such; but just as the educated man of more recent
    • unwilling to define more precisely; they include the
    • would take centuries. Nothing is more of an obstacle to
    • This view, moreover, is not an invented abstraction, but
    • find once more a way of speaking philosophically out of a
    • world to look more closely at Central Europe, which has gone
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • among the writings that have attempted, in a more or less
    • out of the depths of its being, to become more and more
    • assumed so at the time. For the state is, ultimately, no more
    • this applied more particularly, I would say, to the upper and
    • more conscious reaches of civilized humanity. From
    • more the sense of human personality, which experiences them as
    • democracy, there insinuated itself more and more into men's
    • began to trust more and more in the omnipotence of the state,
    • more quickly, or we can wait until they arise from necessity.
    • Labour will come more and more under the aegis of law.
    • satisfying unity may be attained. And in a more superficial
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • more comprehensive understanding of the process of the human soul into
    • Let us start once more from
    • how the will spreads out there, of this you know nothing more
    • him, it was more something which came to him from outside like a warm
    • more refined existence that self-enjoyment afforded us by eating, drinking
    • the influence of the coarser, let us say — more selfish enjoyment:
    • which in any case was formerly more general — can therefore give
    • itself up ever more thoroughly to the impressions of eating and drinking.
    • till a climax is reached, they then force him back more and more towards
    • The Modern clairvoyance, which must develop more and more towards the
    • can no longer be an ‘enjoyment’. it is no more a refined
    • ever deeper and more comprehensive penetration to the real impulses
    • easier and more comfortable to acquire.
    • ever more and more, ideas and concepts. It is not unnecessary to study
    • In this event, it may be that a more refined egoism is cultivated through
    • disharmony, quarrelsomeness, mutual calumniation, etc, growing more
    • and more from member to member. I venture to express myself thus, because,
    • flourishes outside in life often flourishes all the more vigorously
    • all the more possible for us to think over these things objectively,
    • non-participators — so that we can learn to know them more intimately;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • transformation of the present age belongs an ever wider and more
    • Let us start once more from something
    • know nothing more of this in ordinary day consciousness than you
    • it was more something which came to him from outside like a warm
    • more refined existence that self-enjoyment afforded us by eating,
    • coarser, let us say more selfish enjoyment; they can still live with
    • therefore give itself up ever more thoroughly to the impressions of
    • more and more towards his physical body. The longing for ones
    • times. The modern clairvoyance, which must develop more and more
    • ever deeper and more comprehensive penetration to the real impulses
    • far easier and more comfortable to acquire.
    • more and more, ideas and concepts. It is necessary to study these
    • refined egoism. In this event, it may be that a more refined egoism
    • etc, growing more and more from member to member. I venture to
    • flourishes outside in life often flourishes all the more vigorously
    • — being present — is excepted, it is all the more possible
    • that we can learn to know them more intimately. And if we find such
    • world, but more intensely — that these things are not
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • considerations, and to go more deeply into then. To-day,
    • personalities more characteristic of the World-Conceptions of
    • which more recent views of the world have made, (as I have
    • afterwards to see things in a more radical, true way, than does
    • age is has, however, become important, far more important than
    • life. Consciousness has become more important than life,
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • himself the proceeds of the work he has himself done, i.e., the more of
    • these proceeds he makes over to his fellow workers, and the more his own
    • work he has himself done, i.e., the more of these proceeds he
    • makes over to his fellow workers, and the more his own requirements
    • terms more intensively with the Fundamental Social Law and
    • social order. One who wants to say, more or less precisely, how
    • and will observe human circumstances in a more unbiased way
    • more closely. Congresses in general bear this character. If
    • life today has come to be. One who looks more closely at life
    • they demanded something else. It was a question tending more
    • This transformation of the soul we have to study more closely.
    • descent into the physical world. More and more the human being
    • God more and more to equality in material existence itself.
    • and more objective than much of the fantastic fantasy of our
    • the direction is changed. Moreover, our proletariat has no
    • inkling about what is here in question. What it demands is more
    • gets more pay today, food will be more expensive tomorrow. It
    • his master. He had to work; moreover, he was maintained under
    • not impractical, rather it is more practical than the
    • questions in an even more frightful way.
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • there lived in this Greek, more or less consciously, just that
    • express more or less inartistically. This is particularly
    • academic form — a renewal of antique art, not more than a
    • understand how this, no more than a beginning, flows from a
    • It was all the more to be expected that, at the present time,
    • formed on the European situation which are in a way more
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • ascend from the simple organism, step by step to the more complex,
    • when we shall consider more inwardly what we are to have presented
    • different. More than then the only right method of strict Science
    • more materialistically coloured philosophy emphasizing the
    • wishes to say more in it than appears from the scenes. For the
    • points, if we are to look more deeply into Goethe's philosophy. We
    • pieces into her own body, more and more luminous. As she comes to
    • the Snake moreover if she could not inform them how to come
    • ‘What is more splendid than gold?’ asks
    • The King asks further: ‘What is more comforting than
    • must make it more and more possible to attain this Initiation, to
    • Letters, and what the other had to say in a much more comprehensive
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • story in this symbolic, allegoric sense, but more in such a way
    • penetration of things, and a more correct view of the world by rising
    • to higher standards. To put it more clearly, if also more
    • materialism, and from declaring it invalid. It is more true to say
    • opinion on them representing, more or less consciously, the point of
    • prominent and significant principle expressed more or less clearly in
    • still more important than the figures themselves. We see the
    • other soul-capacities work upon us as talents, as more or less
    • where there is already light. Once more our attention is directed to
    • significance, and if we enter into one more explanation, it
    • much more than it has been possible to indicate to-day.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • more beautiful, harmonious way, or indeed to become fruitful in a
    • more conscious manner. There is something deeply affecting in the
    • visited Ilmenau once more and there re-read the beautiful verse he had
    • on his whole life, and once more sat down and described Faust's
    • more than that. If the crowd of onlookers takes pleasure in its
    • experience it in the spiritual worlds, something far more true and
    • consider the matter more from the outer side, but to-morrow we will
    • himself with many other sciences, more particularly with natural
    • have had an even more bewildering effect upon Goethe because
    • little more than what he had learnt by heart from law books. But he
    • the bench, and wishes to hear no more of Theology, as he has become
    • this figure of Faust was little adapted to give more than his
    • guilty!’ Having experienced this, he could hope for more
    • One power we call Lucifer. He lays hold of man in a more inward
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    •  So straight and crudely, that there's more behind.
    • revealed. No more shall the False Teacher destroy the world —
    •  And evermore the showers of dew descending!
    • One cannot depict more vividly a real experience of a man
    • sense-world are no more, where they do not exist, which is
    • various parts of man altogether without entering more precisely
    • spirited things. Once more we see how strictly and conscientiously
    • being absorbed entirely by the spiritual world, so, once more, what
    • once more disappeared. Faust retains nothing more than Helena's
    • more from the sense-world into the super-sense — he learns
    • One might say that Goethe points out with these words, more
    • world are nothing more to him. But one thing Faust has not even yet
    • remain in his soul. And once more we see Faust in touch with
    • becomes deeper and even deeper, the more one grows into it, and
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • help us to become more intimately conscious of the nature and
    • he was in nature from the Greek, and how still more different
    • head; our head is much more rich in content than the very
    • brain, but one single convolution of the brain is more majestic
    • and more powerful than the abstract knowledge of the greatest
    • pointed out already, we are beginning once more to find it
    • we shall nevertheless require to do it more and more. At that
    • the beat of the human heart. Then we come to a still more
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • external events of history were in those days much more
    • his sleep a still more dim and dark consciousness, but a
    • pictures, rendering only in more or less symbolic fashion what
    • have to-day were unknown then; written characters were in more
    • prehistoric times, the more do we find this kind of conquest
    • say, a people that had in it more of the forces of death. In
    • in the middle — later on we shall have to speak more
    • organisation. To-morrow we will consider more in detail
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • back more than a few thousand years.
    • still more so from the man of our own time. Man to-day, in his
    • more important organisation than itself, namely, the astral
    • illnesses and more especially diseases and disturbances
    • he would sink down into his own inner being. In more modern
    • times one could say that a still more inward process is
    • being, — a living being, moreover, endowed with soul and
    • of great cosmic secrets. There was in them moreover a strong
    • personalities are once more incorporated into the evolution of
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • ancient times, the more do we find man possessing this
    • more closely into what such souls were able to receive into
    • knowledge. And so once more they came to a great moment when
    • more particularly developed. When a man approached the statue,
    • Once more, I can only describe these things in bare outline.
    • moreover, how two further processes are united with what takes
    • turning it into images that man felt more human and more near
    • now all that I have been describing to you was no more than the
    • eastwards over the Earth, you pass more and more into an
    • experience he had when he came more and more into the Dry, and
    • and coming more and more into the Moist.
    • natural as it was with the moral. I shall have more to say
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • more recent times when we understand and appreciate the
    • more are these Wise Men or Priests in a position to call forth
    • more reveal themselves in the Mysteries. All that related to
    • experienced formerly during the Gilgamesh time more or less
    • their souls in more stormy days.
    • civilisation and taking on more and more the character of a
    • civilisation we find no more than a shadow-picture, a phantom
    • Ephesus in particular — was living in these two, and more
    • was possible to go, in order to bring to the East once more
    • that followed, many more scholars went over from Greece. Apart
    • mission of Alexander was founded, more or less unconsciously,
    • shadow-pictures of Greece, and suffers man to keep no more than
    • memories of these olden times. We can study no graver or more
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • more general qualities and characteristics, we find that we
    • no longer the force of knowledge. And what is more, he belongs
    • Picture to yourselves once more a man who has received some
    • It was the more logical writings that the West received. But
    • authors, and his more abstract and logical writings are no
    • and a number more, to receive that which had come thither by many
    • more folk-wisdom than is generally supposed. The stream
    • — and many more, whose names are less known. And
    • seventies of the last century. Moreover, it is also true that
    • turn of the century onwards, it has been able to grow more and
    • more. It is our task to receive in all its fullness the stream
    • until we look beyond it to something more. We behold again the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • transition from the evolution more particularly of the
    • means of processes that are many times more delicate than the
    • the other are more represented. Study the legs and it is
    • obvious, their form is due to the fact that they are more
    • adapted to the earthly forces. The head is more adapted to the
    • and of her relation with man. Only when we are able once more
    • example, the astral body enters much more powerfully into the
    • man is not to die out altogether and nothing more ever be known
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • led up to the time of Ephesus, we find that the more advanced
    • these survivals, the real being of the Mysteries retreated more
    • and more in the physical world. The external centres which were
    • the meeting places for Gods and men lost more and more of their
    • form that belongs to a more modern age — how the Wisdom
    • men once more in a spiritual way. But to do so it is not enough
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • paralysed in soul. Moreover, he would return to the physical
    • experienced during sleep by more souls than is usually
    • Meeting of the Anthroposophical Society. For more important
    • Anthroposophy that we take with us from this Meeting, the more
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous result of my devotion for more than four
    • however, more than a mere comparison, and is to lead directly
    • man which is more or less independent of the body. This is our
    • dream-pictures, only more disciplined. And if our memory is
    • But we can do something more than this with the conceptual
    • different. And anyone who strengthens his thinking more and
    • more in this way comes at last — it may be even years
    • altogether not much more than our impressions from the outer
    • added a more rarified world, in which one has spent his life in
    • himself, But as yet he knows no more than this. And most of
    • zero. This can even become less; it can become more silent than
    • the silence that equals zero, more and more silent, negative
    • and more etheric, it is still a sort of nature-spirit, which he
    • development, a more intensive development, of what exists in
    • need only meet the more or less well-given descriptions of it
    • conclusion — more than ten years ago friends of our cause
    • he needs it even more. What appears before the silent soul, as
    • described it to you, is something that appears more fleetingly.
    • not suffice. One must be united more intimately with the whole
    • course this can easily be ridiculed, for nothing seems more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • are now contacting is not possible unless one looks more
    • and etheric bodies, But if we wish to go more deeply into the
    • beings. Let us once more make quite clear how it is that we feel
    • member of all humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • or the other demon, more or less Divine Spiritual Beings,
    • any more than when I look into a mirror which reflects me, I am
    • Mystery of Golgotha, man in his waking condition stood in a more
    • is more easy to recognise the concept of Truth which lived then, if
    • gained in a far more widely embracing way than that in which St
    • conditions, I want to put once more at the end, an apercus; you can
    • Whereas in England within the British nature, things must develop more and
    • more so, that, from the side of their Spiritualists, their own
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • more do these budding and sprouting processes meet our eye.
    • more complete consciousness appear. We become conscious to
    • have also called attention to how in more ancient times, when
    • manes knowledge proceeded more from his participation in the
    • must turn our gaze with more precision to what we experience
    • alive, and the more conscious we become the more do we insert
    • more may arise out of these considerations, my dear friends.
    • conception more and more on really coming to the true life of
    • lying more in the direction of the waking life of the
    • — the development of man is gradually withdrawing more
    • and more from the inner process of existence, and only the
    • being more and more to consider only half of her — the
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • we will turn our attention today to a more general
    • is brought about more through meditation which is related to
    • more through thoughts, but also through ideas having
    • Breast-clairvoyance leads more to the development of the
    • leads more to vision, knowledge, perception in those higher
    • which must appear ever more and more in present humanity. The
    • more we approach the future of our evolution on earth, the
    • saturated yellow, because the colour is then more
    • gained the feeling more and more of a more intense, though
    • this to yourselves: Suppose you lie down after a more or less
    • necessary preparation, could give more than what takes place
    • ever more correct in regard to the other clairvoyance, the
    • more he fulfills the demand, that it should be dealt with in
    • would be nearer and more closely related to us than
    • but a dream, a vision of a more beautiful future. Therefore
    • humanity more and more — a darkening of a free
    • gradually assumed an ever more morally assailable character
    • in chief was installed more especially against a spiritual
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • in a moral sense is extremely important. It is much more
    • in which he takes an interest. It will more and more be
    • of extending our interests more and more and of widening our
    • and further, so that we interest ourselves more and more in
    • is something which makes the mind ever more active, helps us
    • when we study those more remote subjects, the teachings
    • the word truth, for as we have now become more
    • good faith. People will learn to understand more and more,
    • When Anthroposophy is able to bring more weight to bear in
    • the following way: people will gradually long more and more
    • one cannot acquire Anthroposophy in one day, any more than a
    • whole of his life. Anthroposophy has to be acquired ever more
    • and more. It will come to pass that in the Anthroposophical
    • experience, and will extend more and more.
    • Moreover, let
    • possess. This will become more and more general when man
    • he thereby fits himself more fully to bear an active part in
    • more and more truthful. Truth will become something by which
    • something appear which develops more and more, and which I
    • attain to something which is more objective which, compared
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • illustrious contemporary scholar, which is really far more
    • more genuinely than the numerous people who, in quoting Goethe,
    • moreover, was a woman of the most spontaneous human sentiment,
    • Goethe's boyhood days it was much more possible to grow up
    • in a somewhat pedantic humor, have more meaning than may be
    • was a little chilled. But he was still more chilled by the fact
    • he soon turned his attention more to the medical and scientific
    • face to face with death, he had already begun to enter more
    • Strassburg who sought to look into the deeper and more intimate
    • age, as it was expressed in his immediate, and also in his more
    • need only allow the more or less fragmentary dramatic creations
    • difficult because nothing was more repugnant to him when he
    • to make Faust greater than Goethe made him and more useful for
    • honest. We could wish that such honesty might appear more
    • the present age. Many people do nothing more than “trade in
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • it. That is no more intelligent than when the coming of spring
    • more than a child. His later inclination to art is thus glibly
    • talents. It is more difficult with the things he has given to
    • for those whose vision penetrates more deeply, the same truth
    • should wish to view the matter more accurately, we might say
    • observing the events more intently than we usually do, we shall
    • but is more diffuse, it does not appear so strikingly. Anyone, however,
    • conditions did not exist in Herder's more subtle constitution.
    • loosened. As a result, such a person can be more isolated, in a
    • sense, from his environment, and a more complicated process
    • anything more simple-minded than when biographers of Goethe
    • his work, anymore than a father must be as great in forces of
    • easily be admitted! More than eighty dramas were written by
    • written eighty-one or more dramas and only seven of them
    • himself so much in events but responds to them more than at an
    • period when events confronted him in a more gentle way. Just as
    • subdued. Furthermore, special forces are associated with such a
    • could not be heightened but only subdued. Furthermore, special
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • more thoroughly with the tools provided by spiritual science.
    • outside the physical and etheric head, they bring about a more
    • is day for our head; that is, the rest of our organism is more
    • are more intimate during sleep, as are the relationships
    • yesterday somewhat more crudely, we may even say that the
    • impressions. Because of this, he enters into more intimate
    • but at the same time he experienced a more intimate
    • it mean to say that a more intimate relationship comes about
    • to the fore all the more strongly through this process. As the
    • more than a somewhat complicated training procedure. Just as a
    • more thorough investigation, similar findings will undoubtedly
    • more objective understanding, how much intellect, is actually
    • or more years. In all such things there is obviously a bit of
    • of his special organization, is able to perceive more of this
    • Because of his organization, he can perceive more than they,
    • their eyes. These are far more important and, if you take this
    • animal, far more intensely than man, fits into the universal
    • to speak, are far more compulsory than those of man. Human
    • interrelationships as man's etheric body. Thus, man knows more
    • of the cosmic relationships, but animals are far more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • freedom, bring more with him than in earlier ages when his
    • festival was not more or less an external holiday for most
    • more chaotic conditions. Everything tends to be handed over
    • more completely to man. Thus, it is all the more necessary that
    • the fifteenth century. If men would pay more attention today to
    • this we shall derive more clear-cut concepts than from today's
    • have become more specialized and that not so many centuries ago
    • will continue to develop, and more specialization and
    • happen, and will happen more and more.
    • previous incarnations in a more complex way than was the case
    • man himself; it becomes more objective. Through this
    • being was still far more immersed in his professional life with
    • important that we come to see more clearly how in earlier times
    • are made about other more recent endeavors, and ideas are
    • ever more intimate. It will appear first in those areas that
    • also become more susceptible to what will emanate from, and be
    • religions, so this new stage requires a more concrete spiritual
    • more specialized and mechanized, people feel the need for the
    • opposite pole to become proportionately more intensely active
    • this leads to much more. As we will hear in due course, a new
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • more comprehensive spiritual scientific conception of the
    • a more comprehensive way, that is, including everything that is
    • should have enlightened his son in a more intelligent way than
    • appears during the first seven years can be more thoroughly and
    • fourteenth. It will be found that something appears in a more
    • group of forces gives him form; these come more from the
    • etheric body. The other group, coming more from the astral
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • have seen how involved the more profound questions of destiny
    • if we view the matter from a more comprehensive standpoint, we
    • education, demanding that much more natural science be
    • much that is done and said, and it is far more common at the
    • relied more on atavistic clairvoyance; this later disappeared
    • because of his mistake, but not much more than that would have
    • required! I have been in a theater no more than seven times in
    • more helped to a promotion in the legal profession.
    • more interesting is a similar man, but one of nobler attitude
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • we shall still come to the parts of our lectures that have more
    • a broader basis, and so I must explain in a more comprehensive
    • vocation, none of which is to be considered more prosaic or
    • twenty-eighth year. Something more thorough on this subject may
    • more conscious of this.
    • expression than that of the comparatively more advanced Western
    • life today because they force themselves upon us more and more.
    • earlier times the individual was more significant; that more
    • couch this more in our concepts, but Mill expressed
    • life would become ever more the “pressed caviar” of bourgeois
    • deduced from Herzen's book of 1864 that he and Mill more or
    • something more than simply the connecting link for those who
    • possible to form concepts in more than one way. If it were
    • of numbers rest on nothing more; the problems are simply a
    • little more concealed than those I have given. Moreover,
    • different concepts but they are not at all more significant or
    • intelligent. They are less easily observed when somewhat more
    • explains much more than is explained by what one considers to
    • therefore, in the autumn of 1912. Moreover, in the same almanac
    • are seen more clearly, the connection will someday be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • more readily understandable from the following. He had a
    • pleasure more often. You obviously enjoy this sort of thing and
    • a little more clearly into the karma of this person let me
    • contemporary to whom it was told by the man himself. Moreover,
    • striving to gain more free time to devote to inventions and
    • somewhat more carefully since he was really a sort of child of
    • more fitting position at the court of the Grand Duke. He writes
    • keenness and versatility, might give a more definite answer to
    • moreover, inclined with such special devotion and, as I may be
    • render him more and more worthy, will unite together with my
    • in this special field greater, more general, and more lasting
    • lessons. Moreover, I would not willingly do such work in
    • and would find many more if I had the leisure and more
    • lessons. I have a far greater longing for more free time than
    • for money, since I know that it would be much more difficult
    • Moreover, he was impoverished at the close of his life and died
    • more than his native state, he went to Padua in 1592. Galileo
    • learn much more. But what strikes us time and again is the fact
    • represent more the tendency to materialism. In other words,
    • lustral water is available and carrying out more or less
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • quite clear to us, moreover, that human life falls into two
    • and what they are saying is nothing more than to demand that
    • consider this, we are standing more or less within the realm of
    • performed more or less consciously, leads also more or less
    • more obscure are the relationships of the human being to the
    • ever more thorough if we wish to comprehend the complete
    • he has said has been more or less worthless. To these very
    • even remain within the Greco-Latin but we should find more if
    • all other things, it is necessary that man should once more
    • century. What existed before that time constituted nothing more
    • more closely, who does not merely stare at the phenomena but
    • case one would have also to do away with a good deal more
    • more of demon magic because this operates with entirely
    • more and more progress. Developments in the world soon will
    • already explained. Human beings enter more and more into a
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • know that it is invalid. On more careful consideration, it
    • we seek to understand in a more profound sense what the Christ
    • world conceptions of the religions as reverence for a more or
    • have remained at a more or less early stage of evolution. What
    • angel more, even making him often somewhat more egoistic than
    • Christ demands something more, something different. He demands
    • ascend still further. It is not possible to bear anything more
    • must now look back once more to the evolution before the
    • means nothing more than that it acquired a force through which
    • leads man to the earth brings him death, that there is more in
    • over whether or not Christ drove out demons. It is more
    • found the way yet to really engage himself more deeply.
    • orthodox, or let's say, more recent Catholicism. At any rate,
    • serious about Christianity — more so than can be expected of a
    • I will deal with this matter more thoroughly — if they could
    • was somewhat more than Socrates, the Christ, the human being,
    • much more is contained in it about the Christ than what you are
    • telling me!” In other words, the Turks know a great deal more
    • are prone to present because the Koran contains more about Him
    • and Christ is represented much more as the Divinity in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • but for man before the Mystery of Golgotha this was more or
    • believe that they are talking, have talked, more
    • thoroughly overcome. Nothing meets us with more persistence
    • to the spiritual. And what is more, should he not have this
    • here also (see red in diagram); but these have now to be more
    • rather more connected, spirit and matter depending more upon
    • each other; here it is more permeated with spirit. All that
    • is lung and breathing process is for the earth already more
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • remains more or less united. So that one can well draw this
    • remains you see more or less connected with the body, and
    • more we go over head, breast man, man of the limb system, we
    • in which the matter was recognized in a more atavistic way,
    • most remarkable degree, far more so than in the case of any
    • through consciousness, that becomes more clairvoyant, what
    • belong more to the lower part of the thorax you have a
    • remains more or less subconscious, is in reality a dream
    • of consciousness have become more less veiled since the
    • turn to the blue but to the red which moreover you do not
    • how he once more sought to implant for the last time during
    • more this time from the modern point of view, referred to
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • would prefer to keep them more or leas at a distance. There
    • fast follower of Kant, and there are far more followers of
    • nature, that it is more — or it is less, however we can
    • is less than emptiness, this world outlook is more or less
    • become empty and in certain parts more than empty, that this
    • the truth. The holes in the brain, what indeed is more than
    • that is more appropriate for the view into the living man.
    • asleep this moves more or less out of the body, as it was
    • drawn yesterday (diagram 2), but when man is awake it is more
    • into the holes in man, in what is more than empty in man. You
    • the Sun, namely, against the more than empty holes in the
    • more deeply into the framework of actual human evolution
    • future become more and more so, for us to perceive that these
    • concepts once more arose. And these concepts are those of
    • given, for a more atavistic perception, it is true, in the
    • more of the group-soul, and that the individual souls were
    • Romans, completely abstract; concepts and nothing more. The
    • and they became abstractions more and more. For Greek a
    • go on showing you even more exactly. The discovery of man
    • when seeing themselves. We must find the elements once more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • anything towards the betterment of social conditions. More
    • Marxian school of social thought more especially, whose
    • middle-classes, — who were developing ever more and
    • more materialistically, — the only world-conception
    • And what can be more obvious, than that, if a person can
    • level of the human soul has sunk; and the more one is able to
    • calculate, or determine causally, in social life, the more it
    • practically no more than a sort of equivalent for the
    • said, that 99 per cent more literary works were turned out in
    • gains ground, under which unnecessary work more or less
    • the present crisis, it is one which is more or less a final
    • more value upon the will than upon the observation, I call
    • more, and a very searching question, which has been put:
    • individual from the group-spirit; how democracy has come more
    • and more to be the general impulse of mankind; how the
    • individual human being is tending more and more to become a
    • factor of importance; and those things too are ever more
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • more in keeping with the character of a study-evening, such
    • which the different members of the audience may have more
    • point out once more, that, in face of the general situation
    • were therefore obliged to fall back upon more or less
    • nothing more unsound that to look upon prices as something
    • practically all the things which it is more immediately
    • found in them all that is more immediately necessary to know.
    • falling ever more softly and soundly asleep, — then
    • unfree they are, are people for whom one can find much more
    • the pulpit was quite in the anthroposophical direction! More
    • — then we shall once more have something that can speak
    • Kommender Tag. What strikes me more than anything
    • endeavoring to do for more than a year past; and don't let us
    • things; and the more this comes to be recognised, so much
    • more will it be possible to accomplish in the field of
    • ought to talk more intelligibly to the masses, —
    • might be able, by means of a still more plastic brain, to
    • that, more or less from the first third of the nineteenth
    • something which serves to make economic activities more
    • we must accustom ourselves, altogether, to go rather more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • and particularly its method of thinking are more of a hindrance
    • way more recently, the moment I see the book about mollusks,
    • ordinary everyday soul life is more or less similar to the case
    • different kind of perception. In my writings, where more
    • imaginative life is not simply an act of our fantasy any more
    • this world of pictures within us, which is more likely to cut
    • second power. You can find more detailed information in my
    • even more difficult to master all the preparation necessary for
    • soul activity, but a higher. This is even more the case with
    • more subtle distinctions in life.
    • spirit and have no idea of how to apply this spirit to our more
    • immediate and useful life, are perhaps even more harmful than
    • organism), the more central organism connected with the breast
    • continued on a more inner level.
    • impetus of evolution comes to an end, but then ossifies more
    • investigation of the problem of immortality. And when more than
    • learn. It would be much more comfortable if we could answer the
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • enthusiasm that history stimulates. However, the more we feel
    • more Goethe's judgment seems to be confirmed. We only need
    • form a more or less united family in which there could be all
    • two, and it would be even more valuable to take a third, but
    • of life we find a kind of life that is more like a society. And
    • shows, for instance, how the more rudimentary impulses of
    • which one is merely possessed, where one is more or less an
    • is really only more or less a mediator for what is at work.
    • was drawn more and more into a sphere where history is regarded
    • not more strongly conscious of our feelings than we are of our
    • important truth once more, without which there can be no
    • sagas, pictures. And they knew more about the impulses to be
    • appropriate observation. But this makes it all the more
    • science of spirit we therefore distinguish the more instinctive
    • understanding, this rational soul, began to operate in more or
    • is much more difficult to do this than any other kind of
    • that time people still remained more or less participants in
    • forces that seek to penetrate more deeply into history have
    • insufficient time for a more detailed description. But when we
    • just as Karl Lamprecht had. Lessing had a feeling for even more
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • brain, as is more or less believed by the materialistic form of
    • it is very odd that the further we get, the more effort we make
    • if I may use a somewhat crude expression — we can no more
    • actually achieved when this comes about. You can find a more
    • convince us more than any purely materialistic theorizing that
    • in purely inward processes of the soul, and this is even more
    • become more skilled, our hands become more alive so that we not
    • more artificially if we wish to rise to an investigation of the
    • the whole thing was once more present in his mind. How did this
    • produce thoughts. The impression we get is more or less of our
    • hallucinations and even more serious states. In our ordinary
    • really more bound to the physical organism of the body than the
    • to say “I” any more, of losing ourselves. We
    • proceed along another line of development which runs more
    • much more real than the processes normally at work in the soul.
    • is more or less in the same position as a person who demands of
    • — Although this is more difficult to understand, I would
    • what rises up out of the will increasingly more concrete and
    • more real.
    • compromise more than is normally the case with the prevailing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • But Anthroposophy must take more seriously than do many who
    • cannot comprehend more of the human being than that part of it
    • more far-reaching minds look elsewhere for the help in
    • Anthroposophy is nothing but a more or less fantastic attempt
    • with sense impressions are in a sense taken more passively by
    • a power of the soul can be made stronger and more intensive by
    • from hallucinations and visions becomes more dependent upon his
    • memories living in the soul more or less unconsciously is not
    • as a being of pure soul and spirit before birth, or, more
    • more one penetrates into the mysteries of the will (I can only
    • indicate this briefly) the more one realizes that between these
    • the lowest step. The more one forms ideas in this way in an
    • facts, the more one liberates the will, which is
    • live on more deeply in our spiritual human being. If we observe
    • other forces in the universe as well. A more intimate
    • reckoning free actions in a sense as more highly
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • general, he would probably find more reason to consider that
    • possible to do more than indicate this fact. We can see how the
    • thought and research in more recent times. This will be
    • today, an atom of iron must be imagined as being more
    • nothing that is any more explicable than a Steinway piano. So
    • world becomes no more explicable than it already is to
    • show more and more by penetrating into the smallest particles
    • of the smallest living entities does not tell us any more than
    • has been the most wonderful progress in more recent times, for
    • conviction that becomes more compelling as one immerses one's
    • this clear and obvious, that this will become more and more the
    • the details necessary to understand more completely what I am
    • more advanced kind of physics.
    • perceptions weak beginnings which can be applied much more to
    • kind of meditation normally described and which is nothing more
    • a physical body, but that we have a finer, more inward body
    • The philosophers of more recent times who inherited the work of
    • More recently even Kant in his Dreams of a Spiritual
    • mean no more than do different photographs of a tree
    • freer and freer, and more and more spiritual. By these means we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • conducting music, showing that he attached more importance to
    • in all the classes. It is true to say that in epochs more
    • will become ever more and more perfect, and will one day take
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • more and more dependent on the physical body with its
    • in more detail in those lectures which I have called
    • how did it become ever more and more differentiated? We must
    • civilisation and education, they were perhaps more physically
    • wisdom, men are really becoming all the more dependent upon
    • very decadent ways, would confine itself more and more to
    • Europe would cultivate the more intellectual sphere; and this
    • more and more in this direction.
    • Spirituality which man must acquire once more.
    • who have children, do think a little more earnestly, because
    • still more evil political mechanism of the West, lives as
    • human egoism far more than human feeling for truth. Therefore
    • publishing a collection of a few of my more important early
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • far more inward connection with his own planet, as such than
    • re-birth are for him times of a more Spiritual existence, and
    • during such times he is himself more withdrawn from the Earth
    • withdrawn from the Earth of to stand in a more intimate
    • world of Stars, with that we are more closely related between
    • death and re-birth. We can even say it is more than a
    • through our vision of the heavens, and make ourselves more
    • and more Luciferic. Thus if, in the life between birth and
    • things increase in number more and more in our soul, we can
    • their souls, who want more ar less to dream through life,
    • fill us more and more with understanding; for our
    • confusion. In the East the people are more ruled inwardly by
    • already on the one hand, how more and more the Western
    • more and more mechanical. An Ahrimanisation on the one side,
    • existence of man today which is being more and more permeated
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • want to speak to you once more because I consider it
    • of culture today we are living more than we believe Am a wave
    • kindly — there is more of a sentimental, theological and
    • more churlish (I won't say that this is any worse than the
    • from the religious faiths, It was really more important than
    • medieval Catholicism more than any mention the trichotomy, in
    • deal more of the animal in him than he has today, life being
    • more in accord with animal-instinct — so now he is
    • evolution through heredity, for nothing more can come from
    • is not talking of the Christ. He should be speaking with more
    • more for the healing of the world than all the insipid
    • also to the well-spring of truth. More deeply inward than
    • those believe who speak of inwardness — more deeply
    • abroad in a way that is not true, which often does more harm
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • towards spiritual deepening entails, and who, moreover, have
    • moreover,agreee with what I said in the lecture to the
    • in a more tempestuous, uncultured atmosphere! I do not say,
    • religious creeds through the centuries. It was very much more
    • dreaded more than pronouncement about the Threefold nature of
    • is, moreover, no possibility of union. A spiritual science
    • Egyptian-Chaldean epoch much more of the animal nature in him
    • than he has to-day, he was more instinctive in an animal
    • these things in himself — it was a more instinctive
    • more guarded form, and yesterday, at the Opening speech at
    • nothing more comes out of that now; one must take into
    • more inner way; and then this so-called “inner”
    • not bother any more about it; but it is necessary at the
    • Now it would, as I have said, be more
    • thing means — would do far more for the healthy
    • but those who do this and nothing more, accomplish nothing at
    • thing. Much more “inner” than those men think who
    • way and thereby often to do more damage than occurs through
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Space? It obviously does not include it all,,any more than
    • have been to-day abandoned by more thoughtful men and the
    • to collect in more exact detail proofs and verifications of
    • of much more qualitative a nature than the merely
    • upon our relation to the surrounding world in a much more
    • arising. But at this pole it is much more difficult to
    • found midway between these two poles. Everything becomes more
    • vital, more living in our epoch as we gradually acquire this
    • more lulling to sleep than an enlightening influence an men.
    • space but really no more that that. In the well known work of
    • third. Copernicus knew something more than what is admitted
    • by modern astronomical science. And this “more
    • more advanced school, the elasticity of' his soul forces
    • for it is far more credulous of authority even than ancient
    • movement which is absolute; men would furthermore
    • begins to feel things more in accordance with the truth than
    • adult; the concepts become more abstract, the experiences
    • bodily part of us. We get a more sharply defined countenance
    • changes in this way — at most it gets more and more
    • be a more accomplished person than was the case at their age
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • himself more and more akin to the material, is descending so
    • having no more reality than a picture? The reason is that
    • divested of the human being there are no Gods, any more than
    • — it is the expression and nothing more. The heart is
    • anthroposophical Spiritual Science, however, is much more
    • external, for it already represents nothing more than a
    • from a more elementary point of view. Philosophers have
    • always enters, a little more into this element of gravity
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • investigating more deeply the processes taking place in the
    • been brought more to the surface of consciousness. Today
    • there is of necessity more interest in the artistic and
    • the soul is really infinitely more profound than is generally
    • more or less represent two different types. On the one hand
    • has a tendency to this mood, is always striving, far more
    • refer more and more recognized by the general public. There
    • same artistic perception I should like to say something more
    • fully to light by a more comprehensive development of natural
    • more developed form contains the entire human organism,. The
    • now in an outward, spatial way but inwardly and more
    • because in each of her works she is wanting to offer us more,
    • infinitely mores than she can, and because she puts together
    • though more or less unconsciously. But in former times it
    • artist of more recent times we get no such feeling, The
    • aims at becoming more than it can be when forced into a whole
    • picture more into the realm of form. Through blue indeed we
    • the realm of drawing the more we enter the abstract
    • subconscious, as opposed to what I have shown to be more an
    • penetrating these secrets and more or, less unconsciously
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual-scientific investigator is more interested in the
    • more vivid conception of Aphrodite rising from the foam of
    • he speaks. More and more it will be necessary for men to
    • also because the inner life of man is much more complex than
    • of science, and will indicate something that must more and
    • more develop in order to build the bridge between the
    • are right for us are of a much more intellectual kind,
    • arrived when men must become more and more conscious, freer
    • model. Moreover, those who approach Spiritual Science
    • seership are more important than any form of pathological
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • hierarchies by making the salutation more abstract. He wanted this
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • may ask themselves: Whatever more is there to be said about the being
    • certain other thoughts in order to understand these matters more fully.
    • of life the human being learns more, assimilates more wisdom than in
    • and a great deal more besides. In those first three years we learn very
    • from the stream of our evolution, many more forces than we retain.
    • Greek people was relatively small. Moreover they had comparatively little
    • Consider once more the
    • follows directly upon cause—so it is said. There is nothing more
    • impossible to imagine a more erroneous line of reasoning. The truth
    • epoch of civilisation it became possible to acquire more knowledge of
    • was really a holy thing, conceived as an offering to the Gods. Moreover
    • and sets up more hindrances to this world process than are justifiably
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in a moral sense is extremely important. It is much more
    • in which he takes an interest. It will more and more be
    • of extending our interests more and more and of widening our
    • and further, so that we interest ourselves more and more in
    • is something which makes the mind ever more active, helps us
    • when we study those more remote subjects, the teachings
    • the word truth, for as we have now become more
    • good faith. People will learn to understand more and more,
    • When Anthroposophy is able to bring more weight to bear in
    • the following way: people will gradually long more and more
    • one cannot acquire Anthroposophy in one day, any more than a
    • whole of his life. Anthroposophy has to be acquired ever more
    • and more. It will come to pass that in the Anthroposophical
    • experience, and will extend more and more.
    • Moreover, let
    • possess. This will become more and more general when man
    • he thereby fits himself more fully to bear an active part in
    • more and more truthful. Truth will become something by which
    • something appear which develops more and more, and which I
    • attain to something which is more objective which, compared
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • about this Mystery on many occasions in our more intimate
    • impression of birth and death was something more self-evident
    • more and more aware that death means a big break in human life,
    • paler and paler, and he felt himself more and more lifted out
    • This increased more and more, especially for those who lived
    • us more and more with a tragic mood. And the teachings that are
    • great deal of this has been lost. But even more has been lost
    • infinitely more spiritual way through intuitive knowledge, that
    • wish to understand them, any more than we can wish to live in
    • because they have no idea how much more, for instance, a bird
    • abstract sense; or how much more even a donkey knows than a
    • founded. But since humanity itself advances more and more in
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • lecture given here on more complicated questions of
    • more understandable. Today we shall proceed a little farther in this
    • regard, and here also we shall speak again about more complicated
    • only that they have made more rapid progress. We might put it
    • have merely advanced more rapidly. Besides these leading
    • their development in higher, more spiritual regions, who, in
    • whereas other, lower Avatar-beings could be embodied more than
    • If we observe this man Shem a little more
    • Christian development. Anyone who can look more deeply into the
    • was more what we call the sentient soul, or more the
    • intellectual soul, or more what we call the consciousness soul.
    • Among those who, in turn, were more imbued
    • more, so to speak, toward the astral body; hence the copy of
    • spiritual-scientific field we come to understand more and more
    • scholastics, compare them with the statements of more recent
    • itself has come more and more into
    • find how everything tends toward the goal of becoming ever more
    • more lofty heights, so is it also in the historical development
    • meaning. We comprehend more and more what we have to do,
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • more evidence of any nature can be captured in just the right way.
    • develop further. Now there is a soul force that the more
    • a more highly developed memory, yet is not actually a memory
    • be achieved the more that we really develop the thought life
    • So you have more than life in this
    • knowledge, of an increased memory that is not just more memory
    • And it is more difficult to get rid of
    • minutes away it is even more silent, and more silent. Let us
    • more unconsciously they say to themselves: Well, that which has
    • inward, are more or less dream perceptions. This remains so
    • today — to accept, to accept more readily, for there is
    • what one will need more and more as a human being of the future.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • a means to make Christianity more accessible to the scholarly
    • century the transition took place to a more tolerant
    • understand. The truth should result in more than mere
    • of evidence of that today, and it will become even more
    • life. Many more things were mentioned, all of which called
    • knowledge possible once more.
    • she had gained more than just mental pictures from what had
    • spiritual knowledge will be needed more and more if human
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • passage, but it all amounts more or less to what is said by a
    • something very much more profound than mere invention. When
    • thorough study of myths and fables yields infinitely more
    • but more valuable by far, once it is overcome, is the pain
    • interesting that modern research, with its more materialistic
    • emerging, interspersed with more materialistic views, a
    • spiritual knowledge. This will happen more and more
    • category. This problem has become even more pressing since
    • attempts have been made to tackle it more consistently than
    • embryos human beings repeat once more the earlier stages of
    • more principles that are invisible to ordinary sight. Human
    • — a being composed of no more than the three bodies is
    • constitution of humans is simply a more intricate structure
    • much more clearly and perfectly.
    • consciousness, more like a vivid dream. However, it was much
    • more encompassing, as it included not only his own life but
    • times it was more a person's inner bodily life that came to
    • demand of blood more than it is able to endure.
    • more is demanded than the blood can endure.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • evil; it may be a first cause from which will result a more
    • higher development go together. Furthermore, humanity has
    • portrays more sublimely than the tragedy the greatest human
    • human life more carefully, we find phenomena that indicate
    • Think once more
    • himself, allowing his soul to become ever more encompassing.
    • through his work far more about his feeling of superiority,
    • “I.” Those who have gone more deeply into
    • ice. As ice can become water once more, so can spirit emerge
    • fact that organic substances are more complex in their
    • that from suffering something nobler and more perfect is
    • becomes richer, more satisfying, when we can widen it so that
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • legend of Ormuzd and Ahriman emphasizes this view more
    • may seem very strange, yet it is a fact more real than, say,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • benefit more from spiritual research than education, because
    • deal with this subject we must look once more at the nature
    • organism that is considerably more delicate and refined than
    • development, the child goes through more events of a similar
    • greatly. It is far more important to refrain from doing what
    • she should do no more than trace their form with paint.
    • movement and inner life. Nothing has a more deadening effect
    • undeveloped astral body, and can no more make sound judgments
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Furthermore,
    • the word “sin” is today used in a narrower, more
    • only far more profound than thought at first sight, but also
    • more light an that of death. Every illness destroys life to
    • relationship with nature. If you look at the matter more
    • to their harmful effects. The more of such substances we have
    • death to have more life.” One could add that, as well
    • strong health. Furthermore, she had to endow wisdom with
    • will be increasingly discovered the more it is seen to
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • pictures of the Atlantean were animated, more vivid than
    • those of today's most fertile imagination. Furthermore, an
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • science more than any other science is in a position to say
    • being ill. Furthermore, there is widespread confusion among
    • being unites once more with what was left behind in order to
    • continue its purification. The more often a human being
    • sense, and the more numerous and greater the talents and
    • him this is not just a poetic notion, anymore than the soul
    • the astral body, and are much more difficult to heal than the
    • Nothing is more remote from concentrated spirit than shadowy
    • imaginative, pictorial ideas and images are more akin to
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • but even more consider the how." Spiritual science is rightly
    • science, but also more than science. It is science that is
    • more. What is already in existence must, as it were, become
    • their inner being and must bring it to life once more.
    • ability more than anything else to be a healing force,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the greatest truths, but even more than other great truths it
    • task all the better the more they forget themselves and
    • more this self can forget itself and become aware of the
    • physical and etheric bodies. The more of the astral body a
    • person has purified, the more he is able to retain and add to
    • destination ever more clearly, the working of these laws must
    • of eyes and ears will provide far more pleasure; this is
    • life does more to harm the organs than anything else. The
    • this relationship. The milk contains more than its physical,
    • attributes stored in the child's ether body. Furthermore, now
    • relationships are more universally human, whereas now
    • real forces. The more we are able to bring out a person's
    • lives, the more we benefit his development. Not until the
    • withdraw more and more into their inner being after the
    • also begins to withdraw. More and more calcium is deposited
    • develop a life of its own. The human being becomes more and
    • more spiritual. All this is certainly greatly enhanced and
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • about whom much is rumored, but history has little to say.
    • lay more emphasis on one point or another, according to the
    • far-reaching world knowledge. In the course of time more and
    • more will flow into mankind. Study of this material schools
    • thinking; the more thorough schooling is not absolutely
    • a little more detail. Oxygen enters the human body; carbon
    • in that respect be once more at the level of the plant as it
    • more and more transform the substance of his present body
    • much higher and more spiritual consciousness. Thus, the
    • beings will then possess a higher and more comprehensive
    • Furthermore, the pupil must be inwardly morally strong; this
    • The victor o'er himself no more can bind.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • strove, his whole life long, more honestly and sincerely to
    • Moreover, he is aware that dangers have to be met, but also
    • that human beings could become more and more conscious. He
    • consciously regained, and loving kindness once more would
    • Furthermore, he saw art as playing a significant role in
    • humanity grew more and more selfish, so did art. Wagner
    • visualized a future when the arts would once more function in
    • onwards to ever greater heights and more perfect stages of
    • of more than can be perceived by eyes and ears. We should be
    • more than turn a few spotlights on Wagner's inner experiences
    • wandered eastwards, their dull consciousness grew ever more
    • invented death to have more life; only through death can she
    • into the Background. They came to the fore once more near the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • enter more deeply into the Bible, at least in a few
    • Testament. Today we shall look at more positive aspects and,
    • more religious age. Nor can a person have any idea of the
    • name Nathan; going further they find many more names that
    • have discovered what can be accepted as more or less genuine.
    • who simply find it more comfortable to remain within views to
    • could better or more beautifully express the inner feeling
    • them and human beings are themselves spiritual. Furthermore,
    • physically more perfect; in the human kingdom we see all
    • One word more
    • all the stages by heart; later when writing came more into
    • names are bestowed more or less haphazardly. We do not feel
    • “I.” The “I” will increase more and
    • more. It is inherent in a person's “I” to develop
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • souls to the meaning of those more distant tasks which must grow from
    • more difficult. “My dear friends” is how he began
    • Furthermore
    • says: Here I am. Rather think of it as nothing more than a seed
    • from the spiritual world. Furthermore it will present itself as
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • The ancient Oriental entered into his dream-like thinking more from the
    • experienced for this reason more of the rhythmic weaving in his life of
    • thought, while the Westerner experiences more of the logical indications.
    • more relationship of rights between man and man and the handling of
    • consciousness. The spiritual life became more independent. The other
    • penetration of culture into the West, economic life took on more and more
    • the passage of the spiritual life toward the West, poetry became more and
    • more the manifestation of man himself. In the ancient Orient, the spiritual
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • aims of education should be that of more and more perfecting in
    • powerful life of thought, which we find all the more powerful,
    • experienced these thoughts more as a united whole, than as
    • human being woke up in the morning, he once more dived
    • have to admit that man was more or less what he is to-day, with
    • although this only applies to the more intimate and finer
    • go, the more does it make itself felt. For an ancient Oriental
    • penetrate into its more intimate fundamental character, we
    • so the modern American declares it to be of far more importance
    • future a purely spiritual contemplation will once more arise.
    • East-West contemplation, but expressed, I might say, more
    • abandonment is not complete, he will once more be able to
    • other words: Man must acquire mere and more CONSCIOUSLY the
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • argument against a more penetrating knowledge of the
    • could then transform his organism more and more. He could lift
    • earth, a distant spiritual being might see that more and more
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • instead enter more deeply into the idea that the whole earth is
    • permeate all the more the remaining parts of our organism.
    • vegetable kingdom, not of single plants) is far more limited;
    • when they unite once more. This constitutes the cyclic course
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • side the physical and etheric organism are connected more closely and
    • things in detail, we have to put them before our soul once more in their
    • more intimate way. You only have to call to your mind, if you can, while
    • but they become dependent, they are not themselves any more, who remember
    • extinguishing force will not be strong enough anymore, and then this
    • which cannot be dissolved in there anymore, becomes the basis for memory-representation,
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • basically are still more important, as for example light, which we also
    • on. This is done more thoroughly through our digestion, so that —
    • much more has to be worked on this in childhood. But later on these
    • Here nitrogen is already not any more what it is outward, because the
    • more about the kidney and the liver than that both consist of cells,
    • standstill, becoming more and more irreligious and antireligious, since
    • does not have anything to say anymore about the world, but addresses
    • more, then they relax and tighten the strings of the liver-activity,
    • man does not only know more but will become something through Anthroposophy.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • was more unusual than today. People — at least the majority of
    • more, as it was taken up in the old light ages. We enjoy ourselves today
    • not know anything at all any more of the human ether body, not even
    • more and more only at the physical body of man. The older physical medicine
    • as under the influence of the etheric organism. Only in more recent
    • begin to observe more and more merely the physical human body and cease
    • into something one cannot overcome any more. Then one is simply sick.
    • that food unsalted, adds more salt for himself. Somebody else even has
    • a healing factor; there again is no borderline, if one gives more pepper
    • any more. One perceives only where there is matter, and one holds on
    • whole into abstract conceptions. This must develop more and more into
    • if one deepens more and more the study of spiritual science. You may
    • once more by an example. Let us assume that a physician of today is
    • to step into the new, and because the old does not fit any more
    • our present time. And we will experience them still more if people don't
    • more recent times. He could acquire his freedom only because the light
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • There is hardly anyone who is not more or less intensely
    • differently in it?” Or, looking more toward the future,
    • differently. If we look more toward the future, we have the
    • studies of the last few years will actually have more or less
    • is a puzzling matter. Yet it is even more puzzling that
    • death he begged once more to be permitted a moment in which to
    • physical occurrence there is a higher, more subtle one.
    • purified part of his will nature, or made his feelings more
    • very great deal more, though not consciously. You will
    • he had been thrashed more often — and it is not his fault
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • return again and again to the same point. We will have more to
    • is Death, the balancer (we shall say more about this
    • sparrow that longed for nothing more than to break free.
    • Here again the folk tale is wiser, even more scientific, in the
    • intrinsic value. This is always necessary. But if we go more
    • more I think about this long litany of nonsense, the more
    • like it and develop more and more feelings of sympathy towards
    • obliterating ourselves. We can no more get rid of our previous
    • experienced in the spiritual world may be infinitely more
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • natures produced its own results. I cannot say more than
    • character of the new pupils. I appreciate that more can be
    • way in much more important affairs. For at the beginning of the
    • dismissed very soon, and another one more like the inspector
    • headmaster who had been dismissed tried to go more deeply into
    • selected the more successful ones. The former headmaster
    • character, and made himself more perfect by doing so; in
    • “If I can make myself more efficient in this way, the
    • second teacher's character was governed more by luciferic
    • more at the hypothetical examples I gave you a few days
    • if we look more closely at the way human action is interwoven
    • difficult to grasp and even more difficult to reconcile.
    • will furthermore take our soul nature into the future in so far
    • second person is inclined to be more of a hypochondriac,
    • and he looks more at his failings. If he can get over his
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • but more or less unconscious of them. In real life it is very
    • been a better person, a more capable person. That is egotism
    • Broadly speaking, you will find all this analyzed, though more
    • One can look at Goethe from a more developmental point of view,
    • Obviously we must not be pedantic; fifty years more or less do
    • evolutionary impulses. Just as we cannot put more water
    • making ourselves more and more free with regard to life on the
    • into a spiritual necessity we ought to become more and more
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • necessity which more or less form a connected whole. Let
    • physical observation, and the I even more so, for the
    • more than this ego reflection? Well, this reflection
    • find many more people than we do now who not only knew of the
    • of the will. They had much more of a feeling of how the will,
    • humanity. Then even more will have been taken away from both
    • a time when the outer world will be far more bleak and empty.
    • these colors.” Outer nature will become more and
    • more a matter of mathematics and geometry. Just as today we can
    • do no more than speak of the etheric body, and people in the
    • tending in this direction. People are aiming more and more at
    • more and more people who will know with certainty that
    • something more, something of an etheric-spiritual nature,
    • power. The will must be taken hold of more firmly. This kind of
    • truths will be pouring more strength into their will, and they
    • become aware once more of the aura, and on the other hand,
    • not feel able to search more deeply into the processes the
    • mythological creation. Ziehen expresses himself a little more
    • the ultimate conclusion. I would like to read you a few more
    • hatefulness be explained as meaning more than a flower's beauty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic thinking and feeling, on the earth became more
    • and more intensive. Those rising into the spiritual world,
    • the more is the farther west one goes—the living
    • verbs they are forced by an inner compulsion to think more
    • impulses coming from the dead must work more and more
    • thrown overboard. We must once more cultivate this making of
    • of speech as I have often remarked is very much more
    • sounds, and then find ourselves obliged to penetrate more and
    • more into the reality of things in contrast to the
    • more concretely when I say “he who is diligent”
    • diligent” is indeed much more concrete than what I call
    • supersensible much more than what it is today often so
    • still more concrete character: Spiritus, which is
    • People must become more mobile inwardly, that is, they must
    • more pictorial speech becomes. And that is just the reason
    • why speech is more nearly related to spiritual things the
    • farther east one goes; because it is more in the form of
    • return less and lees to picture-conceptions the more the
    • state gains control of the spiritual life. The more schools,
    • last centuries the more abstract has all life become. Only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • People become more and more different in their thinking,
    • have to tell themselves, more and more people will have to
    • things in the more or less abstract way that I have written
    • indebted to language. Language is much more creative than is
    • innermost soul is often much more awkward than what is the
    • penetrating more deeply into this language the possibility
    • actually far more inward than man's ordinary, everyday
    • more than an animal existence unless an understanding for
    • mankind language is not much more than the means by which
    • present that we have become more and more indifferent towards
    • into these things one approaches nearer and nearer and more
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • For one could wish that many more inside the Anthroposophical
    • Then they are at once ready, once more to seize upon the old delusive
    • is of more value.
    • whole is only to a certain extent a more highly developed animal. This
    • learned idler of the first water. (I don't think I can praise him more
    • the human eye has no such organisation, being much more independent.
    • senses is much more in connection with the will in man than in the animal.
    • the senses in the case of the animal; thus there is a more intimate
    • a whole. Man lives far more in the outer world, animals live far more
    • liven much more in the external world.
    • meets the abstraction of the concept. Moreover it makes clear to you
    • their soul tells them: you are becoming more and more like an animal
    • and just by going forward you will become ever more so. Man will have
    • decision either through abstract concepts to become more animal than the
    • a very great measure to be “more animal than any animal”
    • preparing himself through the concepts of Spiritual Science for the more
    • of leading you into the actual life of the animals? Moreover do not
    • have been driven to the Guardian of the Threshold, and are able once more
    • them far more unknown than for man — and man himself has fear of
    • increase more and more if men do not take serious pains really to learn
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • partisanship, their efforts go much more in the direction of bringing
    • partake of the divine; this also is heretical, as once more stated today
    • for once rather more closely at what an outwardly—not inwardly
    • more particularly knowledge and love of God, without the soul having
    • to reflect or enter upon other exercises which are no more possible
    • one is to call it Pantheism) in a far more marked way than Spiritual
    • It could not be more clearly
    • the moment science can do no more than afford man a view, a perception,
    • For, externally, existence becomes ever more like a mask, and elmsys
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • still actually more or less dominated by inherited concepts and impulses
    • more definite relations were arising. But the Greco-Latin time, the
    • children. The simple truth is that far more lies hidden in a man between
    • at the same time to there being far more hidden in in man than can be
    • nothing more than what is found in books on Botany and Mineralogy. Real
    • Botany and Mineralogy contain far more than what we find in books. But
    • was nothing more than what is described in books; it would indeed be
    • more ado you would get a view of mineral and plant kingdoms quite different
    • to see more deeply into being, we remember that these animals and men,
    • though it is more perfect, is astonishing to us in some measure after
    • persist (these conceptions were once much more full of life and really
    • gate of death will vanish from him more and more. It will also disappear
    • to have been really of much less use and much more dried up since the
    • this has become so noticeable; and it will become ever more noticeable
    • In this longing, today more
    • to leave things more to the unconscious, and not in thought go on to
    • still present more or less unconsciously in men, however, something
    • in a more usual form of thought, preferring to remain with what is old
    • will be adopted more and more, and only when this better attitude to
    • is that man can never have a conception of more than one man. And as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • still more lightly. When such things are spoken of it must always be
    • more closely. It may be asked what actually comes to expression in this
    • which today will be forthcoming more and more, Spiritual Science must
    • Oh, my dear friends, more
    • today are largely materialistic in their instincts, which is a more
    • There, more mediumistic methods were used for investigation. Really
    • who take a more particular, active interest in our Movement know indeed
    • nowhere is there more charlatanism in the world than where spiritual
    • it may be said: Is this the kind of swindle that I really find more
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • paganism, more or less hidden—all paganism starts out with the
    • always there as a more or less unconscious basis: he feels that even
    • expressed in a more or less masked way, the reality clothing itself
    • world-outlooks all more or less based on atavistic clairvoyance, outlooks
    • more or less grasped. The essential for Christianity is that this happened,
    • to Christianity was such that they accepted it in a much more primitive
    • in the pagan ritual, and represented Christ-Jesus to themselves more
    • to step out of her, unable to get into her more deeply.
    • More of this tomorrow.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • a Christianity up to now. During the whole of the future, ever more
    • and more of the content of the Christ impulse will be imparted to mankind;
    • of man was more spiritual than it is today. And it was this bodily nature
    • than that of today. They were more instinctive beings. And the men of
    • then proclaim to the others who led a more instinctive life the truths
    • age is pre-eminently development of the intellect—the more incomprehensible
    • There must be ever more
    • and more a going back—the greater the development of the intellect
    • upon which the flourishing of science depends, the more the understanding
    • Mystery of Golgotha on the part of more recent mankind can be particularly
    • that even a hundred years after Goethe is in reality far more scholarly
    • nothing is more foreign to real Goetheanism than the whole earthly culture,
    • culture that we have—nothing is more foreign than the earthly
    • this time more transformed, having more shape—then a third. In
    • out of her, unable to get into her more deeply. She takes us up unasked
    • way of having more life . . .” and so on and so forth.
    • then in addition to those there have been many more. We have thought
    • has become ever more impossible for Latin culture as well as for the
    • has become ever more impossible out of mere intellectuality to school
    • the more that what has flowed into men as reality from the Mystery of
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • world. Much taking place in the physical world can be more
    • joy. Very soon no more of this will exist in the Higher Worlds.
    • world become ever clearer and more distinct to observation and
    • sounding devachanic world — by finding the boundary; more
    • the physical world and hence this world becomes ever more
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • benefit fundamentally ever more from the work than had been
    • aside some more or less pedantic tendencies and through the
    • more significant than each impression and suchlike. These are
    • spectacle! But oh! Only a spectacle, no more!” Within
    • self-knowledge which Goethe wants to represent: You are no more
    • With world knowledge it is thus: trying to penetrate ever more
    • to penetrate ever more into what is offered in a spiritual
    • confronted with a vision threatened by a void, appearing more
    • character. That is why Goethe developed his Mephistopheles more
    • and more in this manner. That is why there's such a
    • part presents nothing more full of life, nothing more direct
    • and more lively than all the characters! Why do they appear as
    • more accomplished through the fact that great power flowed into
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • expression means a great deal, even much more so for the
    • Self-knowledge is considered so much more important within the
    • content of the when-and-where into which we were born. The more
    • outer world surrounding us, so much more closely do we
    • even more difficult area of self-knowledge. Although this which
    • more obvious how people, as an echo of their environment, have
    • the aura spreading, enlarging, as we become refined and more
    • counter-acted and as a result create more karmic causes, thus
    • There is one thing which helps us align ourselves ever more in
    • It is that which we bring ever more into our karma. We must
    • should become more profound, seek God within, will hardly
    • karma, to live out of ourselves. It deals more with the fact
    • as more than just a point. This “I” we
    • more, then you deepen yourself selflessly in the greater
    • obtain this increasingly, the more they attain self-knowledge.
    • anthroposophic knowledge will become ever more known. It is
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • for that which others will carry forth into the world, I will once more
    • Tales, the legends and various mythologies contain more wisdom concerning
    • of the world at the present time and more especially what it must do
    • A more distant view seen
    • Structural forms are made, more or less modelled on some such organic
    • structure is wider and more forceful, becoming contracted and condensed
    • in the other; what in its earlier state as in a more primitive form,
    • extends to more ramifications. It is just in this that metamorphosis
    • a living one, for the more highly evolved organism develops along a
    • here, certain more perfect forms of building than the centrally constructed
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • see as we continue that things become more and more complicated. That
    • the simple forms to the more complicated. You see here that the fourth
    • before and especially the architrave motif is becoming more and more
    • the next once more and the contents of its capital. You have only to
    • you might be inclined to say that this is more simple than the previous
    • more and more complicated forms so that the last form will be a perfection
    • that this trend at first is towards the more complicated forms but just
    • simple (the second form). The next still more complicated form could
    • apparently more complicated but something like this (see drawing 4th
    • eyes of certain lower organisms are much more complicated. They grow
    • strive to climb out of the everyday consciousness to the more clear,
    • for a shaking-up and not less for a becoming more aware than in ordinary
    • to be profoundly stirred and become more awake and aware than we are
    • still more material way in the glass windows, the reproductions of which
    • (about which I shall speak more fully later on but which I cannot show
    • once more how the effect has been made in everything which belongs to
    • out these ideas in a more complete way, but a beginning must be made
    • and everything that follows can become more and more perfect. The beginning
    • wondered at that these things which are all more or less new are repudiated
    • speaking of the paintings in the cupola, to speak more of many things
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • world must be something more than a mere intellectual idealistic set
    • evolved ever more a sort of philosophy of death, which is no longer
    • time, thou owest to Death which penetrates more and more into the earth-life.
    • is just what must be overcome. There are many more elementary impressions
    • which must possess the artistic soul. (I will explain more clearly in
    • that which is here inspiring him is more spiritual compared with the
    • appears in its whole outline growing out of the blue. You will see more
    • only there is more to see; the Initiates are here to be seen. Of course
    • influence is predominant. As a result, the human form approximates more
    • and more to this form. Man had this form during the ancient-moon period.
    • observe how that all that man can make man more conscious, that can
    • of the fifth post-Atlantean time to attain more and more to this understanding
    • that which one sees more when the etheric body is observed than when
    • it is always such a great pain that not very many more human souls are
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • well as a starting point for more thorough deliberations
    • Father and son, no more than babe unborn,
    • evolution. The Gospel of John takes the matter more deeply
    • descends from the Ego to the astral body more deeply into
    • more material etheric body; and he writes:
    • become much more than a travelling student with all a
    • bond with the spiritual world to recognise the impulses more
    • something more definite and solid. Faust has learnt like a
    • come to prize them more highly than the newer science. They
    • generally prize them more highly simply because they do not
    • The gold once more makes its
    • nothing more of him to consume, Then our body is ready to
    • anything more than copy it from some old book. But for what
    • science knows that rather more than 4 pounds of silver,
    • silver sphere contains certain forces, and so on. More still
    • universe we could make man himself more efficient. Think of
    • it! by external means we could make man more efficient. It
    • and how much more, how very much more, will depend upon it in
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • all the more excessive by reason of the addition of the
    • more easily than he can obtain it about the way in which van
    • more than 90% fluid, a column of fluid, and has in him quite
    • of existence, and therefore wants more, wants to go farther;
    • have said, Mephistopheles wishes to keep Faust more to
    • at this stage, and he directs his attention once more to the
    • more than a rather abnormal occurrence of ordinary life,
    • anointed; he wants more feels quite in his element, addresses
    • something of more interest to Faust. But Faust is not at all
    • amounts almost to a temptation. Faust moreover is afraid he
    • more today — was introduced by Mephisto in order to
    • we must accustom ourselves to recognise more in him than
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • and in the more recent
    • those more philosophically constituted natures sought to
    • appears no doubt, very witty but it is really nothing more
    • philosophy of Kant even more egoistically than this scholar.
    • sense, but she must become more substantial.
    • describes what Faust — more or less under the influence
    • lies in such a story of endeavour might take more hold on
    • The what, more to the how thy thoughts apply.
    • shadow concepts. Nothing more unreal and less in conformity
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • Moreover,
    • to portray something that actually happened and was moreover
    • more to this tomorrow and bring our considerations further.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • No longer in the deepest sense of life, but in a more
    • beings of the fifth epoch (as you know, we are still more or
    • Nay, more,
    • epoch far more vividly and directly, in a far more elemental
    • is, in effect, far more concealed to-day from human vision
    • unconscious. (We emphasised this more than once during our
    • endeavour to had our way into Goethe in a more intimate and
    • once more, he scents the Witches' Kitchen. We are reminded of
    • ask ourselves more precisely: “What is the meaning of
    • acquainted with the more subtle distinctions of occult
    • or ideas in ordinary life are no more than the corpses of that
    • more exact philosophic form in my forthcoming book
    • further. Far more of Faust is taken hold of than the mere
    • more truly to the inner life of soul. Remember this
    • enter into these things any more, for we should be treading
    • conflict with Evil. Far more intense, I said, is this
    • experience has entered in once more. And — it consists
    • more. He points to the esoteric legend of Helena, — of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • struggle had already been there in a more elemental, in a
    • more physical form in the great Atlan Lean epoch. Notably in
    • had influence on Birth and Death in a far more than merely
    • Death was transplanted more into the region of the soul. But
    • — who will approach man in a far more intimate way
    • more make clear to ourselves, what was the nature of the
    • the fourth postAtlantean epoch. For we shall then be more
    • (for so it was at that time; to-day it must be more purely
    • way more similar to the way in which these truths are being
    • sixteenth century naturally had no more inkling of them than
    • Here in effect once more the Mystery of Number plays its
    • naturally work through a far more intimate intercourse with
    • Illusion is present in a more than usual degree. Illusion
    • itself, will be seized upon by Evil. Moreover, it will all be
    • Moreover,
    • was so after two years, and now, considerably more than three
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • is more that to the presentation of the scene as Goethean
    • much more enlightened state than the one he actually enters
    • more deeply than modern superficiality generally desires to
    • more rubbish! They talk of Greek life, but have no ideas with
    • consciousness, but in Greek concepts. He finds them more
    • flexible and more suitable. Therefore he transfers the whole
    • ranges were formed by fire, is quite right for more ancient
    • world. Goethe seems to say — if once more I may be
    • ‘Faust’, then perhaps I shall be more successful
    • more closely akin to them than to the beings of the present
    • earth-conditions; and this he believed he could more easily
    • a more or less spiritual fashion, or as I have described it,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe's is “Faust” was that more goes to the
    • extends more and more widely, but to our having recourse to
    • would know far more about their dreams if they exerted
    • themselves to know a little more about waking. If they would
    • more dreaming then they suppose. The fixed and solid boundary
    • Furthermore it
    • the world of dreams. But a more subtle differentiation shows
    • man knows little more about himself — forgive me but
    • this is true — he knows little more about himself than
    • possible to put more into his human nature that can't be
    • believing that by so living in their more pliable and
    • layer of consciousness better than through what the more
    • with a more all-embracing consciousness. But, at heart,
    • goes to show that it is he who has the more knowledge of
    • knows but little of the old secrets. Naturally he knows more
    • of the ego. To look at an object a man must have more than
    • in abstract concepts, men seek a world-outlook inclining more
    • to matter or more to spirit. Hence he was drawn to seek his
    • anyone express more clearly that he is neither idealist not
    • be really read. Man has, however, more or less lost the habit
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • seem — to be more remote than what is represented in the
    • future is that mankind should go more deeply into the ideas
    • more to be able to suffer disaster. Thet however, naturally
    • are opened out to,us when we know we can live more intimately
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • through he was striving to to make his soul more profound.
    • more than in our youth. But he realised, also the problematic
    • abstract concepts, and taking them for symbols. the more you
    • connection with Lucifer and Ahriman; the more you repudiate
    • his abstract scientific concepts; the more you open your soul
    • that can exist. Certain souls more finely tuned speak indeed
    • force is also present in other places. Acting more quickly,
    • though in a more tenuous form, is present, as the one leading
    • Galatea-impulse, can do no more than hover on its surface.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Faust for about sixty years. Moreover, we have to do here
    • comes into the idea of Homunculus. Yesterday I went more
    • us consider his more obvious meaning. In his Homunculus-idea
    • Thus, if we wish to give a more exact description of the
    • the pedant, who sees nothing more in such myths than poetic
    • ascent of a mountain was a far more living experience than
    • instrument, the body. The more sensitive sea-faring folk
    • more of the supersensible than when I am surrounded by
    • honest, for he always considers himself more stupid than
    • embryonic life and birth, is only a more extended, more
    • merely divine, how much richer, more intensive, all my
    • after the performance, we will say more about this scene, in
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and willing; sometimes it partakes more of thinking
    • and forming ideas, sometimes more of willing. Hence, for the
    • the past, Christ has been nothing more than a helper in
    • other, more Protestant error, where a man remains passive
    • the organism. And then again, only in a more refined way, in
    • more drawn together. With the twenty-eighth year there is
    • again expansion. The twenty-first year has more to do with
    • the placing of what is within man,the twenty-eighth more with
    • existed the most undeveloped animals, then more and more
    • man. But the more highly developed animals would evolve those
    • of the crowd. Nothing is more resented at present than this
    • striving, and nothing is more injurious to mankind than this
    • wished to hear no more of it. Hamerling represented the
    • upon them a little more deeply and not just as a literary
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • fellow human beings and so on. For it is gradually felt more
    • and more that the limits at which one wants to stop in this way
    • philosophers and natural scientists today want to prove more
    • and more that there are unsurpassable limits and borders before
    • more intensive way, one didn't initially pay much attention to
    • soul life appears much more characteristically in a dream than
    • us pain. And someone who can penetrate more deeply into these
    • the body. And furthermore they argued: When I dream in any,
    • a more intimate view of the dream leads us onto a path. As
    • dreamer but a normal waking person, nay even more than a normal
    • persists in this one will also come more and more to experience
    • more than the ordinary consciousness sees. One initially sees
    • and those who were more distant, that which happened in space
    • more and more the soul now experiences that which was
    • and made more inward within the human being. With this I shall
    • ever more and more people in the present civilisation with its
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • will strive to direct our souls more precisely to how
    • more we approach the later cultural epochs, the more the veil
    • worlds diminished ever more, and as a result, from the fourth
    • illusion, as Maya, these images are nothing more to you than
    • Let's place ourselves once more in the Egyptian culture. Much
    • leaders, the Initiates. This diminished ever more, the further
    • more secretively. However, if you want to earnestly acknowledge
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • about it. It is even understood in our time, from more sensory
    • concerns more than just a comparison, when, in the sap flowing
    • the propagation of Christianity one can say: firstly more had
    • find the world around us becoming more and more comprehensible.
    • originate from, which is spreading ever more around us?
    • was, the more spiritual were the people — human thoughts
    • element — because human materialism attracts him more
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • Furthermore, I myself am in a very peculiar position with
    • between animals; and Johannes Müller once more replied
    • higher animals to man. In more recent times scientists have
    • of the gorilla presented more differences, as compared with the
    • more accurate than are most comparative illustrations, yet it
    • before the sleeper in pictures more or less fantastic and
    • confused. (Should anyone desire more information on this
    • Haeckel — a structure none can admire more profoundly
    • be drawn that the one in every way more highly endowed is
    • physically still more imperfect ancestor. Yet, at the time of
    • theosophy. One need do no more than master, from the
    • beyond beholding his god as anything more than a block of wood.
    • level as the block of wood. And those who can see no more than
    • for the materialistic atom is no more than a fetish, and the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • time. It was trying to spread itself ever more and more,
    • far more so than is commonly supposed. The other was the stream
    • once more, but with an individually human colouring, into the
    • it was then conceived, if I may say so, from a more subjective
    • experienced it. They felt the cycle of life more deeply than it
    • — for life at that time was still far more dependent on
    • far more to a real philosophic life and striving. And in all
    • their thoughts. Moreover, this inner fire was due to the
    • should see once more their full intensity and depth and
    • universality. The former stream is more like a vague intangible
    • in the depths it smoulders all the more in many minds and
    • must be found once more.’
    • humanity must now attain to living thinking once more.
    • living thought. For otherwise it will come about more and more
    • living Spirit, the history which shall more and more be
    • heard within our circles may be sustained more and more by real
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • too, that you may realise their purport more clearly — I would
    • speaking of the same theme, with its different ramifications, more or
    • less in detail for many years. I have said more than once that a time
    • To-day it ought to be realised much more fully than it is, that Europe
    • luxuries they are, and nothing more — it will amount to no more
    • more brilliantly than all that was given to man by oriental wisdom
    • attitude is more or less this: If indeed there was a life before
    • is drawn from a deeper knowledge of the world and is something more
    • in his activities, through the limbs more particularly. Between these
    • Moreover the three first-mentioned are the three stages of life which
    • earthly life, are liken to heaven, related to more distant planetary
    • where it is a more thriving and where a more declining life, we are
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • for what works more from out of the unconscious, to become
    • The planetary spheres, therefore, work upon man in a more delicate
    • attentive and deliberately trains his thinking, he sees much more than
    • feelings and thoughts which come with us, and the more we bring, the
    • more intimate becomes our relation to the Angel while we are asleep.
    • whereby our relation to the Angel becomes more and more intimate.
    • between death and a new birth. The more we have delivered over to our
    • Angel, the more conscious life is this Angel able to infuse
    • into us after death when we are beings of soul-and-spirit, the more
    • ears are in the physical world. And the more idealistic thoughts and
    • achieve a more intimate relation with the hierarchy of the Archangels
    • Before the Midnight Hour of Existence man has become more and more
    • estranged from earthly existence, he has been growing more and more
    • earthly life which remains more unconscious. A very great deal depends
    • more superficially. So that on his descent a man is either permeated
    • he enters more automatically into what he will have to express later
    • inwardly with his folk and language, or whether we grow into them more
    • into his language more automatically, when through his instincts and
    • Science must assume that in former earthly lives many men became more
    • and more deeply entangled in materialism. You all know that, normally,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • perplexed when they thought about these happenings more deeply.
    • begins to spread more towards the regions of Middle Europe. The
    • — all this begins to take on a more superficial character. Men
    • are called upon to lay hold of Christianity in a more elementary way,
    • Europe more towards the South.
    • think more of the external character of the peoples.
    • At the time when, in the South, the Spirit withdrew more and more
    • aside; the human element had more and more taken the place of
    • Divine-Spiritual within him. This Divine-Spiritual reality was more
    • and more put aside and the human element brought to the fore.
    • Europe who brought with them souls more naturally bound to the
    • did not understand the old spirituality and brought a more
    • fourth century, when the men of the South were becoming more and more
    • Moreover, the effect of this influence is perceptible even to-day. The
    • Northern peninsula the trend is more towards the East. It is a really
    • remarkable picture. The form of life that later on tends more towards
    • against the early, more characteristically Eastern form of
    • obstacles everywhere and takes on a more passive character. The
    • the East, is seized by the inactive, the more reflective element of
    • certain mystical, oriental form. What was more a revelation from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • must have spoken to the boy more or less to the following effect:
    • times for him. One day he had no more resources left and no
    • Zurich. Let us try once more to picture him with the mind's eye, as
    • meditation and feeling and with man's whole philosophy. Moreover, in
    • and more effective influence could be exerted than merely through
    • revered more than anybody, not only among his contemporaries but in
    • more deeply in all that had occupied his mind during his first stay
    • and moreover in inviting to his University the man who had most
    • Napoleon's own lips has more weight, I think, than all the
    • vicious attacks upon Fichte's lectures. One day Fichte found it more
    • existence seemed as if annihilated for evermore, this man undertook
    • repeat once more, is not the main question. The main thing is that we
    • till it embodied his deepest thoughts. In these Addresses, once more
    • communicated through Fichte, and it is true of Fichte more than of
    • that of him more than of any other we may believe that, if we
    • it could not be killed; it is alive more than ever to-day, and is
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • basically no more is left today, especially for the city dweller, than
    • sense of the word, that depth and greatness which cannot be any more
    • physical sunlight descended during autumn. More outer physical
    • more than a little display representing the stable in Bethlehem. The
    • retreated into the homes was more or less a last echo of something
    • infinitely more about the relation of the human soul, even the whole
    • remains of more ancient plays, indeed, merely the last ruins. But
    • * A more conventional translation of alma is ‘bountiful’, but Rudolf
    • exist in this way anymore today. Times have changed. Back then it was
    • conscious connection with the spiritual world was present is no more.
    • more meaningful deepening of the soul. This is the same
    • if you listen more carefully you will be able to observe this Nature
    • happen in former times in a much more childlike mood, then we may
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • IS MORE than a year since I was able to speak here about those
    • must enter more and more into human knowledge because, from our time
    • to stay more in the regions of earthly evolution. Our thoughts,
    • foundations are more and more revealed. For what meets us in the
    • enter into the matter more deeply will understand me when I say that
    • wanted to bring you, for words cannot lead us more than a very
    • there is something more for the human soul, that something more
    • if the words of this man were a hundred times more logically sound
    • soul of more value, even if less plausible, than the most strictly
    • knowledge, are now once more seeking to make connection with the
    • souls will once more seek access in a new way to the spiritual
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • MORE deeply we penetrate into the occult records of the
    • records, the more we are struck by one feature of them which meets us
    • many who have such interests for the whole of mankind. More often
    • more and more. Now you may see two alternatives here and ask, “Do
    • Loneliness! It is the icy cold of loneliness. Furthermore, it comes
    • Arjuna. We shall speak of this more in detail tomorrow. He describes
    • once more an enhancement of dramatic power, and again comes the
    • consciousness, to the identification of our own being with a more
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • something else in us as well, which is even more akin to clairvoyant
    • perception even though in a more hidden way. I mean that
    • general are more fleeting, less sharply outlined than the perceptions
    • all, some experience or other we have had on the physical plane more
    • more than the reflections of the physical world that the brain
    • realize that most of his dreams give him no more than he has already
    • experienced in the outer world. But it is just when we become more
    • depths of his soul something more is active than is present in his
    • ordinary consciousness. This recognition can become still more
    • contains something far more than its content within the limits of
    • necessary, to become ever more perfect. This feeling is stronger than
    • there is only one way. He must have developed this self more strongly
    • through his destiny he has a more powerful self in that realm than he
    • still further, showing why Arjuna has this more powerful
    • still more clear we may say that if Arjuna had simply met Krishna,
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • anything more than what his senses and his brain-bound intellect can
    • processes in the higher region. Actually there is no more harmful way
    • evil are combined and interwoven in each human soul. One has more of
    • of the more acute power of judgment that must come with our enhanced
    • however, man could perceive in a still higher, still more spiritual
    • said to be still more fundamentally different from all that exists in
    • the physical world. So it is yet more difficult to describe than the
    • friends who have not heard of this I may say once more that it
    • consciously take part in originating. The more we are able to wonder
    • world, the more astonishing it all is for us, the better are we
    • condition in which the facts can meet him. The more a man cultivates
    • silence in his conjectures and opinions, the more will his soul be
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • the near future it will more and more be realized how sleep has to
    • Natural science has already produced more than one theory to the
    • epochs meet in the very time in which we are living. It will more and
    • more become evident how the new mode of thought has to come in touch
    • now approaching it will become evident in more and more people. Now
    • do today. They lived more of an instinctive life in their souls. From
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • that kindled the self of man more mightily than the living force of
    • They have even gone so far as to dispute whether it is more representative of
    • far more important than any dispute as to whether it is Sankhya or
    • of view to know this Krishna Being more exactly. The following may
    • are told how the soul can become ever more free of the outer bodily
    • understanding. As we continue purifying more and more this mood of
    • the words here spoken are no more than a dry, empty sound echoing in
    • Krishna is echoing across to Arjuna once more as a mighty
    • moods of this great poem work upon us we shall gain much more than
    • imperceptibly at first, then ever more definitely, and at last quite
    • forth his powers more and more until he may rise into those realms
    • then those souls who had the impulse to individualize themselves more
    • and more were met by the Christ Impulse, leading them once more
    • developed today in a rather general way we will make more concrete in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • more than an animal. Materialistic Darwinism disposes of this fact
    • more empty of air than a vacuum. People dependent on the material
    • shillings. In practical life less-than-nothing is often more
    • less than nothing, that there is no such thing. Even more, it is
    • childhood, whatever the naughtiness, obstinacy and other more or less
    • been visible in manifestations before, but in a far more spiritual
    • individual persons, and how this will throw more and more light on
    • facts. Truly, the more deeply we penetrate the world of reality the
    • more we have this feeling of wonder. Not only our intellect and
    • like this still more.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Greeks. If we would enter into the matter further we must once more
    • strictly observed rules. Far more than by rule, these secrets were
    • This fact was a much more powerful protection than any external rule
    • by their great poem. In effect they still have more ways of
    • the Old Moon epoch but much more evolved. This was the condition out
    • for us, but more rarely. In another respect also it was somewhat
    • lies something far more important, that if the man of today will only
    • Fichte or a Hegel. There is something more. What today can be found
    • form of consciousness escapes our everyday intelligence far more than
    • of tamas, rajas and sattwa once more from a different aspect we can
    • light, but it is wrong to say sattwa is only of light. It is a more
    • general concept than light, just as beast of prey is more general
    • and sattwa are different and specific merge into something more
    • we shall speak more fully in the last lecture
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • becomes more and more free of the world, more independent in
    • abstract concepts, but afterward these become more and more vivid.
    • should listen. They should listen to what can lead them once more to
    • more preliminary ideas before we set out to answer this question. Let
    • surrounding world are being formed. Today the soul must be more
    • him to become ever more perfect as an individual being. The Krishna
    • shell, becoming free and ever more inwardly alive in himself. Man
    • and intensifying self-consciousness more and more, bringing about
    • to such a pitch that men were in a certain sense brought more and
    • more into the tragedy of estrangement from the divine in nature, from
    • fruit. That is true, but it is an abstract truth. It is no more
    • imperfect enough, and you may be assured that no one is more aware of
    • demand that people shall learn to strive ever more deeply to
    • conditions that have now become necessary. It is certainly more
    • of objective falsehood. This cycle of lectures may once more have
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • transparent, is no more there; all boundaries produced by colour on
    • moment a new world is taken from him. We shall have to speak more in
    • stronger and stronger, more and more comprehensive. And the remarkable
    • permeate himself with the whole world; and the more he permeates the
    • world with his own being, the more does it appear always different. He
    • forces at his command to pour more out of himself. Thus, after he has
    • pour out still more, as the spider spins her web out of herself,
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • comfort, that is very widespread among men — more widespread than
    • is generally supposed. People indulge far more in indolence than one
    • obtained if completely free competition were allowed. Then other, more
    • commerce and in social life is much more dependent on the love of ease
    • — yes, even more than on the laws of conscious egoism. Thus even
    • imagination — there are many more such than is generally supposed
    • Moon whether for fourteen days we have more rain or less. Fechner
    • replied (conditions then were somewhat more patriarchal than they are
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • things; but in these lectures they will be presented in rather more
    • there. It was there no more ... The super-sensible worlds were as
    • active there. And ever more and more did this feeling condense itself
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • legends, and these correspond more or less closely to secrets in which
    • flowed the inspirations which were more distantly distributed in
    • these mysteries; but it may provide a starting-point for more detailed
    • the outer physical world, then men would deteriorate more and more,
    • on the one hand men can acquire more and more freedom, the Luciferic
    • transition from life in space and time into more spiritual forms of
    • as it had to become in the fifth. It withdrew itself more from the
    • times, back into the inner part of man, and became freer, more
    • much more open to attack by all the powers than it had been in the
    • that had to be changed in the human soul in more recent times is
    • ancient or to the more modern East. Things are so that a
    • time for certain peoples. A much more important point is that the
    • whole nature of modern Initiation has a more inward character, makes
    • nature. Much more than in the old Initiation, therefore, the external
    • external training belong more to the character of the old Initiation;
    • forces in its inner being, belongs more to the nature of the newer
    • Hence there will be an ever more insistent call to test the fruits of
    • the Mysteries. It would be more convenient to pay heed only to the
    • now facing and the closer his intellectual attunement to it, the more
    • Intellectual or Mind-Soul. The more present-day man looks into himself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • deeper feelings and intuitions. He lived more in the world beyond —
    • faculties unite once more and become dynamic through the power of the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture III: God, Man, Nature
    Matching lines:
    • mystery we must penetrate into the laboratory of Nature even more
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • folk-legends, we shall find that they are more than this. Myths and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • Hindu philosophy. This is more than exaggeration; it is an actual
    • slightly beyond it. The etheric body is more or less luminous and
    • leaves an indelible trace which is, furthermore, impressed like a seal
    • body becomes much more sensitive and impressionable because it is no
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • In certain respects the Christian initiation is more difficult of
    • renders initiation more difficult. That is why the Christian masters
    • to him — an idea still more significant in regard to human
    • body in itself is of no more importance than any other body, whether
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • not concern us in these lectures. They are, moreover, beyond all human
    • emptiness, thirst and burning are much more terrible. An astral body
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • usually right-handed? The right hand which is the more active of the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation to another, any more than the substance of the physical
    • issuing from Devachan. The more man has advanced in his evolution, the
    • more he can participate in this process. His influence upon the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • meaning. It becomes more and more possible to decipher the meaning of
    • This has nothing in common with the passive contemplation and more or
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • more or less equal in size. A certain centre in the etheric brain
    • The Atlantean had this power and was, moreover, able to draw from the
    • but through organs more like gills.
    • past, the more we find the soul of man living, not within him,
    • more do we find them existing in a fluid, embryonic condition and the
    • to envisage a life and power of manifestation infinitely more sublime
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • In the last lecture we retraced the past of man more particularly from
    • The Earth-soul is much more sublime than the soul of man and man knows
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Moon, this matter remained in a more fluid state but on Earth it
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • receded more and more toward the center and as a result volcanic
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • constitution of man, for the lower part of his being is more akin to
    • whether the one or the other characteristic was more or less
    • bound by a lower nature to the Earth — the other more developed and free
    • of the Earth. The first group grew more like the animals. The beings
    • animals, more particularly the ape.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • tidings announced to all the world. But there was a more profound
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • more intimate connection with religious documents.
    • ingeniously. Others who are more ingenious will be better.
    • more deeply in the sense of the John Gospel.
    • while previously it showed more of a family type. In
    • aquires more power over the physical body, and the
    • John means nothing more nor less than what is described in
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity all these things became more inward. Since
    • who has penetrated more deeply into Theosophy it is something
    • apparent that he is more than an initiate of the fifth grade.
    • what I have used as a comparison, but one which is more than
    • group of boys no more than ten years old, and set about
    • penetrates deeper, one will find more and more. If we want to
    • is much more in it, I have still much to learn. This is the
    • soft and pliable has now become more and more solid. If you
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • abandoned in modern times; the more elementary teachings are now given out
    • senses have this faculty. These higher senses are no more than a higher
    • the brow. This is to be seen in human beings only — more clearly
    • and intellectual development of a man, the more will his “I”
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • was little more than an animal. Then she met a teacher of genius, a
    • we have been created from out of the invisible worlds. Moreover, nobody
    • does no harm.” No proverb is more untrue than the one which says:
    • more delicately organised, the archetypes of life are added: everything
    • this picture with Goethe's individuality. It is all the more bewildering
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • bearer of memory; the more strongly developed it is, the stronger a
    • so forth. The more a man uses his Ego to work on himself, the more rays
    • lower astral body remains behind; with more highly developed people
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • was now more useful for them. These creatures, then, lost their sight
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • of the Earth are the work of men on higher planes, and the more highly
    • man succeeds in developing himself, the more quickly and perfectly will
    • advance. The more highly developed a man is, the longer is the time
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • This, too, is the time for exercising his memory; memorising is more
    • the scale of nature towards man, the more individual does destiny become.
    • only at the higher stages of clairvoyant knowledge. Much more important
    • shall not help anyone any more, for if he is poor and wretched and I help
    • If someone has more power
    • are in need. Someone still more powerful may be able to help hundreds
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • and inclinations change much more slowly. A passionate child, for example,
    • more or less the same character throughout life. We shall see later
    • conscious intention. In former times it was done more often than it
    • harmoniously in their next lives. But human beings are becoming more
    • and more individual and independent; the occult teacher can no longer
    • indeed many such statements have to be taken more literally than is
    • simple-minded people took them literally. As people became more
    • fourth stage: that of the occultist, who can once more understand
    • materialism were to continue for a few decades more, it would have a
    • you need more than a musical predisposition in your soul; you need also
    • away; rather is its true source made clear. Of this, more tomorrow.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • a more or less conscious form, came only gradually to be recognised.
    • quite right. This feeling became more and more definite in the course of
    • incarnations the feeling became still more definite and gradually the
    • gradually more and more firmly rooted, and finally it developed into the
    • Either the physical body becomes more beautiful as a result of the illness
    • body was still very imperfect; his spiritual body was more highly
    • himself so that he might become more truly human. It was as though you
    • rather more difficult. The shell of a snail or mussel is secreted out
    • a more solid form. Theosophy tells us that we are one with all that
    • Even more subtle is a
    • Hence within one physical human being there may be three or even more
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • The more deeply we penetrate
    • more marvellous will it appear to us to be. Take, for instance, the
    • will be three more planets: Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan.
    • two kingdoms apart from man. Then he once more cast off a smaller part,
    • and could carry out his impulses in a much more systematic way. But
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-atmosphere was, like our present atmosphere, a more or less
    • It was no more than a metamorphosis; an uninterrupted continuity of
    • no real mineral kingdom. Then the etheric forms gradually became more
    • and more densified, with increasing absorption of the astral element.
    • rather like some of our jelly-fishes and sea-plants. In this more condensed
    • matter began to become harder and more solid. Shortly before the separation
    • means after millions of years — the Earth became more solid. The
    • more or less germinally. Genesis describes this moment and we can take it
    • undergone further changes and had become more solid. Other continents
    • lower and the digestive organs were much more powerful. The etheric
    • from our own. The Atlanteans had a much more mobile body, and, especially
    • were more strongly developed: they could distinguish different metals
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • to arrange their work from morning till evening. But even more than
    • and the more it did so, the more did clairvoyance fade away. People
    • began to concern themselves more with what the senses could perceive
    • of this a yearning for the Divine arose once more in man. In his heart
    • placed in a struggle between two worlds; and presently this took more and
    • more the form of a conflict between two powers — Ormuzd, representing
    • world. The result is that humanity has become more material, indeed
    • will become more spiritual again.
    • caves, while other faculties develop more powerfully, so do we find the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • you wish to penetrate more deeply into the spiritual life. For example,
    • and if someone has achieved more than others, he will not have achieved
    • that your dreams become more regular and meaningful. Above all, you
    • more frequent, until you come to feel that you have been dreaming all
    • the body, is not subjected to the more grotesque passions. But as a
    • developed. Those who have more or less broken away from the Church and
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • Christian and the Rosicrucian. Today we will begin by going more closely
    • creature may be killed or even injured, and the more strictly this rule
    • observances, the more exalted does he imagine himself to be. The Hindu
    • very elementary ideas about them; a more highly cultured man will have
    • worst fanatics for dogmas. The dogma of materialism is much more oppressive
    • more important for the Oriental than for the European, because the European
    • The body of the Oriental is even nowadays more delicately organised;
    • and diamond are the same substance; diamond is more thoroughly crystallised
    • and a more transparent form of carbon. Hence we need not think that
    • contains more than the normal amount of oxygen. The breath can be purified
    • thoughts, the more will the super-sensible world reveal itself to you.
    • not despise it, any more than he does any other tool. The outer sign
    • be described. Hence we cannot do more than mention it here. The Christian
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • self-development, and the more attention you pay to quite insignificant
    • opinion is worth more than that of other people. Suppose, for instance,
    • is what really matters. If we say that we want more moral teaching and
    • the names: weeping willow, forget-me-not, and so on. The more we reflect
    • qualities, the more easily shall we attain to Imaginative Knowledge.
    • script, through which one can penetrate more deeply into things. An
    • example will show you more exactly what I mean. With the close of the
    • training are more inward, and call for a subtle cultivation of the higher
    • as the one great Truth. The more a man renounces himself and sets his
    • the more does he manifest the true spirit of Theosophy.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • But one must realize that both are divine service. The more fully
    • more healing will be their work in the world. Our anthroposophical
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • of a medical faculty. It hardly appears any more in Protestant
    • of suggestion. All the more, therefore, they are able to contain what
    • organism are spiritual. For diagnosing, and still more for treatment,
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • This earthly body needs to be understood much more than it is by
    • Still more difficult
    • that we ought to add much more to our studies if they are to lead to
    • their thoughts have a lively quality and tend to become more intense,
    • more colored, almost as if they were sense impressions
    • astral body are now more closely bound together. And neither of them
    • pituitary gland and the pineal gland. These are more generally
    • inner religious life more intimately than someone who speaks of it
    • more inwardly detailed. They see much more from within: “the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • much more than I described if one makes a study of some of these
    • much more inward, much more intimate, more genuine. This has been
    • more complicated, possessing this physical body from quite another
    • healthy counterpart of a pathological condition. That, more than
    • decisions about their therapy. Moreover if physicians have some
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • course, more complicated than is implied in the brief statement that
    • older one becomes, the more one retains of old physical substance. A
    • copy may be more or less exact; even so, it is not heredity; it is a
    • can no more say that a human being has inherited what is carried
    • not only the teeth remain but still more that had to be renewed, like
    • Now there is always more physical substance remaining behind; it
    • the twenties, much more delicate forces are taken in, coming from the
    • realize that when we come to the end of our twenties, we find no more
    • strive more and more toward a point lying at the end of our twenties,
    • at the end of the twenties? Is the point moved more toward youth or
    • more toward age? A person is properly responsible if the point is
    • More about this
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • more. For as you have seen, the pathological condition remains with
    • Magdeburg, are much more numerous than one would think. One learns to
    • by letting them tell about their conditions. They talk more
    • much more interesting; above all, they speak of things one does not
    • even more interesting than the usual visionaries, who do not develop
    • it more closely, one sees something very remarkable — one sees
    • a reaching out more externally, to the spiritual world beyond the
    • more fully, so that you will see how an incarnation spent in such
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • should consider something for a moment that some with a modern, more
    • beings constantly play. He is a distinguished poet. Moreover one may
    • fantastic atonement. But the atonement has to be still more severe.
    • in life to add something more to what they are already accomplishing
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • unintelligent as to oppose facts! All the more, then, one comes into
    • physical organism; the macrocosmic astrality is all the more active
    • entire process more closely, we find it has four parts. We have the
    • flowing in, you perceive more and more the flowing-in of karma which
    • about this tomorrow. You can realize that we are coming more and more
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • plant as streaming to reach it. But the plant does more than just
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • to be doing much to disturb us. But far more important than the
    • us. It is hardly more than an enhanced view of ourselves in a mirror.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • of view. Therefore I would like once more to consider the actual
    • things more closely. There are certain persons who are not
    • it began to experiment and more and more substituted experiment for
    • physicians must more and more become really practical individuals
    • were interested in more than that. They were interested in the
    • more strongly than ever.
    • give two more lectures for this course: tomorrow, and the day after
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • symptoms of human soul-life. Moreover one can work to prevent them.
    • thoughts and ideas about the world when these were filled with more
    • So let us do some more
    • die, we breathe out more than our astral body and ego from our
    • must more and more become a part of science.
    • things were no longer of any interest. People came more and more to
    • it is more or
    • less permeated by vision, and will be, more and more. It takes an
    • really nothing more than a system for giving names to stars. That is
    • Earlier they had to get the names from heaven. When you come to more
    • anthropology. There you just have rationality, nothing more. But
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual research that has meaning when humankind once more
    • healing, but some more than others. They were all connected with them
    • that show that human beings indeed have more to do with the
    • pathological situation, that such people have descended more deeply
    • initiates have spoken if they had wanted to use a more neutral
    • — of course, at a more advanced stage — what we received
    • priests become more and more aware of the relation of a human being
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • But one must realize that both are divine service. The more fully
    • more healing will be their work in the world. Our anthroposophical
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • of a medical faculty. It hardly appears any more in Protestant
    • of suggestion. All the more, therefore, they are able to contain what
    • organism are spiritual. For diagnosing, and still more for treatment,
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • This earthly body needs to be understood much more than it is by
    • Still more difficult
    • that we ought to add much more to our studies if they are to lead to
    • their thoughts have a lively quality and tend to become more intense,
    • more colored, almost as if they were sense impressions
    • astral body are now more closely bound together. And neither of them
    • pituitary gland and the pineal gland. These are more generally
    • inner religious life more intimately than someone who speaks of it
    • more inwardly detailed. They see much more from within: “the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • much more than I described if one makes a study of some of these
    • much more inward, much more intimate, more genuine. This has been
    • more complicated, possessing this physical body from quite another
    • healthy counterpart of a pathological condition. That, more than
    • decisions about their therapy. Moreover if physicians have some
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • course, more complicated than is implied in the brief statement that
    • older one becomes, the more one retains of old physical substance. A
    • copy may be more or less exact; even so, it is not heredity; it is a
    • can no more say that a human being has inherited what is carried
    • not only the teeth remain but still more that had to be renewed, like
    • Now there is always more physical substance remaining behind; it
    • the twenties, much more delicate forces are taken in, coming from the
    • realize that when we come to the end of our twenties, we find no more
    • strive more and more toward a point lying at the end of our twenties,
    • at, the end of the twenties? Is the point moved more toward youth or
    • more toward age? A person is properly responsible if the point is
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • more. For as you have seen, the pathological condition remains with
    • Magdeburg, are much more numerous than one would think. One learns to
    • by letting them tell about their conditions. They talk more
    • much more interesting; above all, they speak of things one does not
    • even more interesting than the usual visionaries, who do not develop
    • it more closely, one sees something very remarkable — one sees
    • a reaching out more externally, to the spiritual world beyond the
    • more fully, so that you will see how an incarnation spent in such
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • should consider something for a moment that some with a modern, more
    • beings constantly play. He is a distinguished poet. Moreover one may
    • fantastic atonement. But the atonement has to be still more severe.
    • in life to add something more to what they are already accomplishing
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • unintelligent as to oppose facts! All the more, then, one comes into
    • physical organism; the macrocosmic astrality is all the more active
    • entire process more closely, we find it has four parts. We have the
    • flowing in, you perceive more and more the flowing-in of karma which
    • we are coming more and more to see the spiritual working in the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • plant as streaming to reach it. But the plant does more than just
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • to be doing much to disturb us. But far more important than the
    • us. It is hardly more than an enhanced view of ourselves in a mirror.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • of view. Therefore I would like once more to consider the actual
    • things more closely. There are certain persons who are not
    • it began to experiment and more and more substituted experiment for
    • physicians must more and more become really practical individuals
    • were interested in more than that. They were interested in the
    • more strongly than ever.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • symptoms of human soul-life. Moreover one can work to prevent
    • thoughts and ideas about the world when these were filled with more
    • So let us do some more
    • die, we breathe out more than our astral body and ego from our
    • must more and more become a part of science.
    • things were no longer of any interest. People came more and more to
    • latter has not attained the rank of a rational science; it is more or
    • less permeated by vision, and will be, more and more. It takes an
    • really nothing more than a system for giving names to stars. That is
    • Earlier they had to get the names from heaven. When you come to more
    • anthropology. There you just have rationality, nothing more. But
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual research that has meaning when humankind once more
    • healing, but some more than others. They were all connected with them
    • that show that human beings indeed have more to do with the
    • pathological situation, that such people have descended more deeply
    • initiates have spoken if they had wanted to use a more neutral
    • — of course, at a more advanced stage — what we received
    • priests become more and more aware of the relation of a human being
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • is much more important that we should have been prepared by
    • we have hitherto held. The more thoroughly we can do this the better
    • water, the denser, more earthy element separates from the finer,
    • Furthermore we must be aware that throughout the whole of the Saturn,
    • before the soul, the one which tends more to disclose itself, tends
    • being that he will more and more become in the future; that was not
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • science.” I am thinking more of people in the outside world
    • more that in the word bara — “in the beginning the Gods
    • consideration something else. We must once more turn our attention to
    • content of the meditation of the Elohim before our souls in more
    • more connected with the bodily, denser functions of the Elohim, and
    • of man we say that the more bodily part functions in the trunk and
    • the limbs, and the more spiritual part in the head, so if we look
    • that their more specifically bodily part lived in the air and the
    • must go into more closely if we would understand how the spirit of
    • once more the earlier conditions. From the earth we can look back to
    • more rarefied than the forces of light, by forces which represent in
    • to describe what is taking place? One cannot more fittingly express
    • the picture more accurately, let us turn our attention to man as he
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • unable to awaken in consciousness what went on around him, any more
    • this more closely described in my
    • “partition” was really more like a notional one, and the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • let me once more draw attention to certain observations in my book
    • think of it as much more spiritual — or perhaps better say more
    • towards a more rarefied, more etheric condition, so that if we call
    • this condition of warmth, light and air. Now we must once more make
    • Light once more makes its appearance above. Then, above the light, we
    • have a finer, more etheric state. I have already said that we may
    • in this exposition, I will once more state explicitly that what I
    • a more precise philology would fmd that there is contained in this
    • then there is a more comprehensive recapitulation, such as I
    • — air, water, earth — or of the more rarefied states
    • hierarchies. Let us once more remind ourselves that in the Elohim we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • we have to look for much more reality — many more Beings —
    • This discovery enables us to enter more deeply into what I have
    • the more negative expressions.
    • light and darkness. We can call the manifestation of the more
    • much more profound than modern natural science dreams! Thus when
    • point (there is of course much more behind all these things), another
    • Does Genesis say nothing of these? Let us look more closely to find
    • philological thoroughness, we shall have to say that once more it is
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • anything to do with Spiritual Science. Moreover, the fact that the
    • which of the hierarchies has brought it about that out of the more
    • bringing forth once more the objective in its own substantial nature.
    • nineteenth century, perhaps more than on any other scientific or
    • human soul which draws men's hearts to seek once more for a
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • evolution more widely, we must apply it in spheres not usually
    • could, without more ado, evolve out of the lower! It is of course not
    • within you; suppose your consciousness was taking hold of it in amore
    • at a lower, more dreamlike level, so that no faculty of
    • can fall. Such an experience can hardly be more than an echo of an
    • Moreover it does not
    • should indeed penetrate human souls if they are once more to
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • does correspond more or less to our word “man.” But we must
    • learn to understand more exactly what “Adam” means. The
    • put it more clearly, we look for the sentient soul to begin with in
    • does not make contact with the earth, he still belongs to the more
    • to mature within a psycho-spiritual sphere, a more etheric sphere.
    • what it virtually says is that man grew ripe in a more
    • influence. To express more precisely what we mean by this, we must
    • the Luciferic element, hence became more violent, more passionate,
    • more urged by greed, more self-centred; in short what we today call
    • Science, by communicating its findings, to point once more to the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • were about to separate, but we shall have to go more closely into
    • to itself, and, because its finer, more spiritual forces have
    • the earth, the earth forces became ever more moonlike, ever denser.
    • period when what had previously existed in a much more spiritual
    • became more and more physical. Strange as it may sound, the plant
    • their evolution consisted in clothing themselves more and more with
    • incarnation, a state in which human beings could once more live. From
    • descend to the earth grew more pressing in these souls. That is the
    • ourselves more closely what all this really signified for man in his
    • earth physically harder, more fissured. To get a picture of what the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • as more or less coinciding with the beginning of the moon's activity
    • that the physical body was more etheric and the etheric body somewhat
    • were at that time more etheric, more spiritual. They remained at a
    • man has acquired a higher member. But his earlier, more etheric
    • Man acquired an external, bodily member, and an inner, more etheric
    • member; the one became denser and the other more rarefied. The
    • woman, and moreover in such a way that the denser physical body
    • appears on the outside, the more rarefied, etheric, invisible body
    • of the more etheric, more delicate man who was formed on the sixth
    • “day.” Thus there is a direct line from the more etheric
    • Bible account is in a more or less pictorial form. What do these
    • physical life and physical origins the more hazy the physical forms
    • more exactly in the Bible than in any modern textbook which
    • Genesis story of creation. In our Cycles we can never do more than
    • I should like to emphasise once more that it has not been so very
    • further he probes the more numerous are the difficulties which
    • nature more and more of the spiritual forces which in the course of
    • duty of taking more and more into our own being the spiritual Being
    • become on the earth more and more what we were predisposed to be in
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • which during a certain period of earthly evolution have become more
    • and more veiled and hidden from the materialistic view of the world
    • that from that moment he became another man. Nay, more: he became an
    • words, they go on uttering them more or less automatically, they make
    • left himself no more outlook into what is beyond the earth than at
    • deed, it is something which gives man the right once more to keep
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • more than conjectures.
    • intolerance become more and more vehement, Them developed in Rome an
    • man's love of ease. It is more convenient to set up old customs as
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • of calling this material culture an earthly culture! Moreover
    • it will become increasingly material and our earth-body more and more
    • own religion will lead more and more Buddhists to Anthroposophy, and
    • Christianity itself will lead more and more Christians to
    • this science of comparative religion amounts to no more than the most
    • as yet beyond their reach. Moreover it was through Jesus that the
    • avoided! But this is simply a human opinion — no more than that.
    • themselves, but as a result of the conflict, men were drawn more
    • mankind would have been more and more entangled in the forces which
    • reincarnation. He is not subject to reincarnation — any more than
    • No more, for roses, can the Cross be seen.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • The Easter thought can be grasped — in a more abstract way, to
    • signs of suffering in the human body, the more perfect the skill with
    • the more firmly were the seeds of materialism planted in Christian
    • a Christianity developing more and more in the direction of
    • fallen more and more into the background. In an age when it is
    • the modern age must be reached in a different, more conscious way
    • which was an echo from an Eastern wisdom even more profound than
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha of which I have often spoken before in more intimate
    • taken much more as a matter of course; birth and death were far less
    • evolution on the earth, but it faded gradually away. As men began more
    • and more to be aware that death makes a drastic incision not only into
    • of soul was also growing dim, they felt themselves more and more
    • soul-and-spirit. This condition became more and more marked as the
    • individuals. They were no more than vestiges, it is true, but they
    • those who came forward as teachers valued more highly than any written
    • Even of this tradition a great deal has been lost. But still more
    • to-day, in a much more spiritual way, through Intuitive cognition,
    • more a bird knows than a man — although not in the intellectual,
    • abstract sense — how much more even a camel, an animal wholly
    • together with it the Christ Being Himself, will be more and more
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • It is also significant — and here again I mean something more
    • a symptom, as a foreshadowing of the future, that in lands where more
    • a great deal more than the colours and tones familiar to us to-day.
    • Moreover, when at night the Atlantean left his physical and etheric
    • speaking, night became more intensely night, day more intensely
    • more deeply into the physical body — the outer sign being the
    • faded away, and more and more the content of the spiritual worlds
    • will once again behold, any more than they required religion
    • Future, foreshadowing the destiny of those who free themselves more
    • and more from the shackles, ensnarements and pitfalls of the purely
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • more and more of the secrets guarded in the sanctuaries are now coming
    • We hear to-day no more than echoes of the depths here contained.
    • But still more must be spiritualised in man. When his whole
    • The all-powerful Divinity can be proclaimed in no more beautiful or
    • more sublime words than these. The Godhead seen by Moses in the
    • itself expanding into the universe, becoming more and more filled with
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • souls better fitted to penetrate more and more deeply into the riddle
    • mysteriously concealed. Furthermore, it was predicted that a great
    • descended far more deeply than the other Guiding Spirits, cosmic and
    •     “wholly engulfed in matter. Moreover, the materiality
    • the souls of men during this period. Truly, nothing greater or more
    • infirmities of age. The more the feebleness of our limbs: increases,
    • the more we can grow in the spirit, the more we can gain the mastery
    • with suffering. There is nothing that affects more deeply cosmic
    • day in the spiritual world. Moreover it can be found, together with
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • Sinai in the form of the Ten Commandments. Anyone going more deeply
    • coming to our ego, we have to trace this fact, that must sink more and
    • more into our ego during earthly existence, back to the Mystery of
    • discussed. Christ is entering upon His judgeship. Let us look more
    • become aware — there will be more and more cases of this from now
    • of individuality, of individual life, will count for more and more,
    • will His appearance be limited by an inability to appear in more than
    • soul's unconscious depths, and then ever more clearly — to
    • to perceive ever more deeply that what we are principally conscious of
    • to which we give the more or less abstract name of astral body.
    • not rest on genuine understanding. We must ask more questions about
    • — the faith-body. It has hitherto been given the more abstract
    • details of our super-sensible life, or, to speak more bluntly, whether
    • course in the same way, becoming ever more significant throughout the
    • next 3,000 years, until important new weighty facts are once more
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • matters more deeply — we can no longer regard its pictures as
    • waking or sleeping — a third state, more like the one prevailing
    • far more than is feasible nowadays. There is no need to look back many
    • from our consciousness and the old vivid contact is no more.”
    • means the re-awakening of faculties that will lead the soul once more
    • into the future, the more firmly will this ego-consciousness establish
    • the faculties appearing more and more in human beings will be one
    • itself, becoming more and more independent. The self-reliance of the
    • but actually they are more ready to do so than those calling
    • post-Atlantean culture-epoch, when people grow to realise more and
    • more that the foundations for it are actually within them, and out of
    • thoughts are cheerless; more-over, since we have had our present means
    • of communication, they have become even more cheerless than when they
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • with you again after long absence, let our first thoughts be once more
    • our gaze to a knowledge of the spiritual world, which stands more or
    • perceptible; in the inner behaviour of man it is more striking. Thus
    • have first to learn. If, however, we examine things more closely, we
    • child learns much during this time, much more than is usually
    • before him as in a great panorama. Now, of course, if observed more
    • this, and learn more and more of the life which man passes here in
    • us, in this sleep-life, is that it is much more active than the life
    • deal more inactivity in the life between waking and falling asleep,
    • ordinary life. If we examine more closely into that which drives the
    • sitting here, I may say: it would be possible to hear infinitely more
    • are hearing. Indeed, it would be possible to gather much more from all
    • it is much more deeply connected with what we experience, than is the
    • time between sleeping and waking. Whether we become stronger and more
    • people who naturally sleep much more. But on an average we sleep away
    • experienced by day. But in the night-life we do more than remember
    • of view, it will appear still more significant to us. You see, if we
    • among them. And if we look more closely into these connections it
    • you see, immediately placed more easily into the spiritual world than
    • one who dies later. Out of his post-mortem survey he carries far more
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • observe all she did for our cause, will, in common with those more
    • below, truly more underneath than our ‘under’ signifies
    • must really so grasp the more intimate work in our groups as to be
    • souls appear more distinctly and concretely. And especially at this
    • out more and more and only ceases to spread further when it reaches
    • more activity to be perceived; that is the soul of one who has
    • died. But a soul that appears more of its own accord is a soul which
    • expressed many times already, but which we will once more bring
    • for he desires nothing more than to be able to evolve the forces
    • or two to have an influence on people. Such men work more through
    • their inner being. Others work more externally. That is intimately
    • becomes acquainted more slowly but more intimately with things, and he
    • will work more through his inner nature, without being so definitely
    • himself to work more delicately, he can now be used in a wider sphere.
    • such a manner that it appears more from outside. Whereas if a man dies
    • at the age of fifty, sixty or seventy, he himself must do much more to
    • intensified inwardly. He has then in his next life a more complicated
    • our hopes — let us once more repeat in reference to our times,
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • sought bodies (most of us more than once in the same epoch) which gave
    • you will be able to acquire a still more accurate insight. For
    • still more of an inner life in his body. This caused him to work in
    • body. He has, as it were, penetrated more deeply into his physical
    • body, he has become more closely united with it than the Greek could
    • changed in like manner. Man allies himself more closely with his
    • more. In short, there is a struggle for the capacities of the physical
    • The Greek still knew much more of his etheric body. He dimly
    • so experienced it all that he felt himself much more intensely in this
    • contains much more than he now realises. At present he evolves his
    • etheric body, he could know infinitely more than he does now. For this
    • relate still more concerning what the astral body knows (and
    • and which dwells in the inner depths of our being, is much more
    • in the astral body, and a still more clairvoyant knowledge which is in
    • from the battle-field. It then happens that the more deeply-lying
    • really evolves more and more in a definite direction. One might call
    • richer and more comprehensive sense than one can do who has gone
    • existence into the spiritual world, he then has a much more intense
    • man died a more or less violent death. He acquires this strong
    • thus live more for universal humanity, have carried up in some form,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • soul the memory of our friend, when we know, ‘Never more will our
    • active in so doing: but it may remain more passive in reference to a
    • connected with him can get one or more copies of it. Starting from
    • from the souls whom they can contemplate more passively than those
    • more embracing but subconscious knowledge, is of a different opinion!
    • believes it attains far more through what it gropes for, than through
    • But at certain times the boundary is even more adjustable. And now
    • a rule trains us to take life in a more natural and direct manner,
    • through life with much more, of what we might call calculation, than
    • Or it may be that egotism so prevails that we find man more subtle
    • acquire through Spiritual Science in a more hallowed frame of mind if
    • reading books which may be more convenient, but which trivialise the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • it as a duplicate, a simply more refined physical sensible world; we
    • easiest way to bring these things before people is to leave them more
    • novels to be found in the more recent literature of Germany and in it,
    • bring forward many more characteristics; he was a model advocate. We
    • know that outbursts of this kind occur more often with very hardened
    • these present events. More than ever before does the subconscious play
    • we now always conclude will be more and more present to our souls:
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • through which man can live more and more into the spiritual world. The
    • more of the difference between winter and summer than that in winter
    • from the belief in authority, it has not led each man to think more
    • things which perplexed Faust, but desires to know all the more of
    • they give more than pictures, for they point to the ‘Thing in
    • it joy for it has become grief, through having once more to consider
    • in to-day with our morning coffee. More and more daily journals appear
    • And it will become more and more necessary that there should be at
    • hearts. One can hardly conceive anything more lovable than Whitsuntide
    • or more earnest and holy than Easter. The sadness and melancholy of
    • Grandparents are often more devoted to the children than the parents.
    • events, you will then feel more and more the truth of the words
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • is however necessary to gain a higher standpoint, to penetrate more
    • more closely connected with the rest of the world than the nervous
    • much more correct than what is described today by the anatomist, for
    • you, the servant is not greater than his lord’. The more highly
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • town, where the movement is greater and more frequent, the instrument
    • insanity. It will become ever stronger and more threatening, because
    • materialistic life becomes ever more widespread. Many people who now
    • impulse must come from the East in order to bring into, them a more
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • All plants have cells, more especially at the root-tip but also in
    • somewhat more centralised consciousness, one more like the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • These have a more god-like or deva-character. Beings whose nature is
    • more adapted to receiving have a more element[al] character. God-like
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • three lower bodies descended more deeply. When the Old Moon evolution
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • to determine incarnations, a way which leads more certainly to the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • years or rather more.
    • upon by man. In earlier times these atoms became more and more
    • now the atoms split up more and more.
    • It then enters once more into a new Arupic condition, that of the
    • astral condition. After this it appears physically once more.
    • more material form is called in occultism, for example in certain
    • more and more physical. In the same degree however in which it becomes
    • ever more physical, it separates off from itself the individual auric
    • individual human being becomes ever more clearly discernible the more
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • Most people's thoughts are nothing more than reflections of the
    • contemplation of physical things belongs more to the Ego. One must
    • becomes free on the Physical Plane the more, through knowledge, he has
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • the large brain there lies, more towards the back of the head, the
    • proportion to his own development. People, however, who are more
    • to reincarnate once more.
    • Devachan the etheric body is once more made complete by external Deva
    • all the more intense. It seems to him that he is like a hollow tree,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • materialism or whether he speaks about the Gods in a more or less
    • religious sense. It is much more to the point to become livingly aware
    • The further we go back the more living are the concepts man had about
    • himself from the more delicate connections with the earthly world.
    • The beings whom we call Devas can do much more than human beings of
    • working on man's astral body. The Devas co-operate even more strongly
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • Furthermore he has given back that part of his astral body into which
    • physical world serves the purpose of making him more and more
    • devachanic organs be more easily developed at present than by such
    • indeed even more intensely conscious of this spiritual relationship.
    • But ever more and more spiritual organs are being formed in the Mental
    • order to put them to use once more.
    • of the senses, of the lower instincts, connects himself ever more
    • more detail.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • the Rosicrucians. They were never many. There were never more than
    • When in the outer court of the more exoteric Rosicrucian schools the
    • was developed still more intensively in the West through Freemasonry
    • new element. Man becomes more involved. It is called Vedana: Feeling.
    • existence. The forces which draw man back into existence awaken more
    • and more strongly within himself. The higher forces compel all human
    • Still more subjective than the thirst for existence is what is named
    • common with the animal, but he experiences it more spiritually and it
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • With more exact investigation this usually become apparent. Only those
    • actually spread around us more than just ourselves. In what we speak
    • through thought. And thought is something far more comprehensive than
    • way he becomes an ever more universal being. There is no general norm
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • thoughts, beings still higher and more significant than those active
    • More lies in these things than in a whole world-history. Through them
    • As a rule man forms merely thoughts. The more highly developed man
    • world once more, if looked at from the point of view of Karma is
    • of the last two. The more he has gained conscious power over Vijnana,
    • the more does he gain the power of consciously incarnating in the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • If we wish to obtain a more exact knowledge of how Karma comes about,
    • the more perfect has always evolved from the less perfect. This
    • much stronger, more vigorous etheric body. The etheric body of the
    • nature. It had a form which was not entirely egg-shaped, but more like
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • exist. Through people, and even more so through animals, these beings
    • yet physical matter of this kind; it was more highly developed than
    • more advanced than man, but they have the craving to embody themselves
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • astral space who are more or less its permanent inhabitants.
    • us, but around us. The more highly developed individualities are the
    • wish to approach it more closely, we must seek it above all in the
    • community. Were we to burrow more and more deeply into ourselves, to
    • sink ourselves into our own ego organisation, to desire always more
    • and more for ourselves, the final result would be that we should
    • are united. To be a black magician means to develop more and more the
    • more of his experiences if it were not that they are continually
    • two or more succeeding incarnations.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • connection with human feelings which, if more intensively developed,
    • should provide once more an impulse leading to an understanding of all
    • to introduce these passion-free thoughts; still more so in the drama
    • to-morrow: The purer and more super-sensible the thought, the more one
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • formation unlike the present astral body, a much more comprehensive
    • physical human body. Thereby the human forms became more and more
    • adapted to densification and to becoming a more complicated and
    • but the more peace is established, so much the longer is the time in
    • of being becomes more and more enlarged. Let us observe the Monad
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • appeared once more on the Earth.
    • earlier stage of evolution, they were still more beautiful and nobler
    • They were formed out of a still nobler and even more delicate
    • these Pitri beings were much more advanced than the rest of humanity,
    • more highly developed. Jehovah and Lucifer are engaged in an unceasing
    • longer he remains in Devachan the more of this can he develop. He must
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • itself off. Man became more human, the animal more animal. The
    • external body of man became slowly more human. During the Second Round
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • meaning through living consciousness, then once more religions will be
    • become physical. Later the physical points of force once more became
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • kingdom, in a great astral sea. This then densified ever more and more
    • Then those beings intervened, who on the Moon had developed more
    • more spiritualised, quicksilver will also become solid. At one time
    • pass over once more into the seed condition.
    • was in his surroundings reflected itself more and more into what was
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • and then creating once more in accordance with these thoughts out of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • more to do with matter, for it only perceives pictures that are
    • Now let us once more turn our attention to the condition which existed
    • there will be no more personal possession, everything will be owned in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • We will now throw yet more light on the hidden working of Karma and
    • of the War of All against All would take on ever more menacing forms.
    • to make people ill. Where occult teachings have penetrated more into
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • was necessary for them to have a symbol leading once more from the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • physical and spiritual organs, illness, reincarnation, and much more.
    • who later journeyed in a more Southern direction and there became the
    • as ‘Edda’, only the content of the Vedas is more finely developed than
    • that which remained here in Europe in a more primitive form as the
    • it is true, was recognised by the Indian but was more uniform; the
    • concept of history, the progression from the imperfect to what is more
    • venerated there were more or less personal-spiritual Divinities.
    • the new. It would be impossible to present this origin in a more
    • human type which is still more enmeshed in the physical; Jacob
    • took on a more established form. At the same time as the epoch of the
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • sense of inner well-being. The more a human being lives in his etheric
    • body, the more is he preoccupied with his internal processes. He lets
    • eyes. Many more such distinctive traits of these temperaments could be
    • interest of the sanguine child be awakened. More than children of any
    • interests, the more numerous the better, of others. Their playmates'
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • in one respect more difficult than it is in modern science as we know
    • the ground when the matter is more deeply understood. Quite apart
    • cling less to words and to keep the real point more in mind —
    • This experience is even more intense in animals which sink into a
    • being unfolds passions which are possibly far more injurious and are
    • can become spiritually more inward. The fact that the human soul can
    • more deeply felt — as will also be the case in a disordered
    • maintain that human pain can be more intense than pain felt by the
    • far more deep-seated than purely bodily pain in man can ever be.
    • more and more through his individuality — that pertains to the
    • understood, this needs no more explanation because spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • more deeply with a phenomenon arising out of what was said last time;
    • layman, or more thoroughly with all the facilities comparative
    • looked for in the line of heredity any more than, let us say, the
    • more possibilities are open to them. The direction of its movement is
    • form with open mind, we are interested far more in the universal, the
    • appears in later life in a finer, deeper, more intimate form when,
    • instead of coming to physical expression, it is expressed more
    • movement, work upon us. In this respect every man is actually more or
    • more to where the inner being of man may be found poured into the
    • organization more as a mere expression of bodily activity, then
    • worked more directly in the earlier days of the human being is caught
    • up more within him, in the self-conscious ego, to pour itself then
    • something far more profound lies at the basis of speech, of the way
    • possesses a soul. And much more than we think, a language works upon
    • its words is more prone to “ee” or “o” in
    • the soul know that harshness of voice is far more unpleasant in a man
    • man is more intimately related to, far more deeply bound up with, the
    • us just consider the following; and because the matter is more or
    • sense of sound, in the way this flows more or less into his balance,
    • Not more than
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • It is only the later, more or less corrupt forms of such an
    • Mysteries. That was why they relied upon other and more external means
    • to observe the more subtle life-processes, finally reached a point in
    • description was, however, written more than a hundred years ago, and
    • Still more intensely was the mystery of the sunrise felt by a man such
    • The farther we go back in the history of human evolution, the more
    • enabled to enter once more into relationship with the cosmos and with
    • time. The cosmic element must appear once more, born out of the human
    • Moreover, he learns to understand how spirituality is brought back
    • We must strive once more for a true knowledge of such phenomena. They
    • point at which we are able once more to perceive the spiritual which
    • more, passing in their descent through the sphere of the moon, and
    • there is nothing more to be said. We learn how the rays of the sun
    • only when he is once more to say to himself: “A man has died. His
    • more and enters into a physical human body, is born again into earthly
    • When man learns once more that the souls of the dead go out to meet
    • — then there will arise once more on earth a knowledge which is
    • must win back for ourselves once more a knowledge and an understanding
    • who are on their way once more into earthly existence.”
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • You know that according to a more materialistic mode of thinking, our
    • particular way, is a reality. And again, if more insight is to be
    • more primitive science — which was in truth a lofty, although
    • Whereas, therefore, direct converse was held with the cosmos in a more
    • history which otherwise appear to be nothing more than natural or
    • more, whereas the desire is to be fully qualified after these four or
    • five years and there is unwillingness to admit that a great deal more
    • “sweet” disposition, for example, more in a metaphorical
    • Thus the planets near the Sun have to do more with the physical
    • from the Sun have to do more with the etheric elements in man s
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • death is manifold enough, but it becomes even more manifold,
    • can be mentioned. And it has always been my endeavour to add more and
    • more information about matters which, at the beginning, are presented
    • is of tremendous importance although in human words no more than the
    • The Jupiter-existence reveals those elements in man which are more
    • planets, we are led more to the qualities which in a sense are
    • We come now to those qualities which are a more integral part of man.
    • phantasy, and memory, the more inward qualities and capacities, are
    • men were more animal-like in outer appearance (although the whole
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • the earth and more to the starry world, especially to the world of the
    • to earth-existence. Naturally, a more complicated plant form calls for
    • a more complicated description, but on the whole it remains
    • doing any such thing; for the fact that one person deposits more lime
    • become clever. We have to rely more on deposits of clay-substance
    • Now we can look more closely at the slate element. In much of it we
    • and as they will be more and more developed in the future. For an
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • arose in the Roman Empire at the time of Caesar, or in the still more
    • truth become far more living in the modern soul than the people of
    • evolution, the more does man appear to be directly connected with the
    • experience. Moreover, that we are able to fill the auditorium with
    • all the more certain, feeling of what the Greeks felt when such names
    • behind the scenes, though perhaps even more visibly than the
    • their ability, which is more than their efforts, to the service of
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • darkness of life. Once more we feel how in Faust, one of the
    • connection with the physical body, in which one is more at home than
    • the more. One notices as it were the forces of exhaustion produced by
    • too much to do it is possible indirectly to over tire it more and
    • more, thus bringing about a lifeless, deathlike condition. A living
    • etheric body. What the hands perform has far more to do with the world
    • of the senses and is much more a purely sensory function, while what
    • functions, work far more intuitively, more spiritually, and perform a
    • serve for a far higher, more spiritual kind of knowledge and
    • hands, are far more interesting and significant organs for gaining
    • knowledge of the world, and are certainly far more skilful organs than
    • — such far more skilful organs than those of the etheric brain
    • called, though perhaps not always appropriately, the more perfect as
    • but the inward change is all the more significant. Just as the outer
    • how Zarathustra?” And he will say, “I now have more
    • Zarathustra, better the more one lives oneself into spiritual light
    • their initiation, latent during one or more incarnations, may work in
    • to maintain that a scale should be suspended from two or more points,
    • that our earth evolution could have more than one fulcrum, more than
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • more or less justifiably described as eternal. Surely it is also
    • conceptions in the animal kingdom, I might say more as a matter of
    • further we rise into higher worlds, the more do the concepts and ideas
    • the sense world, is far more intimately connected with what may be
    • They are still more distinctly and more intensively expressed in his
    • circumstances, a more perfect development more complete in itself,
    • things more simply, and still more in accordance with physical
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • forward nothing more than the whole of what has just been described.
    • Moreover, man can also look at himself from outside. He can observe
    • the finer and more hidden parts of its nature, is intimately connected
    • the latter is far more intense and far more powerfully felt. It is the
    • consider its first steps more precisely if we want to approach with
    • parts, is more closely bound up with the brain, and less closely, for
    • consciousness becomes weaker and weaker, more and more toned down, and
    • brightens up again. It once more begins to be visible.
    • enter ever more and more into the etheric world. This is, after all,
    • difficult. But you will not easily see anything more. If you let the
    • is the more narrowly confined part that corresponds to the brain; this
    • is the more mobile part corresponding to the hands; this, the
    • Progress consists in making the sleeping parts more and more into
    • because the super-sensible world has many more sides and quite
    • You also notice that the more love you yourself can apply, the more
    • Now to know more of these beings in their different orders, and how
    • Seraphim, of all this we shall hear more in the next lecture.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • When you enter the spiritual world, experience is far more intimately
    • consciousness is then experienced. This lasts, interrupted more or
    • need know nothing more of them to begin with than you would know of a
    • more or less super-sensible states come before us in the great poetic
    • soul, this living within the higher worlds?” Or, to put it more
    • inside it once more. You do not experience any before or after, but
    • we are referring, should at first experience memories of a more moral
    • more highly organised ego that bears the same relation to the former
    • by it we are directed to the temporal, the more transitory, and to the
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • initiation. Hence the need of something more than instructions given
    • is that gives the more or less monistic or materialistic stamp to our
    • There could be no more cherished companion than Ahriman for those who
    • So once more we see how what emanates from Ahriman cannot, in itself,
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • is attached to any particular religious community, if he is more
    • more comprehensive picture than is possible by means of mere theories
    • into the future, will have to experience more and more about
    • ever more living, the spectators and audiences at our plays and
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • their relation to the outer world. Feeling and Will are more interior
    • immediately around us, and through science regarding what is more
    • own inner world in a much deeper sense than by perception. We do more
    • Now to one who goes somewhat more
    • better, the life of feeling, is much more intimately connected with
    • perception and thought are more external in the inner life of man,
    • and that feeling and will are more internal, and constitute his true
    • we did bring it forth, how much more nobly should we feel about the
    • received when — and I once more lay stress on this — when
    • if one does this, one sees something more in this shining being; one
    • We can now more clearly
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • going into Time which is a process much more inward and more
    • strengthen themselves more and more in the sphere into which they
    • enter more deeply into oneself; one may try to connect oneself with
    • infinitely more spiritual. We then notice that the treasure of our
    • pictures, such as those memory presents to us, but much more living;
    • ourselves, so that we penetrate more and more deeply into our memory
    • we call forth more and more of what we have forgotten and thereby
    • appears to us there as coming later? In this way, you have a more
    • have just described is infinitely more important than the way we
    • rebirth, the more clearly does it appear before us, so that we cannot
    • ever more and more within us, we feel ourselves connected with them
    • more and more inwardly, and thereby our inner life becomes stronger.
    • ‘Thou art accepted ever more and more by the Gods; the Gods
    • live in thee more and more, and they help thee to grow inwardly
    • Spiritual Forces have worked on thee, they have entered ever more and
    • more deeply within thy soul, they live in thee; but thou hast now
    • arrived at the point where thou canst not fill thyself any more with
    • these forces, for thou wouldst have to be far more perfect if thou
    • for us to become more and more as men, along the path to the distant
    • more inward way; to consider the relationship between death and
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • perception, it is more interior. It does not touch the physical body
    • with willing, but more so, as it is the Causal Being, living in the
    • the consciousness of man. Light and colour contain much more than
    • what enters man's consciousness. In sound there is much more
    • more closely into that which thus enters into us, we find that if
    • true thought does not consist of sense perceptions, it is a more
    • been killed can once more be regenerated.
    • is, once more, not really what it could be according to its whole
    • with more power. Especially as regards feeling we have something like
    • a secret consciousness that it could reveal to us much more than it
    • Ahura Mazdao! If we go back to still more ancient times we find this
    • much more strongly. To-day this can no longer be the case; but there
    • more and more as its necessary spiritual food.
    • Let us look more closely at what had taken place. Picture to
    • evolution that this should become more and more impossible and that
    • darkness should spread more and more. The possibility of seeing
    • corpse in man became more and more pronounced. The time drew near,
    • when no more thoughts came forth from out human nature to meet the
    • which dies in us; but the death which we send down more and more into
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • become more and more conscious of the Spirit impulse. The
    • more deeply into this subject in the next two lectures, in order to
    • means whereby we can enter more deeply into this subject than was
    • importance will increase more and more.
    • go in Spiritual Science, the more we shall find that these things
    • become ever more comprehensible. When we live on the physical plane
    • existence, being. One might say that the more unspiritual a person
    • is, the more does he rely upon what he has before him on the physical
    • more abundantly does this wisdom stream towards us on the spiritual
    • the power to deplete more and more the wisdom which there comes
    • consist in our taking more and more away from the surrounding wisdom.
    • more and more.
    • acquire more and more in the course of our. study of spiritual
    • other processes of life which go on more in the background of
    • other things we have mentioned, but it may enter much more deeply
    • instincts of life, the more unconscious impulses of life change. His
    • fills it with a sort of light, so that it feels more certain than it
    • himself with Spiritual Science, he will become more apt and capable,
    • will mix his colours more easily; the ideas he wants will come more
    • Let us go back once more to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • I have now to speak once more of
    • a memory tableau. That is expressed more from the standpoint of the
    • more before our souls in this memory-tableau. We can maintain this
    • contained in it that by which we have become more mature, what we
    • something much more than merely a treasure of memory. When we are out
    • we may die in very old age, we still could have enjoyed more,
    • suffered more, we still could have developed more impulses of the
    • more minutely than before, when only a general outline could be
    • this way we can now have a much more intimate connection with the
    • live among bodies. As we enter more and more into the true spirit of
    • goes more deeply into the matter, as foolish as if someone were to
    • more and more solitary, thou art aware only of the contents of thine
    • spiritual environment becomes dimmer and more restricted. This
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • in that person's next incarnation, he has more will and more character
    • 'midnight hour.' But we must accumulate more than just
    • Mystery Plays. More people must see the etheric Christ. The Spirit
    • will shine more and more even into drowsy man, even now when humanity
    • From this you see once more, spiritual events interact with what
    • When a person fills himself more
    • and more with the knowledge of Spiritual Science as outlined in the
    • From this a tendency arises in our soul to take once more on
    • once more this person will again appear to call forth the torment of
    • is, that when we are reborn we find that one or more human beings are
    • The world becomes ever more and
    • more complicated when we get real insight into it; but we cannot
    • life as a man of stronger will and of much more character than if he
    • It will grow more and more
    • knowledge of the spiritual world and its conditions should enter more
    • and more into human souls, instinctively at first, then consciously.
    • important, in order that you may see how we shall be able more and
    • more to judge the true contents of our life on the physical plane
    • other purposes. A great deal more has to be produced by nature than
    • More and more articles will be produced, more and more factories will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • amounts to little more than an acknowledgment of the fact that the
    • understanding was not ripe for more. Only now, in the fifth
    • more to a particular aspect of man's earthly evolution.
    • aims must now become ever more conscious: then they will be infused
    • — for this very reason men were much more closely related to
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • present day. We can do much more in this way than is possible in
    • These two realms must be separated once more. The political
    • more or less, into the midst of human relationships. And because of
    • egoism, whether of a grosser or more refined sort, which leads a
    • The more this brotherhood is cultivated, the more fruitful economic
    • — this is what ought more and more to come home to men from the
    • will suffice: to draw near once more to the Christ by the path of the
    • encounter, however strongly I may hold it to be mistaken. The more a
    • world-evolution, from the Christ. The more he develops a social
    • erroneous — the more light he receives into his own thinking
    • from the opinions of others — the more he does to fulfil in his
    • once more — it is something acquired during the life between
    • idealism arises the resolve to do more than the sense-world
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of Eisner's speech shows that he was using more than a mere phrase
    • the true, complete reality. This outlook, however, is no more than a
    • more deeply into many of the things which our consideration of the
    • Let us observe how the trend of events in the past century has more
    • and more brought men to the point of denying the reality of the
    • words which purport to tell of the spirit echo through them. Moreover
    • in human minds to-day. For the more people there are in whom it is
    • deeply engraved, in so many more will the feeling awake: we must seek
    • something more. You know from my writings the descriptions I have
    • concerned to understand exactly what it is. Moreover, the various
    • dictionary, has lately proclaimed. Hegel regards the State more or
    • exact opposite of super-sensible life. And it is the more complete in
    • its own way, this State, the more fully it fills this opposite role:
    • belongs to super-sensible life, the more it merely embodies purely
    • men are equal in the sight of the law. More and more deeply is one
    • true reality, while the life of senses alone is nothing more than a
    • the finer but more instinctive needs of the soul. And within economic
    • become more and more obvious that a healthy social organism must be
    • this? And if you try to enter into it more closely and to get clear
    • more truly, in the darkness, the gloom — of the materialism of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • these days will be no more than an episode.
    • friend Dr. Stein has kindly been recalling, I may add one more. It
    • activity is already taken more or less unconsciously for granted.
    • forces or substances or even more universal entities. They speak for
    • Ur-phenomena. These archetypal phenomena — once more,
    • which have grown ever more beloved in Science, so much so that in our
    • the mind. Indeed it is very good for us to imagine more of these
    • will adduce one more example. Even as we may think of the unit
    • — and, what is more, to the entire circumference at once.
    • Once more, you have
    • in more detail in the next few days.
    • the more so as the time has come at last when the impossibility of
    • will perhaps begin to speak of Colour, for example, more in Goethe's
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • causes. The point will be moving more or less quickly or slowly. We
    • call the velocity v. This velocity, once more, may be
    • onward not with uniform speed but more and more quickly. The velocity
    • larger force, acting on the same mass, will make it move quicker more
    • you can indeed, but your first step must be to make yourself more
    • it is, try making the pressure ever more intense. Try it, — or
    • then go on making it ever more intense. What will happen? If you go
    • illustrate it with an example. Once more I take my start from
    • swim in the cerebral fluid; moreover the weight of this fluid which
    • his consciousness actually becomes more awake — awake to take
    • before. It is displaced, — it appears elsewhere. Moreover you
    • help of the prism, once more you see the patch of light displaced,
    • more thorough study of it, we should find in it all the colours of
    • please once more; I will again insert the larger aperture. There is
    • observe. If you could look at it more exactly you would see the
    • the light with the water. Pay careful attention please, once more. In
    • cloudy medium you see something more. The dimming has an effect,
    • our astral body is more independent, and independent in a different
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • rather more fully. They are the real piece de resistance, even in
    • will restrict themselves to thoughts of a more or less phoronomical
    • direction pursued by Science in modern time. Moreover — I speak
    • make the light go through the prism, the prism really does no more
    • should get a figure of light still more drawn out than before. But it
    • Moreover I shall always find a red edge outside, — in this
    • more or less indistinct. Moreover in this case (
    • Once more I can
    • here. Here at the edge, the light has to make its way through more
    • that it has less matter to go through in the middle and more at the
    • through; it therefore passes through more easily and retains more of
    • where it goes through more. It is the stronger force in the middle,
    • more force; due to the longer path at the edge, more force is taken
    • thinking in this domain. To illustrate the point more vividly, we
    • before but it all looks lifted upward. It is as though it were more
    • denser medium to a more tenuous, the ray is refracted away from the
    • into the eye, the more life do we find. In the aqueous humour we have
    • vitality. This difference, between what is contained in this more
    • outward portion of the eye and what is there in the more contained
    • surrounding and more peripheral cells. I must conceive the forming of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • more or less white if I were looking at directly, will appear
    • can be seen on every hand if we once accustom ourselves to think more
    • is diverted upward. Moreover, as we said before, it is not only
    • interposed in the path of the light. Moreover this dimness, as we
    • the next body-of-light will go through all the more easily and
    • more a little cylinder of light from above impinges on a light place,
    • step, here once again the light is able to get through more easily.
    • that the more bodies are being hurled in a particular direction, the
    • analyzable and I should thus be admitting that darkness is more than
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • gas; however this picture only shews one or more single lines of
    • red to violet, to say no more. Suppose for example we make a spectrum
    • is at one place a far more intense yellow line, making the rest seem
    • too; it then appears displaced downward instead of upward, moreover
    • but more as a kind of function, an outcome of the division sum. Thus
    • one with space and time. Nor should we, without more ado, ascribe to
    • clearly; the truth will then dawn upon you more and more: v
    • any more than to space and time. We swim in space and time just as
    • One more thing I would
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • explain more fully. For if we start from the experiences we can gain
    • therefore begin today with these more theoretical reflections and put
    • more exactly the method of our procedure. It is the task of Science
    • was said to penetrate from a more tenuous into a denser medium.
    • When the light passes from a more tenuous into a denser medium, to
    • space. It is projected moreover to a position different from where it
    • light is sometimes more and sometimes less intense. There can be
    • he therefore owns more than the other. The third of them is £25
    • in debt. I will by all means distinguish between more and less
    • with respect to the realm of light. Moreover both to the one and to
    • to do it in more theoretic ways. On the whole however, scientists
    • more unaccustomed to state the phenomena purely, yet upon this all
    • complication of what is going on in the world of light. Till the more
    • In more recent times
    • Thus in more recent
    • once more to something of the sense-world, yet at the same time to
    • Kirchhoff was rather shattered and more or less admitted: It will be
    • not at all easy for Physics if these more recent phenomena really
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • shadow is, is simply a dark space. Moreover, looking at the surface
    • therefore I mention it once more. Say in a room you have a red
    • reddish-shining colour. In fact I see the screen more or less red.
    • our being are in the things; moreover we are in them even more
    • localized sense as of the perception of light. Moreover, precisely
    • in realizing this we may also become aware of something more.
    • consider how we are living in yet another element. Once more then:
    • solid bodies. More than 90% of us is just a column of water, and
    • element of warmth, inasmuch as we ourselves, once more, are
    • outward you go, the more physical do you find the eye to be; the
    • farther in you go, the more is it permeated with vitality. We
    • however one more thing I want to demonstrate today. It is among the
    • which was then worked out more arithmetically. Mayer himself
    • which he began, they would have said no more than that a certain
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • confirm what I so often speak of more generally in Spiritual
    • is, in the world outside us, no more nor less than a certain
    • case unless we bring it into connection with a more widespread
    • examined far more than it generally is, for it is very frequent.
    • these parallel phenomena which appear so much more spiritual
    • the cornea. As we go inward, we were saying, the eye gets ever more
    • it interacts with what is taking place more externally in the outer
    • will have a totality; it only comes to manifestation in a more
    • intelligent or perceptive way in your hearing and in a more
    • volitional way in your speaking. Once more, you only have a
    • totality when you take together the more volitional element
    • pulsating through the larynx and the more sensitive or intelligent
    • human body I have the eye. In its more inward parts it is a
    • the eye behind the lens — the inner and more vital part
    • — while that which reaches farther forward and is more
    • makes the theory of metamorphosis more difficult. It is no use
    • parallel, without more ado, all that goes on in the phenomena of
    • that we have the more vital, inner part of the eye to begin with
    • more to do with the sound than that, where these waves are, a
    • get once more the picture of the World which is so worshipped in
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • explanations may be rounded off, to give you something more
    • more comprehensive view of Physics as a whole.
    • emerged from a more detailed observation of these phenomena. The
    • speaking more generally one calls them “positive” and
    • Physics a somewhat wider and more qualitative aspect, — this
    • taking effect once more — at a distance. You know how
    • Hertz's experiments proved to be more like a closing chapter of the
    • the external revolution in the social realm. It is no more nor less
    • they did to establish the old wave-theories even more firmly. What
    • more intense when the vacuum is higher. Look how a kind of movement
    • air or gas, called for more detailed study, in which many
    • through a material wall without more ado? So then the question had
    • without more ado, it shews that it isn't just matter. Matter would
    • in what may be described as the electrical domain. Moreover, all of
    • to the more penetrating form of Science which we are here at least
    • beings of Thought, of Feeling and of Will. Moreover, as I have
    • Will. Moreover the occurrence of physiological electricity in
    • what we believe to be matter, to be in fact no more than flowing
    • admit it — towards the overcoming of matter. Moreover they
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • nothing more revolutionary in any realm than this most recent
    • hidden as it were in wires, and one had little more to go on than
    • gaseous but even more attenuated, — revealing also that
    • Figure IXc). They shew distinct properties. Moreover, yet
    • have been obliging human thought to become rather more mobile
    • Hittorf tubes are compelling us to go more into the facts. Mere
    • somehow compelled to bring more movement into our geometrical and
    • actually see it. A clearer or more graphic proof can scarcely be
    • envisage another and perhaps more real space. The sum of the angles
    • intellect in a more primitive way to begin with, without
    • algebra, geometry and kinematics, then we are doing far more
    • dreaming while awake. Moreover, until we recognize it for what it
    • thinking must in themselves become more saturated with reality. It
    • their start more from the outer empirical data, they have developed
    • very act of losing it get more into reality. Conceivably for
    • — where electricity lives and moves. Moreover when you do so
    • enters into with his body, is no more than what sucks-in the
    • more than the material waves. I must now perceive physically, what
    • Yet as you do so you become aware; herein is something far more
    • evident, how many of the prevailing ideas are in decay. More than
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • subject in our time. We shall start today from more familiar phenomena
    • More will be said about this in later lectures.
    • experiences ebbing and flowing in their souls, penetrate even more
    • more and more deeply into himself transforms certain feelings into
    • attitude, focuses more upon itself, seeks within itself what it
    • pay more and more attention to their own inner nature, to their own
    • us to be aware of the barriers referred to very much more
    • but we lose even more — which is beneficial. In ecstasy we lose
    • allow us actually to look within it, any more than a mirror allows us
    • penetrating to a certain extent into the etheric body; he sees more
    • may be more intense than that felt by another, but these are
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • things are much more complicated than is generally supposed and today,
    • as the result of spiritual research, there will be something more
    • speak of all the hypotheses, some more interesting than others, that
    • human being. A man has only to be more attentive to what happens to
    • the second more to the second influence and the third more to the
    • Mind-Soul. Compared with the Sentient Soul it has rather more
    • must learn a great deal more, for example, to relate the movement of
    • own time-regulated life. — We shall go into these things more
    • In very truth the world is infinitely more complicated than is
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • on gradually to more remote realms of spirit.
    • which is no more than a symbol. Everything manifested by the
    • today must bring to an even more advanced degree of development. A
    • before the spiritual Macrocosm. He becomes more and more perceptible
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • transformed into faculties and the soul becomes more and more mature.
    • But we bring out of sleep much more than we ourselves brought into it
    • hardly more, if viewed from an inner point of view, than very
    • indeed, for if I now had within me nothing more than I have imparted
    • co-operation they stream into us during sleep. Furthermore, these
    • to nothing more than a collection of phrases. The genuine mystic knows
    • becomes, the more is it illumined by the inner light that has its
    • lignifies when no more living sap flows through it. Until now, forces
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • have always been known to those who have penetrated more deeply into
    • still more deeply, into parts of human nature which manifest in
    • self, however, is not without danger; moreover it cannot be done at
    • But it would be more dangerous if a man were to leave himself unaided
    • be repugnant to a man of today and to which, moreover, he need not
    • past life; as it becomes more and more definitely formed, its
    • And now, after this form has still further condensed, has more and
    • more assumed human shape, he is face to face with his last death. At
    • Obviously, therefore, there is much more to be said about the etheric
    • and the Lemurian epochs. There is then no more possibility of having
    • incarnation, he experiences a great deal more as well. At this point
    • profusely; they become underhand, more intensely selfish than others.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • in existence. In order to indicate still more explicitly how great
    • only a last and moreover entirely misunderstood echo of acts once
    • experiences are unusual but known to many people when they were more
    • but it becomes more and more difficult to convey any idea of these
    • worlds. The higher the ascent, the more difficult this becomes. If we
    • more deeply lying, invisible members of man's nature belong? They all
    • there is nothing more pernicious. To say something that is incorrect
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • more trivial sense for something that has significance in the world of
    • Whatever was said in the last lecture could be no more than a sketch;
    • World this distinction becomes essentially more difficult because, to
    • with the others; the sanguine man is more inclined to merge with the
    • in the ordinary way. But there is nothing more useful than to begin to
    • spiritual investigator make it more intelligible. If they do, then
    • his own being, it is easier for him to deal with them. The more
    • will come through, for you will develop ever more strongly the
    • reached a higher level we shall know more. Anyone who speaks about
    • imperfect we are, we will never cease striving to become more and more
    • is true and right, but something more must be added to it. As was said
    • as beings, are after all something more than appears, that even though
    • sanguine temperament. His real being is more than either. His real
    • these Beings are more than their names designate, then we are
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • place on waking; it contracts more and more and then passes into the
    • Now let us consider more exactly how the Ego slips into the body, and
    • Elementary World. Moreover something also streams in from the World of
    • Of what should we have to be capable if we desired to see more than
    • more. If we wanted to experience consciously the influence of the
    • more mature. Ask yourselves what progress you have made in this
    • something rather more difficult, to a higher stage of inner work and
    • our own activity, ignoring the product of it. This is even more
    • Moreover only when we have joy in building up the symbols, when we
    • more intimate matters which will add something to what is contained in
    • the tutor knows more than he knows himself, he certainly would not go
    • who gives us nothing more than indications. At every step we remain
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • these experiences, we drive them away. And furthermore, ordinary
    • At the second stage man begins to reflect. More and more people will
    • worlds. To be indifferent to truth and error is of course more
    • But the matter becomes much more complicated when we rise into the
    • surrender of our own personality. We become more and more intensely
    • become more and more effective as time goes on.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • this knowledge from the angle of more direct experience and we may
    • worlds. I should now like to continue describing things more from the
    • We can glean still more precise information from the experiences of
    • the spiritual world it is much more difficult. The outer conditions of
    • instrument for the logic of the heart. For that is something far more
    • investigator thus enters has one more dimension than is ever found in
    • and this is naturally a much more faithful memory than is otherwise
    • to operate more and more frequently. This clouding of such a faculty
    • now look rather more closely into the nature of man if we want to
    • unconscious logic of the heart is much more closely related to
    • which is naturally much more spiritual. But the ordinary logic of the
    • more clearly articulate, the heart shows quite plainly by the
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • intuitively understand. Thus the spiritual investigator appeals more
    • to far more intimate provinces of the human soul. He is not yet in a
    • was in existence and moreover had within it the basis for a future
    • potent influence. It may therefore all the more easily happen that
    • human beings more, how to weld them together spiritually. Lectures on
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • to any endeavors of a more spiritually scientific kind. It is
    • — nothing more than a collection of
    • impossible mix-up between spirit and soul, which is no more use
    • It is no more possible to arrive at a science of spirit
    • body in everyday life, which is more or less its outward form,
    • spirit reveals itself no more to the human being than does the
    • a science of spirit any more than a differentiated experience
    • be taken in hand much more seriously and much more
    • then more or less be in the position I have been talking about,
    • only if even more patience and even more work, even when this
    • human ego is no more connected to the bodily nature, that is,
    • about the nature of the ego. From this point we learn more and
    • more by intensifying our spiritual observation by means of the
    • spirit nature, in our inner life, but which are still more
    • have to become more and more a part of this outlook. If we
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • sphere that is, as I have said, more or less tied to the world
    • it. It is the region that we have more recently become
    • confused with what is said about this border area, more or less
    • now indicate in a few words what is discussed more fully
    • described this more fully yesterday and named the books which
    • consciousness can be found, is really of no more value than the
    • would have no more value than the unconscious world of purely
    • to use Goethe's expression once more
    • dreams. I shall then deal with a subject that more recently has
    • spiritual nature. But then they are all the more surprised when
    • the contrary, with repetition it becomes increasingly more
    • A lot could be said just to describe some of the more
    • entering the body once more it can happen
    • thought they were very much more clever. They said: This person
    • the basis for all of them. Moreover, the scientist of spirit
    • be regarded as something healthy and normal. This is more than
    • have more value than our ordinary sense perception; in fact,
    • are, and not about an abstract self, that we are nothing more
    • not the point. A person like myself who has devoted more than
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • the contrary, we acquire deeper and more meaningful questions.
    • deeper and more urgent? For as far
    • who have a more materialistic outlook show how this dependence
    • knowledge. But perhaps the more strict scientists will not be
    • Spirit, every branch of science becomes more
    • medicine can be made more fruitful. Last spring I gave a course
    • illnesses, can be made more fruitful through this spiritual
    • more closely will find that, on the contrary, it is well suited
    • into the simple man from Nazareth, nothing more than a man,
    • is supposed to make all the sciences more fruitful through the
    • sociology and jurisprudence. But there were also people more
    • and souls that are not seeking need it all the more. And this
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • Science, at the same time feeling that one or more who have passed
    • what is known of life, how much more surprising it would be if men in
    • several more opportunities for him to regain health and acquire
    • more can be done: for example, we can give a positive answer to the
    • inner zeal, then we have in our souls something more than meditation
    • direct it more to the centre when we grow pale, more to the surface
    • when we blush, to direct it more or less strongly to the brain, and
    • be secure, because more and more souls will have the wish to
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • being?’ But the more deeply one penetrates into the
    • super-sensible worlds, the more do the beings there merge into one
    • was not confined to the ancient Hebrews, but was far more widespread.
    • them and in future time much more will be learnt, but we must be mere dreamers
    • more laws will be discovered through the use of the senses, but the
    • incarnated in the body of Jesus of Nazareth, was more than man, so is
    • the Christ Being more than an Angel — that is His outer form
    • spiritual sense will be equally important — indeed more
    • important, because it is more spiritual — immeasurably more
    • revelations that will shed more and more light upon the Mystery of
    • materialism that has prevailed since the sixteenth century. More and
    • more, as men passed into the spiritual worlds through the gate of
    • on the earth. After the sixteenth century more and more seeds of
    • since the sixteenth century, and which caused more and more darkness, built
    • the souls of men more and more as a direct personal experience from
    • more powerful, to become lasting; we will base ourselves upon the inner
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • with the Goetheanum and more or less permanently residing here will
    • come here from afar as well as to those residing more permanently in
    • rightly understood, not erroneous but entirely proper. Moreover, if
    • specialized and had many more points of contact than was the case
    • the West, were striving after a more democratic form, so to speak, of
    • ever more lame when we direct our gaze upward to what reveals itself
    • ever more tenuous until it finally completely dissipates into
    • But then, this spirit realm became more and more remote from those
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • never do more than hint at what is going on the depths. This we do by
    • The fact that one can do no more than write a “docta
    • Looking into this matter more closely, we see how a man like Meister
    • wisdom that this man received from his teachers was already more or
    • recapitulation of what wise men of a much more ancient age had beheld
    • spirit. This, however, implied that nature began to be something more
    • become more tenuous, while the body, the external corporeal world,
    • element of force. The complex of forces is more robust than the image
    • became more tenuous. This is what arose in the consciousness of the
    • grown more tenuous, and the increased density of the corporeal world.
    • what Democritus said: “Existence is not more than nothingness,
    • fullness is not more than emptiness?” It implies that
    • abstractions. The soul has become even more tenuous. A third phase
    • has become still more robust. Man now denies the spirit altogether.
    • Cusanus into our own time and continues further. More on this
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • and Copernicus can certainly be described more or less in the same terms
    • twain.” Even more, it is related to zweifeln, “to
    • one experienced more inwardly in the soul. Mathematics was the
    • mysticism that one experienced more outwardly with the body; for
    • attempts to experience the cosmic secrets more in the depths of feeling.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • it more graphically, I would say in a former age man perceived
    • our contemporaries, who believe in the present world view far more
    • all the more evident when we look into the details, the specific
    • took particular notice of this point. He was involved in philosophy more
    • because their inner life was far more alive than the mere life in
    • vigorously that all corporeality become for him no more than a
    • often more sensitive than his thoughts. He felt how, to the
    • them back to life; they remain no more than dead replicas.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. Let us place this process once more before our mind's
    • only arisen along with the more recent civilization. We see it slowly
    • not experienced anymore. Therefore these experiences were pushed into
    • the world simply did not exist anymore. Hence arose the Kantian idea:
    • more and more animated, when its face began to express its soul, when
    • matter, is to be thought of as atomistic, signifying more or less
    • sense data. In a different period the findings point more toward the
    • What is more, the scientific world scarcely admitted this, nor has it
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • would certainly produce more penetrating perceptions in this area.
    • simply a little more developed in man. As time went by, there was no
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the weight of our limbs is really only a figure of speech. A more
    • it. But this was separated from man even earlier and more radically.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the more we discover an instinctive spiritual knowledge, an instinctive
    • clairvoyant perception of what goes on behind the scenes. Moreover, we know
    • tradition were more or less words only, and he could no longer enter
    • presented more or less as follows: Thales
    • tradition, who knew still more concerning these matters. Their
    • turned into no more than an inventory of lifeless empty abstractions,
    • This process is even more pronounced in regard to the ego
    • of air. This is why psychology was more concrete. When the living
    • the primeval wisdom that he had gleaned from his still more awkward
    • impression that nobody knows anything at all anymore about the deeper
    • on inner experience. Others, who were more or less contemporaries of
    • there is to know about man and that he consists of more or less solid
    • tenth of man's organization. It is more accurate to say that
    • etheric body, more than survived in the official iatrochemists who
    • and is now changed around to be fitted back into man. The more
    • With the iatromechanists he was still more dissatisfied because they
    • conception of man. This led to the idea of picturing him s a more
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • one is inexhaustible. Matters could be elaborated and looked at more
    • body (his lower organization) even more dead than before.
    • alive. In a certain sense, they can be more dead than a corpse,
    • more
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • science,” nothing has done more harm than the introduction of
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • pointer moves more and more, showing that the expansion increases with
    • This chasm has widened more and more since the 17th
    • further of this — since it is more expanded and therefore less
    • the abstract, for no one loves abstractions more than the Philistine.
    • between the terrestrial and the cosmic through wider and more
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • process of melting will stop. (I will speak more of this
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I will now show you another phenomenon which will illustrate one more
    • they do not know they accept on authority. If more were done to
    • mechanical theory of heat. What is more, enormously important things
    • with our entire organism. And when we look more closely, when we try,
    • Now with this fact a more inclusive one may be connected. It is this.
    • The question is whether perhaps a more unbiased observer would not
    • in a more dreamlike way. We have here something which is in the realm
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • We will therefore take up in more detail the things that were begun
    • the more frequently you recite the poem, especially when there is a
    • own materiality, we approach more and more closely to what is going on
    • heart. It will not be more difficult for you, but less so. If you
    • at once find that you are more prone to recite a poem mechanically
    • thus it is, when the more advanced stage is reached, that one comes to
    • look more lightly on the ideas of ordinary life. And therefore, anyone
    • a crass materialist and became more and more so. He would say,
    • to him more and more wonderful to a high degree. For this activity of
    • the brain is observable as something more wonderful than all that the
    • realm of imagination. We will go into the matter a little more deeply,
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • confining walls. Moreover, a definite pressure corresponds to a
    • we see that the vapor increases its pressure on the wall more and more
    • evaporates continuously, more rapidly in a vacuum. If we draw lines
    • more or less than a representation of a gas that is enclosed all
    • condition where it is more evident. We must see whether in the fluid
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • our looking upon it as really a product of some more widely embracing
    • we now have to the fluid. This means nothing more or less than that we
    • more concretely later. If a liquid is divided into sufficiently small
    • it is necessary to pass through the sphere. Moreover, all the form
    • more difficult to comprehend than the one in which we live ordinarily
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • confused theory which as he worked it out meant little more than this,
    • become more and more sluggish and finally to lapse into a state of
    • are added to those formerly present. More observation convinces us of
    • expression in them. Fluids are more susceptible to its action. In
    • one hand to climb to a region where things appear more and more
    • spiritualized, and on the other side to descend into what appears more
    • and more material. Infinite extension upwards appears on the one hand
    • where there is more and more heat, and finally we arrive at a region
    • indigo, and violet. On this side the violet becomes ever more and more
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • climate, and is thus under the necessity of giving off less or more
    • with the outer oxygen as when he gives off more heat. Consequently
    • earth in the cooler regions, is obliged to tie himself in more closely
    • with his environment. He must take in more oxygen from the air in the
    • colder regions where he works more intensely in connection with his
    • environment than in the warmer zones where he labors more intensely in
    • human being then works more in his inner individuality than he does
    • activities more intimately with his outer environment.
    • I wish once more to lay before you the essential thing. We start from
    • through the interpenetration of the two realms. Furthermore we can
    • that are nothing more than the creation of inaccurate thinking.
    • our environment as unity. But even more perplexing is the fact that
    • rainbow, and the other band is the more obscure bow. We are dealing
    • environment, to a relatively more complete one, when we conceive of
    • we will go into it more completely in the course of our lecture. But I
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • solution the heat is shut off, not more goes through. The apparatus
    • again been impossible to get ice in the form we need it. At a more
    • yourselves what it is. It is nothing more or less than the whole of
    • play. The more the formative forces withdraw the more reasoning
    • difficult for modern man especially. The human being is more prone to
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • called. Moreover, we can so arrange matters that the middle portion of
    • matter itself informs us what happens to it when it becomes more and
    • more rarefied. When I make matter more and more dense, it comes about
    • matter becomes more and more rarefied, the light does pass through.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • Furthermore, it will depend not only on the difference
    • has been opened out. Furthermore, the complete spectrum has the peach
    • Moreover, you are confused unless you assume that you reach the same
    • handled mathematically and have, so to speak, more than one meaning.
    • motion and nothing more — such things as these would not have
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • will lead us to a more prompt conclusion of our series. Tomorrow, I
    • physically more definitely manifested than the ones we have named. The
    • that had been going up rapidly, rose more slowly and then stopped.)
    • The effect is shown by the fact that the thermometer rises more
    • appear to share this association of the more material and the more
    • to something much more fundamental and weighty than the so-called
    • and what is more, spatially limited in its physical qualities. It is
    • and extend it without more ado backwards in time. Modern astrophysics
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Moreover, we considered yesterday very definite conditions
    • body. Furthermore, what shows itself in this realm of reality
    • can only be mentioned today; later we will go into it more thoroughly.
    • consists only of a small degree of solid constituents. More than 90
    • technological results have flowed from science, a still more fruitful
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • confused with those things which, more than ever at the moment, appear
    • what has remained of Philosophy itself? A number of more or less
    • And more: Philosophy, and in its very name, love of wisdom shows that
    • the Cosmos can, after all, give man no more than an etheric
    • remains only a physical Cosmology, and even this contains no more than
    • the origins of physical man. It is necessary once more to found a
    • cognition he puts himself once more in touch with this world. So
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • more recent times.
    • it belongs. Moreover, we are enabled to see how spiritual man, the
    • etheric man. Moreover, the reflected pictures can be expressed in
    • More details on this subject you will find in my Philosophy of
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • exercise of banishing the imaginative pictures more and more. Through
    • certain sense as a more recent part of the soul. That which is
    • the spiritual Cosmos, and moreover reveals itself in a changed form
    • What has had to be said concerning Cosmology applies still more to
    • Cosmology’, only still more so. Whatever came to light as a
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • more through experiencing the universal world state, and the longing
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • with the spiritual lunar activities grows ever more intense. The human
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • But it must be once more emphasized that it is not a case of
    • of himself became more and more limited to what his physical
    • Moreover, from this moment the perception of death took on a new
    • of faith. But more and more the inclination to dogmatic faith grew
    • more and more only as history made him appear to the ordinary
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • independent of the body. The Visionary is more deeply immersed in his
    • pass through death and to become ready once more to help in a future
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • because the physical rhythmical processes are felt more strongly than
    • renewed Christian Religious knowledge should introduce once more from
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the astral organism at work which is more loosely connected with the
    • more loosely connected with the physical organism than is the part
    • and willing organization of mankind, we must recognize the more or
    • In illness the more or less normal course of the inter-relation
    • knowledge, moreover, which knows how to value the products of
    • much more is a complete knowledge of the human being than mere
    • contrast in further experiences a more worthy deed with a less worthy
    • no more than an indication of the moral value which has unconsciously
    • earth begins. Man enters once more into the lunar sphere and finds
    • In these studies I have not been able to do more than sketch a
    • Cognition. Much more would have to be said if the sketch were to be
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • But progress consists in the fact that more and more human beings become
    • that will progressively disappear from mankind. The more men's power of
    • to become ever more familiar with outer, physical reality. Look back
    • more greatly misunderstood than anything else in the world.
    • realize that for the Rosicrucians it was much more difficult than for
    • make thinking more elastic, more flexible, enable a more rapid survey of
    • higher and higher stages and become more and more powerful. This
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • for the spiritual worlds. A person may look more handsome when he has
    • the souls live, the more thoroughly they conceal themselves. Why is
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • that is much more closely related to man's consciousness. This
    • is far more mobile than it is in the animal.
    • one organ more, a new world reveals itself to him. His astral body,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyant would see more than the physical figures of human beings and
    • strength of desire for physical life. But the more the human being breaks
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • world. Indeed, it may be said that the more spiritual the relationships
    • here have been, the more significant they are for the world of Devachan.
    • nature; it becomes more spiritual as time goes on, until finally the
    • moreover, actually present in Devachan. When a clairvoyant gazes at
    • Yes, we see them again, freed moreover from all the obstacles of space and
    • of soul to soul is far more intimate and inward than it is in the physical
    • Fellow feeling in Devachan is much more alert, much more intimate than
    • A great deal more could
    • To express it more or less abstractly, it is rather as if a thought matures
    • more possibility of everything remaining preserved in the suitable
    • and more beautiful meaning when we realize that in a certain sense the
    • the more delicate ones also develop through activity. The effect of
    • averted. The more the knowledge conveyed to the child is illustrated
    • be hoped that those who come after us will understand and be more lenient
    • is far more sinister than the scientific kind. An opinion has weight
    • greater it is, the less it remains abstract wisdom and the more forcibly it
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • man's being by reason of being more spiritual; the physical body, a
    • of man! The astral body is admittedly more inherently spiritual but it
    • and passions. Why is the physical body the more perfect? Think of man's
    • host of more advanced beings have already worked on it. Everything physical
    • so that on the Old Sun there was now warmth and air, and moreover light.
    • more difficult sacrifice had been made by the Thrones. Had they not
    • is what may be called tone or sound. In order to realize more clearly
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • more than folk fantasy. Spiritual science must teach one to investigate
    • but was nevertheless connected more fundamentally and definitely with
    • spiritual science is more widely known, there will be a different view
    • Even the more mature beings belonged to grades at every possible level.
    • today when incarnations are to take place. But more and more frequently
    • for the descending souls. This is more or less a picture of the state
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • corporeality; his constitution was much more spiritual. At the beginning
    • nor did he take the more solid kind of nourishment. Indeed, even at
    • is a more pictorial way of expressing it but that is how the process
    • sphere above the earth. Men lived within this more ethereal sphere and
    • physical plane more quickly than the good, normally evolved spiritual
    • much more flexible, and yielded to the forces of the soul. These soul
    • forces were essentially more powerful than they are today, and they
    • physical body was still pliable, he could more easily adjust himself
    • and became a giant in stature. The more intelligent human beings developed
    • dull-witted were giants. Man's external form was far, far more
    • ever more completely from him.
    • more of ancient Atlantean culture. In the earliest period man possessed
    • so on. All these Oracles, however, were in turn led by the still more
    • happenings in the physical world, those human souls became even more
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • ever more closely with the physical plane, which he grew to love more
    • and more intensely. In every such epoch the human soul descended deeper
    • death in the spiritual world. The more fully these souls had given
    • expression in the realm of earth to all their faculties, the more did the
    • in it of supreme importance is Paul. He achieved more than anyone else
    • Father Abraham. This kinship was much more important to him than his
    • Kashyapa's body into the spiritual world will have descended more deeply
    • grows ever stronger and more powerful.
    • more separation.
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • descended far more deeply into the physical world than was the case during
    • work ever more consciously at the transformation of his bodies. It behoves
    • conception of the world. Moreover, the feeling of becoming collaborators
    • karma that takes effect inwardly and one that has more external results.
    • talents and habits. Karma that manifests in more external ways takes the
    • nationality and so forth. We will now consider more closely how karma
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • belongs indeed more or less to us all. Goethe is a spirit who affects
    • but, if we go more deeply into the subject, we soon discover in him
    • even more intimate way than in the former. I shall try to disclose in
    • this question more deeply with his intimate and trusted friends; with
    • hold of you unawares.” The meaning of the giant is moreover
    • any light of her own. This might be gone into more fully, in greater
    • his own inner self, falls more deeply than before into the bonds of
    • the piles of the bridge. And now men can more freely go to and fro
    • more with the three Kings; and the youth who had been made pure by
    • soul-forces; the fourth King has nothing more to say, he subsides
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • more ancient time, the gray antiquity of the age of the Judaic people,
    • the Atlanteans, nor of that even more ancient people, the Lemurians,
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • this. There is hardly anything more hopeless and alien to a true
    • Modern man, more than he thinks, confronts nature as a stranger —
    • certainly more so now than in the time of Goethe. Who today can still
    • the least according to its laws, we are acting perhaps all the more in
    • the word, which we can dispute or swear by, means more than what it
    • right any more than one needs to decide by vote what is logically
    • will reign in human beings on earth in the future. The more we let the
    • harmony in the outer world sink into us, the more will there be peace
    • shall and must be said today. Nothing could have happened with more
    • of the spirit will have become an everyday affair. Moreover, spiritual
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Think, and more clearly wilt thou grasp it, seeing
    • recent and does not date back more than a few centuries. The custom of
    • more highly civilized he is, the more does this rhythm decrease. Just
    • still exist and death will be no more. For the time being, however,
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • more than his physical body, and then find the etheric body — so
    • we are more and more able to recognize the etheric or life-world
    • external nature meets us as green. If once more we are so
    • occultist, however, recognizes more than this in the case of the
    • fourth classes, which are much more interesting; and all this will
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • begin with (more details will be given in the subsequent lectures), we
    • of many, many such nature-spirits, which are, moreover, divided into
    • unconscious. When, however, he devotes himself more and more to those
    • nature-spirits — but another and still more spiritual world. When
    • but as regards the normal consciousness our ego is still more asleep
    • memory means very much more in the sphere of occultism than it does in
    • much more lightly than he did before his occult training. His
    • and as regards questions of conscience, they take things more lightly.
    • take things more lightly than before, — indeed if possible we
    • should take them more seriously — if we retain these two
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • more the occultly developing student can bring himself to be passive
    • often emphasised, but which, in fact, is more difficult to observe
    • this pouring out of water there is more instead of less, and that if
    • into the previously empty glass, There would again be more and not
    • result of the out-pouring, more and more water would be in the first
    • imagine that you are pouring out water, and that by so doing more
    • emptier when he performs loving actions to another; he receives more,
    • he becomes fuller, he has still more, and if he performs the loving
    • action a second time he will again receive more. One does not become
    • more and more to these conceptions, he finally recognizes that in
    • peoples or races, are even more powerful than the leaders of
    • epochs are guided by their definite Spirits of the Age, more powerful
    • shall learn more in the following lectures, we should find more and
    • more that these beings, who really only live in the process of man's
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • describe this condition more accurately, we may say that he who raises
    • beings and forces everywhere more deeply concealed, as though behind a
    • second stage experiences is infinitely more intense than a feeling; it
    • more closely on the nature of sympathy and love — this was
    • Now, beginning once more from man, we will try to describe the beings
    • distinguish between these categories will be more difficult, for the
    • higher we ascend the more difficult it becomes. We must in the course
    • strikes us more particularly in the plant-world. Now if we direct, not
    • It is still more difficult to consider a third category of such beings
    • exist in the various kingdoms of Nature. Still more difficult is the
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • Hierarchy. A yet more difficult path leads to a still higher rank of
    • for the higher we ascend the more impossible does it become to make
    • Still more difficult to describe are those beings called the Seraphim
    • ourselves more and more to the form and manner in which the beings
    • heavenly bodies. In this way we shall be able to acquire more definite
    • Unfortunately, we may say; for it would be much more seemly if the
    • analogies and comparisons; it would be more seemly for man to desire
    • in deepest reverence to learn ever more fully, so that he might be
    • able to form more approximate concepts. The various religions of the
    • will be considered more in detail in the following lectures, but
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • What is more natural than to represent this to young people as a
    • more to say about this; but at the conclusion of this lecture,
    • once more given to us today, was met first in the Zarathustra
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • earlier lectures in considering this more external way, which starts
    • everything is more or less a picture) we must imagine that although
    • more and more of this around it, as it passes through the planetary
    • more takes up the harmful matter and throws it out on the other side.
    • impression upon us and does more than can be done by arguments of a
    • logical or more rational sort. The actual power of conviction of the
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • Let us examine the matter still more closely by means of a concrete
    • As a second attempt of occult observation we must once more look away
    • certain way with these clairvoyant impressions. I will once more give
    • greater and more powerful is the impression received in the manner
    • those who reflect more closely it should be clear that in ancient
    • last lecture the comets. To describe this more accurately would absorb
    • wolf or of a lamb, these are just ideas and nothing more. For the
    • abstractly. It would, of course, seem much more actual to compare the
    • our earth, which was at one time in a softer, more liquid condition.
    • deal to even the simplest mind, they give still more to those who can
    • various beings. A more accurate occult discernment makes this quite
  • Title: Lecture 9: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • has been worked out, for it is necessary to examine more closely the
    • We will now pass on to show more in detail what all this really means.
    • sagacity and intelligence in the animals is much surer, more precise,
    • and much more free from error than in man. The essential point is that
    • find in the animal world the most varied forms, which differ far more
    • to the more perfect species, we notice how powerful is the
    • arise. More details are to be found in my Christiania lectures as to
    • earth had been formed anew, then this astral body once more developed
    • of the mere Spirits of the Age; something more full of significance,
    • more important for collective humanity than the sphere of the
    • the sun, their movements all appear more or less as a vertical union
    • wider, more comprehensive sphere which, in the process of the
    • Sun-spirit of Wisdom is much more comprehensive than the sphere of the
    • always show that they recognize the Spirits of Wisdom as being more
    • expressed, which will be so much the more recognized the more the
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • visible, something more is necessary than the mere presence of
    • man become more and more conscious that at the very beginning as well
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • made a week ago, in the course of this winter we will take up in more
    • and more detail those things with which they are connected. Our
    • studies will then culminate in a generally more exact recognition of
    • examine more closely the fundamental nature of this remarkable
    • Commandments are more extensive and general, and have a validity
    • independent of their time and place. They are thus held to be more
    • approach the subject more closely. It will be found that many things
    • turn a few more pages to find, in a further discussion of the Ten
    • ego there weaves and flows a divine essence that is more exhalted than
    • becomes sicklier, the grandson more sickly and finally there is
    • nothing more than a shell from which the Jehovah God has retreated.
    • deeds work as would your God.” It is an admonition to become more and
    • more like the God who revealed himself to Moses in the burning bush.
    • Now the Ten Commandments go more and more into detail. But always in
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • were spoken, more than three thousand years had passed since the
    • memory, more or less, of the ancient dream-like condition in which he
    • happen more and more often. Enough people will by then have
    • now, when man with his more advanced faculties should be able to
    • etheric Christ are perhaps in a more difficult situation than those
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • On these two more intimate evenings we shall have to speak of a
    • be able to say to ourselves: “Ever more do human souls seek after
    • souls with the name of Christ, and ever more do they come to the
    • It is thus obvious that a spiritual movement which penetrates more
    • movement. This is just what now confronts us, what will come more and
    • more, what will make a valid basis for the valuation of the Gospel
    • this knowledge begins to be more and more sacred to us through the
    • a life-force, as life-blood of the soul. And ever more and more will
    • But when we speak of the inner way to Christ, we encounter more and
    • more things which can be understood and felt at the present time only
    • much less into himself, upon his own self; he would have turned more
    • ever more estranged from his organization; his organization would
    • become ever more infirm, more dried up; the cleavage would necessarily
    • never more return to a physical body. How did that which flows out
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Buddha will no more return to the earth, just as it seems to me
    • deal here on earth, because they now looked more on this world than on
    • Greeks did not prize this incorporation into Osiris; they were more
    • shall owe this to the Christ that men can ever more be called to
    • learn that the Christ will reveal himself ever more supersensibly, and
    • will govern more and more the threads of Karma in the affairs of the
    • learn more and more that under Lucifer's influence alone the earth
    • mankind would have had to become more and more corrupt without the
    • relations of man to the super-sensible Christ, who will never more
    • course of human evolution. Never more shall we, if as Occidentals we
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • would be far more important than defining the mission of
    • oratory talents increased ever more.
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • learning a balanced posture. There is more connected with this than is
    • self-sustained thinking, such as I recommended more than thirty years
    • ever more habitual. Thanks to the spiritual world, however, human
    • These stream into this person, as an additional, more impersonal
    • are merged into one. Moreover, a human being cannot determine rightly
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • more than anything else, this calls upon the understanding, upon the
    • place of what is today abstract thinking. Moreover, since we possessed
    • living thinking, must gradually more and more permeate humanity; only
    • century; that this thinking became ever more and more completely dead
    • course of life. But those human beings of a more ancient time were
    • But we will now once more return to somewhat earlier times. That which
    • thoughts became ever more and more lifeless. And these lifeless
    • This descent was far more important for human beings of that time than
    • whereas, as man suffered the loss more and more of the consciousness
    • as its instrumentality, brought about more and more fear of death and
    • advanced further and further into abstract thinking, they needed more
    • and more a view out of the earthly existence, a view in the direction
    • were lost to humanity. More and more there came about the abstract
    • especially for the reason that thinking became ever more abstract. In
    • gradually more and more completely lost to conceive the Event of
    • first centuries of Christianity. Thus it came about, moreover, that
    • sides as one has four Gospels. More and more arrived the time in which
    • ever more and more disappeared to view the Mystery of Golgotha in the
    • arrived at the necessity of having Christ in its midst. Gradually more
    • and more human beings lost the consciousness of their belonging to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • interpretation of what is present within you, more or less strongly
    • but in the near future they will become ever more apparent. In the
    • century. But today, I shall speak about these forces in their more
    • more advanced years in the present-day world of thought — we
    • became more and more alienated from one another. The louder the call
    • for social reforms, the more is it a symptom of the fact that men
    • assertion of their own particular standpoint is more important to
    • closed his life by calling out to posterity: “More light!”
    • As a matter of fact Goethe did not say “More light!” He
    • perhaps far more apt than the mere phrase “More light”.
    • shall tell you more of how we can now attempt to open the shutters
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • recently it has reached a climax making it more clearly perceptible.
    • olden times human beings were young and grew old in a more natural
    • nothing to say to his son any more. Then people began to seek,
    • discovered that nothing more could be pressed out of reason. People
    • that nothing more was to be got out of the men of the day. Such was
    • more intimate religious questions, men are clearly facing a
    • developed such colossal cleverness, and, moreover, are aware of the
    • a dream of the world. In the intellect, more emphatically than
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • any more than he does today; but when people in those days woke up,
    • experience of everything around him was more intense.
    • the end of our twentieth year — and more repulsively old than
    • much more streamed over from sleeping consciousness into the waking
    • it would be almost more sensible if they did not. For what does
    • more they love it. In earlier times people felt a tingling when they
    • the truth and it is a much more serious matter than is usually
    • thinking which has evolved more and more since the fifteenth century
    • characteristics. The farther west we come the more does a thinking,
    • perishing. But the European, and more so the American, would not feel
    • consummated, but in a more subconscious way. Nowadays the union must
    • much more spiritual than to speak un-spiritually about the Spirit.
    • this is much more valuable than a dead, intellectual theosophy. For
    • first spiritual and then became more and more material, so that real
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • moral intuition within the soul, when the individual becomes more and
    • more aware of the moral intuitions which arise in his soul.”
    • impression upon him, because he realized more deeply than
    • view amounted to this: The human being, originally, had no more than
    • branded as “Evil.” Life becomes more complicated all the
    • such things. This had not much more significance for Nietzsche than
    • more than the temperature of the immediate environment. However, it
    • For him there was nothing more important than to put aside the old
    • any more than a real human being can be made out of a mummy.
    • please everyone. Moreover I must say what I know to be true. So, in
    • people today, we need something more than a revival of old concepts
    • the truth. It would be much more clever if our age, which has lost
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • century and more powerfully in subsequent centuries, what had been
    • that actually nothing more was known about them. For centuries
    • go back in evolution the more we find that the rising tip of an inner
    • coming to the soul from outside. And the further back we go the more
    • more. — That would have been consistent. But people did not
    • science and nothing more, and this continued until, at the end of the
    • in the modern age, man began more and more to make what is dead into
    • later life learnt nothing more; they simply repeated mechanically
    • dead thinking. Thereby it becomes alive, it comes once more to
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • namely enthusiasm — more or less indefinite, but nevertheless
    • enthusiasm. What will further evolve will have much more the
    • here we must look still more deeply into the human soul than I have
    • summons to mankind, out of the depths of his soul, evermore to unfold
    • knowledge one cannot imagine anything more empty. As humanity is
    • humanity in which what weaves even in a more neutralized form from
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • libraries. Science gradually was not really wanted any more. Hence it
    • which must receive more careful consideration if we want to
    • practise a more subtle psychology, you would notice that actually
    • ancient Indian did not see this. He paid much more heed to its
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • a true self-knowledge, we will study the human being more from
    • something warmer, more saturated with substance should be found. This
    • man as Kepler. But one is more deeply stirred when one steeps oneself
    • of the nineteenth century more and more souls arose in whom there no
    • one of them. He spoke somewhat as follows: One can look more and more
    • secrets of life, and seek for them from what is minute, and ever more
    • for more intimate perception it is again there in the sense that one
    • wanted to do even more “doing nothings” Then the
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • through four more years until I get my second teeth; I will get them
    • at once. (I could use other comparisons which would appear still more
    • the more so in the case of dialectic and rhetoric. Everything given
    • earthly existence. But the child should not come to a more and more
    • diploma, it sometimes happens that when the child is not more than
    • belief that in the future there will be more progress in
    • more people wish in our objective science to avoid carefully
    • everything of the nature of art, the more are they led away from
    • allows us to perceive something more than merely the human physical
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • is able to observe the life of soul in a more intimate way knows such
    • why that young man doesn't want to lecture any more.”
    • six-and-thirty years, whereas a more ancient humanity grew in
    • humanity. Man has more and more to experience out of Nature
    • twenty-seventh year, and this limit will recede more and more. In
    • whereas formerly, the older he became the more did the spiritual
    • no more support in external sense-perception because then the inner
    • artificially. You notice that as thinking becomes more and more an
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • experience more than the head is able to. To begin with man has only
    • more capacity for intensely desiring with the rest of his organism to
    • and much is gained from it, yet they would have gained far more if
    • whole being, this would have been a more intensive philosophy than
    • individuality, for of more value than any thought-out curriculum is
    • beings, then the matter is still more complicated. Then, what
    • encounter their ego would be drowned still more deeply. In the case
    • must develop more and more towards the intellectual. At the same
    • education. What more there is to be said on this subject I shall try
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • seem more chaotic than what was brought by the long, gloomy Age of
    • was the perception in more ancient times; the gaze of the human being
    • configuration of souls was in that more ancient age.
    • took it with them into later life. It was more intimate but at the
    • same time more intense. In a certain sense human beings looked
    • already saw more deeply into things. It was more in the nature of a
    • surface behind which something more etheric was perceived, a human
    • being more in a form of light. Man had the faculty of perceiving this
    • the locksmiths' guild. But this was experienced in a more
    • looked out at the world. Still more so with the eyes of Shakespeare.
    • Today these ways of thinking are lacking, but only for a little more
    • educate out of the primal forces of his being. But this is more
    • more wholesome when this happens intuitively, if parents, instead of
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • more could be said in conclusion to what I have put before you here.
    • knowledge of man has been more and more on the downgrade. The human
    • more ancient times men played a part in producing the dragon, but
    • There is no more overwhelming power of authority in the whole of
    • wanted to know nothing more of the dragon. The young are running away
    • Michael if we want to become true teachers. More is accomplished for
    • art, the pupils sought also for knowledge, though more of a soul
    • experience once more what can be perceived by the spirit. The age of
    • in the ancient Mysteries what was in the libraries was more of the
    • humanity. Only when this picture can be received in a more living way
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves from merely personal interests. Moreover, we will gain an
    • will pass to further, more advanced stages. Secondly, you know that if
    • Now we may characterize these two kinds of beings from a more profound
    • The Luciferic beings wish nothing more than to make the world desert
    • intermingled at random. I have dealt with this more explicitly in my
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling are little more than sounding words to people of the present
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • I will characterize more precisely what it means to think in the
    • but you say to yourselves in the more intimate recesses of your
    • observation, for it is filled with more than ninety percent of fluid,
    • evolution progresses, more and more complicated beings, more and more
    • and are nothing more than mere word hulls run their course almost
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • personality of Plato and receives a more scholarly character, as it
    • later on, Aristotle developed in a more scientific way. But this Greek
    • become more and more prevalent are indicated only in a few human
    • are not aware of it will become ever more present. Human beings will
    • say to themselves more and more: through what I am by birth, my head
    • coincide with nature herself. Then, as I become more familiar with
    • being will perceive more and more: the falling apart of that which has
    • duality more and more, he will be in need of an inner mediation, a
    • real inner mediation. And the great question will become ever more
    • will not contain more regularity than ordinary dreaming; but it is
    • desolate and void. He would feel more and more the disagreement between the
    • by permeating ourselves more and more with the Christ impulse which
    • feel more and more: we need the possibility of building a bridge
    • we shall comprehend him still more accurately if we join to what I
    • only arisen in more recent times, at least in its radical form. For
    • much more prevalent than we think. If we do not focus our attention
    • differ from one another. It will become more and more necessary for
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • evolution. Let us do this once more after having done so repeatedly in
    • of the modern age pressed onward more and more toward conceiving of
    • words, how the human being has been forced more and more through the
    • account the more intimate aspects of the spiritual evolution of these
    • concept of God was more and more elaborated in human thinking, a
    • Wisdom was considered the fundamental attribute of the Divine Being. The concept of Omnipotence only gradually penetrated the idea of the Divine Being, from the fourth century onward. It continued to develop. The concept of personality was abandoned and the predicate was transmitted to the mere order of nature, which is conceived of more and more mechanically. And the modern concept of the necessity of nature, the omnipotence of nature, is nothing but the result of the evolution of the concept of God from the fourth to the sixteenth century. Only, the qualities of personality were abandoned and that which constituted the concept of God was taken over into the structure of thinking about nature.
    • up more and more clearly and distinctly.
    • I emphasize once more: it is an extremely serious truth that certain
    • They make themselves felt more and more since the middle of the
    • previous historical events? The one who knows that not more than
    • appearance which, if it takes the human being captive, acts much more
    • strongly, very much more strongly than that which the weak human being
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • Then after this soul mood of man had held sway for somewhat more than
    • is the right thing for today if we become conscious of a much more
    • more and more, similar to the breathing process. In the breathing
    • must become much more soul-like, much more spiritual.
    • We shall be aided by realizing more and more, with our sound common
    • I return once more to the image: You see a flame. You shut your eyes
    • what is more; it is not to be taken lightly since we do not enter it
    • Church, but the Roman-Catholic church is more powerful — and we
    • more ancient than Christianity for the Holy Mass is a ritual of the
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • making the human soul more energetic, more awake, it will have
    • present age. I shall proceed from more general thoughts, touching upon
    • know the difference between sleeping and waking; in a more intimate
    • more or less, the human being was guided by dark, unknown forces in
    • these obscure, unknown forces has more or less ceased in our age. (We
    • science of history is not much more than a hundred years old. I do not
    • want to say more about this. People consider and write history with
    • and studied as history in the schools? It is nothing more, in regard
    • out. Not so long ago, more primitive people in their atavistic state
    • at the moment of falling asleep. Certain thoughts, however, are more
    • regard to this certain conditions are more favorable, others less so.
    • departed one lives vividly in us. And the more vividly it lives in us,
    • all this in order to give a more concrete form to your connection with
    • take on a still more definite shape if we consider the following
    • only if they remain more or less within the sphere of the survivors.
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who, after the year 1848 — more precisely, after
    • 1868, 1858, 1848, and 8 or 9 years more; this is 38 or 39 years. Now
    • more spiritual nature than events in general. This is connected with
    • lay hold of ever more extended circles of our contemporaries.
    • that the more incisive, the more significant an event is that enters
    • the physical plane, the more human beings sleep through it.
    • I shall express myself more explicitly. There are two ways of thinking
    • answer to this in a more abstract form: Mankind today must rely on its
    • call Socrates an idiot. In doing so he is more honest than many others
    • simply describes it more precisely because he sees it against its
    • background, the outer events will corroborate all the more what has,
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • circumstances, more harmful than complete errors. And what the
    • condition she could be persuaded, by a more intimate
    • proved that the sex connection is more or less present. Yet the
    • side, and decided that this side is more important than the one
    • are two types of people. In one type feeling is more
    • the case of those who occupy themselves more with the mind, the
    • is, however, very peculiar, when you look at the subject more
    • once more:
    • suggest it; tomorrow we shall consider such problems more
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • more serious manner than would be called for by mere
    • is made of means, if more clever a better choice. In this case
    • turn more of their attention in other directions, cease
    • think, with less justice), — if they were more
    • sanatoriums, a more extensive knowledge might be obtained.
    • a very sly creature, far more sly than in his full
    • is seriously demanded of the human being that he learn more and
    • more to hold his thinking apart from the waves of feeling and
    • more time in the sphere of feeling than in the ordinary
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • the more important facts relating to consciousness and
    • is not the case; that it is no more sensible for us to imagine
    • entity. We cannot perceive them psychically any more than we
    • this prison is the more securely fastened by the fact that we
    • this way, as he progresses gradually and is more fully
    • with much more universal things. Those who live on the slope of
    • a curious fact that the more the realm of the soul is in
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • human structure as we know it from the more or less elementary
    • including the senses and the nervous system. If we add two more
    • unhealthy breathing power, conditioned more or
    • a more rapid circulation depends primarily upon the
    • a human being possesses more or less healthy breathing and
    • body. He cannot injure the coarser and more solid
    • have seen because the subconscious may be experienced more or
    • us should be a more or less serious mutilation it would
    • way, would be noticed more frequently than is usually the case
    • were people more observant of the times favorable to such
    • proceed to more complicated matters which may lead us
    • into the more intimate relations between the world and
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual essentiality. The outer world becomes ever more
    • on the other hand, through such an enlarged vision we look more
    • organization. While our outer perception is more and more
    • spiritualized, our inner perception is, first of all, more and
    • more materialized. Working in this inner direction, not
    • all events, we gain a more exact knowledge of the
    • see now concretely what I pointed out yesterday more
    • find them to be more often memory ideas, the memories proper.
    • as a pump which pumps the blood through the body. Nothing more
    • If we look at them more from the outside, we must
    • say: The ego is more cosmic in the first half, up to the
    • of the upper world, viewed it more as the world of light, the
    • netherworld more as the world of gravity. Gravity and light
    • more exact diagnosis can be made than by the means in ordinary
    • quite differently shaped. They are more closely connected with
    • hierarchies are found through a more profound contemplation of
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • with a more individual theme concerning individual destiny and being.
    • clairvoyance ever more and more, and having to limit his power of
    • perception and understanding more and more to the physical world. We
    • who knew this; more and more were the powers of man limited to the
    • ancient clairvoyance, at the same time, the more we have united with
    • occasion to point out that the Old Testament gives the facts more
    • nations fall away more and more; but other groupings are still
    • single person come to the foreground more and more.
    • ever more and more in the evolution of mankind, i.e., the idea
    • bodily structure, far more strongly than today.
    • much more spiritual character. Therefore it is so urgently necessary
    • in man becoming ever more and more individual. It is only a question
    • had more than thirty years ago, and who as a quite young student was
    • today it is more modern to say “monistic” mood. He was
    • this or the other view more than any other because of his own especial
    • understands nothing more of all that is designated with these words,
    • world. That again is something which is still more important to
    • representation. It is even more important to consider it there than in
    • the method of thought is more important than the theories — that
    • i.e., man becomes in this way more and more capable of really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • nothing appears more natural today than to say: How can four documents
    • Gospels, they had all the more to revere and value this event. How is
    • modern critics do not proceed more cleverly than one who, perhaps,
    • Here it must be said that the more spiritual science progresses, the
    • more it sees in the Bible, compared with what we have today as
    • rightly to understand it. This is really the more correct, to the eyes
    • more like a living dream, yet it had a living connection with reality.
    • world in Abraham, like any other seed, had to develop more and more.
    • consisted in the physical brain becoming more and more perfect, this
    • in order to become ever more perfect in the course of physical
    • Man was more united with spiritual beings; they revealed themselves in
    • the really clairvoyant people were more bound up with the entire
    • time. In the Bible they stand. The Bible is far more learned than our
    • is inherited down through the generations into an ever more and more
    • writer of the Matthew Gospel, which will be recognised more and more
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • did not merely sound in this word what sounds in it today; a more or
    • there lay more the description, the portraying of what is outside. One
    • space and into other souls. Thus speech was then a far more living
    • affair. It entered far more into the secrets of existence than our
    • abstractions, generalities. One does not even feel that any more.
    • Man employed his astral body as organ of knowledge, but he lost more
    • and more the possibility of developing an organ of knowledge in his
    • astral body. And the more one approached the Christ Event, that stage
    • The German alone thinks no more of this, that in the Greek
    • world. This possibility disappeared more and more, and it became
    • soul “) — when the astral body could no more spread itself
    • understand it, unless we enter a little more closely into the means of
    • no more, but one must attempt to transform the ancient words into a
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • considerations, and to go more deeply into them. To-day,
    • personalities more characteristic of the World-Conceptions of
    • which more recent views of the world have made, (as I have
    • afterwards to see things in a more radical, true way, than does
    • age it has however become important, far more important than
    • life. Consciousness has become more important than life,
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • contacting is not possible unless one looks more closely into
    • physical and etheric bodies. But if we wish to go more deeply
    • more make quite clear how it is that we feel ourselves as
    • humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • the other demon, more or less Divine Spiritual Beings,
    • bound to my physical or etheric bodies any more than when I
    • more direct relationship to the Beings of the third Hierarchy
    • of more ideas to man's social arrangements produced something
    • realised now. It is more easy to recognise the concept of Truth
    • Anthroposophy; a concept gained in a far more widely embracing
    • once more at the end, an apercus; you can put three things
    • develop more and more so, that, from the side of their
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • They symbolise the twelve tasks of initiation. Moreover it is said of
    • become more and more widespread.
    • root-race. In Atlantis there was more of an instinctive thinking which
    • this more fully. To-day I will mention only that our seven principles
    • literally once more. Every saga undergoes change. It is derived from
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • on I should like to preface what I have to say by a few more theoretic
    • man was more a being of memory. Up to the fourth Atlantean
    • very highly evolved, far more highly evolved than man at the stage he
    • permeated with love. When intelligence and love are once more united
    • plunged into matter which was becoming denser, more solid. We then
    • periods of Atlantis. The Atlantean acquires more and more the capacity
    • Then a still more important moment of human evolution was represented
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • disposal of the higher, more spiritual Odin. He himself lived later as
    • what is more important here, he illustrates the fact that the
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • that he was able to advance more rapidly, and one who has gone through
    • given; more and more freedom is allowed to the initiates of the fifth
    • “war is good” or “war is bad” any more than they
    • in man, but which will gradually gain more and more importance. To-day
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • be given here in Stuttgart will strike a somewhat more intimate note
    • learn of more intimate details out of the realm of spiritual science.
    • the so-called pentagram. Furthermore, you know that in various
    • man as he ever more purifies and ennobles his astral body. Our earth
    • has an ego. The more highly educated person can be distinguished from
    • Certain urges and passions he fashions to more refined
    • assimilation of wisdom. The more wisdom the astral body contains, the
    • more luminous it will be. The Elohim, those beings who dwelt on the
    • thus more than an ingenious comparison. It is a reality.
    • explain the reasons therefore, we shall be able to look more deeply
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • has an influence on soul processes that more or less run their course
    • materialism. These influences work much more strongly than do the
    • body shaped itself. Let us go into this more deeply! Let us picture
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • space is expressed. Now we shall turn our attention to a more
    • this absorption should rightfully come about, and it will be far more
    • The intellect comes steadily to the fore and men become more
    • manifestation, to sum it up once more, everything alternates between
    • remarks let it be said once more that in the fifth week, on the fifth
    • separate being, so there is one more Spirit (the spirit, and
    • which is even more important. And, it works with ANY x ! This
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • were, in the course of times to come, identifying themselves more and
    • more with the world; thus it will become possible to represent them
    • first. Later, it becomes something else. It becomes ever more
    • far more complicated than is assumed in elementary astronomy. You see
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • could hear anything more in them nowadays than just words and again
    • in a more or less unveiled form. It is only because certain things
    • one could speak more openly from the sources of Western occultism,
    • the holy truths of the Buddha about the pain of life have no more
    • through the healing power of the Christ Impulse, and there is no more
    • more pain for him who understands Christ. Yet someone might reply to
    • Christianity, the old truths of Buddhism would not be true any more.’
    • physical matter was spoken of more and more. When the Ancient Rishis
    • humanity was growing more and more physical, saw only the physical
    • the same words something ever more different may be meant. In spite
    • exoterically and its spiritual side less seen, the more it has been
    • but in wider circles this was not known any more, it could not be
    • became ever more material, and the old names which once signified
    • Spiritual Science, or anthroposophy to form once more the bond which
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • that there is yet another still more remarkable difference between
    • is etheric and spiritual, which is no more outwardly visible or
    • which cannot be recognised any more through the outer senses, but it
    • still more simply. Let us imagine that we reduce air to a watery
    • our earth, or to bind them to the earth still more strongly than they
    • be all the more spiritually awake. I must now take more and more of
    • the spirit within me.’ Let us take a man who acquires a more
    • and more religious mood appropriate to the season as Christmas comes
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • things when we go back into more ancient times. Just as man passes
    • warmth which, towards the end of its evolution, became more and more
    • external, more realisable from outside. If you had undertaken your
    • able to imagine the process more exactly. Let us suppose that you
    • which will make this more comprehensible. It pleased certain of those
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • more intense way than they would otherwise have done; they impressed
    • this is presented to you in a more general sense, for the conditions
    • Let us now call up once more before our minds this ancient Saturn and
    • becomes still more effective, it masters also the resisting forces of
    • grows more and more out of this helplessness, and at last itself
    • time when they are able to give much more, when for instance, they
    • I should like once more to describe these Archangels, in a simple, I
    • the Spirits of the universe, pleased them more than the contracting,
    • outside in the Universe always more and more, they remained longer
    • universal bodies, and have more and more light thrown upon their
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Beings of a degree still higher and still more sublime than the
    • Sun. Vulcan is more than Sun, and with this it has reached the
    • naturally expressed more figuratively than it really is, for we have
    • most illuminating. For what can illuminate one more than when one
    • Spirits of Form — later we shall explain this more in detail,
    • come into being because the Sun substance had condensed still more,
    • orbit, was more or less the periphery of the original single body.
    • of Mights divided. The more advanced ones drew out with the body of
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • where there were continual discoveries, a point which is no more
    • even if it were for millions of years.’ This is more or less
    • be hoped that future generations will be more tolerant and that they
    • But something more is needed in order that whole masses of nations
    • communicate to men what they already knew as the older, more perfect
    • such men. Let us suppose, in order to explain it more precisely: some
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • To-day we shall consider more in detail the nature of those members
    • more of a physical, etheric and astral body down here upon earth than
    • of old Lemurian times, when it was still necessary to act much more
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • but for the observations of spiritual science it is nothing more nor
    • something more, but we must first be clear, that when we speak of the
    • certain time; it then ceases and no more eggs are formed. Now when
    • new ones are formed any more, they all meet and in the end, cover
    • more than a space of warmth. And you can see it in the way you do
    • every Occultist knows, and which may be explained some time in more
    • killed, and when nothing more is called into life, all the spherical
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • depths of such representations, truth which comes to light more or
    • incarnation. The more perfect the man is, the less there will be of
    • Through such transmutations man becomes more and more ruler over his
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • much more; but it is impossible to exhaust in ten lectures all there
    • not have anything more to give him, and will afford him no more
    • more. But, from the time of Goethe's youth to our time, this
    • will not exist any more. So it is with everything men create upon
    • — I say: Matter draws together more and more towards a centre,
    • contracts more and more towards its centre. In its centre it
    • Divinity will become ever more present to us. We say to
    • themselves more, as it were, than would otherwise have been the case.
    • the Godhead who, by means of evil, wishes to develop more powerful
    • human ‘Ego’ will be filled ever more and more by the
    • force which then entered into it, it will become ever more and more
    • not any more physically present. This is the great difference between
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • established more and more the further we progress towards the future,
    • for a time, and the next chapters will show more and more clearly how
    • laid more plainly before your souls in the course of the next
    • human Ego had to be prepared for a new and more intelligent beholding
    • Anthroposophical wisdom, in order to become capable once more of
    • shines in order to make that which originates in the East more
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • unaided by the instrument which more especially serves our intellect,
    • namely, our mind. No more than we can see the super-sensible worlds
    • Therefore something more is necessary. If in our present conditions
    • this purpose more intense, more strenuous and in a certain respect
    • interests him more, another less; he pays more attention to one thing
    • this way in the outer world reappears as higher and more abundant
    • it is moreover of much greater importance than the first. With it
    • the Threshold. That which is real does not become more or less real
    • acquainted with fire, more or less intimately as something quite
    • so much the more ‘illuminated’; and just at this
    • shall have to realise some of the more concrete preparations to be
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world is still more deeply hidden. In the physical world one of the
    • individual, corresponding to his more or less permanent type of
    • spaces, beings from definite regions (of which more later) rush into
    • more traces do we find of this primitive clairvoyance.
    • Earth; the process is much more complicated than that. Even if we
    • transform evil into good are more powerful than those who rule over
    • kingdom which in a certain respect is higher, more powerful than that
    • life stand the other beings who belong to a more powerful kingdom.
    • justified, when they looked still more deeply into existence, in
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the physical sense world. There exist, moreover, spiritual beings and
    • embrace much more than can be experienced in the physical world.
    • warmth. This vital warmth, or life principle, is more or less
    • appearance more or less similar to that which we see around us today.
    • transformation of a single primordial wisdom and nothing more than
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the more complicated phenomena of conscience, and so on, form a kind
    • lower gods, and that this descent was regarded as more essentially
    • more suffice to bring about what is to come to pass, than would the
    • peoples from old Atlantis to more northerly regions, touching
    • went a different way, in a more southerly direction, through southern
    • Men belonging to the northern stream were more adapted for the use of
    • ancient Indian culture. But more to the north, in the region of
    • people was to look more to the outer world, and to advance towards
    • why he was in a way opposed to it. Zarathustra pointed more
    • The highest form of this more external realisation of the spiritual
    • Europe, but the tendency of them all was to look more towards the
    • sense. More and more of the spirit was poured into the outer
    • more southern way. It was of course the refinement of the life of the
    • we have seen, the ideal before the more northern stream was the
    • has never done, any more than he has declared Christ to be the same
    • the union of these two streams in humanity will become more and more
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • we observed how the southern stream more particularly tended to
    • behind the soul world of man, while the other more northerly
    • second kind of mysteries was more carefully guarded against
    • division in the spiritual culture of the Greeks. In more modern times
    • Steiner has in many lectures gone more fully into the difference
    • initiation felt these impressions more clearly and powerfully. I
    • the initiates he was a reality. On the other hand it had become more
    • were much more definite. There were many men who still had living
    • enter into it more and more. In the mysteries, too, the nature of the
    • become more and more an inner god. The Christ traverses the world in
    • etc., and to our more modern mystics. Here are men who look down into
    • so the more modern mystics, piercing inwards, could say like Meister
    • more the soul experiences draw near to the Christ. Here we have an
    • discipline of the old mystery schools a man had sunk more deeply into
    • cleansed and purified and reaches higher worlds. Feelings more
    • something more than the Christianity of the egoists; they realise
    • intensified by the Luciferic principle, in order to penetrate more
    • and more profoundly into the Gospels, and these initiates have found
    • and greater degree; Lucifer again became visible, and was once more
    • beings may be pictured more or less in the following way: they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • physical bodies grew more alike and their connection closer and
    • filled by the physical body and at the present day they work more in
    • many of the more subtle diseases characteristic of the present time
    • that the etheric body drew more and more inside the physical body and
    • later this was not more directly attainable was, that as the etheric
    • been such that nothing more was added to him than what would have
    • experience in our own souls, by becoming more and more familiar with
    • the Christ, and by letting Him grow more and more into our soul
    • the physical body. Furthermore the etheric body must make itself fit
    • once more to receive the light out of which it originally sprang
    • is much more objective than what is sense through hearing. We
    • speech, we define in a much more spiritual sense than is generally
    • experience of feeling and the outer were more like each other. Why
    • more closely connected with the outer world. Man had his sorrows and
    • joys which in many respects corresponded more to outer happenings;
    • and spirit of the outer world withdrew more and more from man and
    • between inner and outer feeling. These are some more detailed
    • earlier, more spiritual ages, when men had more wisdom than has
    • external life which is confined to the world of the senses. The more
    • into olden times, the more significant does their age of splendour
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • more from a super-terrestrial standpoint, and characterise the
    • another and more material form. And those who participated in the
    • Persia, something like a recapitulation but of an infinitely more
    • sublime, more spiritual and more intimate character. I have already
    • Soul-light, and moreover soul-light pervaded by spiritual wisdom, it
    • the evolution of the world. We must value the Gospel of St. John more
    • more, through the disclosures made in the newer mysteries, penetrate
    • the Egyptian element, representing the stream of people who went more
    • developed more particularly external vision, pursuing the reality of
    • world of sense grew more and more dominant, and on the other, the
    • today, but it was much more alive, for the reason that man of today
    • much richer, more full of life than is the case today. Man in these
    • colour, or scent, or taste. Today they have grown fainter and more
    • abstract. In the Egyptian epoch they were concrete. They were more
    • ancient wisdom of the Chaldaic-Egyptian, period. Moreover old
    • still more shadowy to Chaldaic-Egyptian wisdom than Zaruana Akarana
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • incarnations we must seek their connections by once more using the
    • more, the sixth and seventh to succeed our own. We can also find our
    • where love took on more of a moral character, were also rooted in the
    • and twelve. The more, therefore, that the Christ influence shines
    • down into the world, the more allusion is made to the nature and
    • we shall be able to penetrate more and more deeply into the secrets
    • it were the nature of permanence, they are far more sublime than that
    • ever there. What is symbolised by the points of the Zodiac is more
    • is to be discovered in the spiritual world, and which moves more or
    • Being, more intimately, of whom in reality all other beings —
    • let us once more place before our souls that which is a consequence
    • order to recognise what He is. Christ is more an object than a
    • teacher of the first Christian centuries could tell him no more about
    • more of existence was seen than that which lies between birth and
    • withdrawn more towards the East was a second great Teacher, a second
    • individuality still higher and more powerful than Skythianos, than
    • who see more in Manichaeism than is usually the case know him to be a
    • of causing it to unfold more and more gloriously in the future. Who
    • post-Atlantean time to flow more and more strongly into the future of
    • Him will grow more and more complete. The Middle Ages certainly
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • cycle, the time seems ripe for speaking in a more comprehensive sense
    • theosophy, nothing could be more profitable than seriously to seek
    • reach that peak diminished more and more through the centuries —
    • or on the Moon. Much more could be said concerning these complicated
    • been forced by material facts to go to work more thoroughly,
    • seriously and carefully. There is nothing more trivial than the
    • enumeration. Science, it is true, has now added three more senses to
    • relationship between man and nature has become a more intimate one.
    • deeper into matter, things reveal more of their essence. This can
    • is the more primitive of these two kinds of senses. In the case of
    • penetrate it. Taste, where man and matter unite more intimately, is
    • more complicated; then, matter yields more. The next step offers the
    • possibility of penetrating still more deeply into the outer world.
    • still more intimately into the fundamental conditions of objects.
    • the nature of objects still more deeply than through this seventh
    • Tastsinn, but more often it signifies something like our
    • of the other three we penetrate it ever more deeply. Through the
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • our task to examine the realm of the human senses more closely, as
    • as well. It need not be pressed out; by having more room it can
    • makes more room for the astral body. In the way of a comparison it
    • the astral body to expand more and more. It makes contact with the
    • steadily increasing, our sentient body will stream out more and more
    • out no more sentient substance because the object cannot absorb it,
    • cannot possibly give off anything, so that a more powerful action
    • into his surroundings. The Archangels play a far more important role
    • with the word Eva, and then wish to express something more, something
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • once more to the sense of tone or hearing and to the sense of speech
    • melody into a harmony is not enough; something more is needed if the
    • something much more definite than what is suggested by our
    • still more power when we learn that its astral substance enables it
    • senses are active only in more highly developed, clairvoyant people,
    • inward, and this produces a more complicated sensation: feeling. The
    • flowers — they can hardly be called senses any more — the
    • directs its psychic activity inward, a still more delicate soul
    • There is one more detail to be studied, but first we
    • vertical is an historic incident, but it could no more have taken
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • development for them. They had a more difficult task than the Saturn
    • so they had to become more powerful if they were to fulfill their
    • these younger but more powerful currents — from right to left —
    • We will now examine more closely some important details
    • have made this teaching our very own, and it will reveal more and
    • more.
    • learned even more readily in another way, namely, through realms that
    • more we will see in it a great school for learning to think. The
    • Returning once more to the sense of sound and the sense
    • of memory and acts intelligently, nothing more is proved by these
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • sort comprises something more. Here it is not a question of how the
    • that these matters could be skipped over more rapidly, and indeed,
    • reality nothing more than a fusion of what I have described to you as
    • visualizations combine into a more intensive visualization of that
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • constitute the obstacle to an understanding of the other, more
    • offers the best opportunity to forget your ego, and the more deeply
    • deal. Such considerations are far more important than is generally
    • development boredom again becomes impossible. More of this later.
    • means of more clairvoyant observation has gradually been forgotten
    • the spirit of speech is active. Speech is really more intelligent
    • is more intelligent than human beings themselves, hence the stimuli
    • proceeding in time. If you examine these verdicts more closely you
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • The warm embrace: and that, more intimate,
    • Moved more by curiosity than love
    • To which they nevermore shall conjure back thy life!
    • Rapt, self-oblivious, back to consciousness once more
    • once more, on the one hand, the actual moment of sense perception,
    • power of attention, and the greater the attention, the more readily
    • Let us examine more closely what it is that enters the
    • More than anything else, therefore, this search
    • search for truth renders us ever more humble. Yet if man were merely
    • to live along in this way, becoming more and more humble, he would
    • importance in life. Furthermore, can anything be done at the
    • inception of visualizations to render them more or less readily
    • soul life. The more lovingly we receive a visualization, the more
    • interest we devote to it, the more we forget ourselves and our
    • act upon conceptions. A conception is more readily recalled by our
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    •  MORE intimate understanding of what was said
    • consist of the stream of desires any more than it does of the stream
    • in the other direction toward the physical side. Furthermore,
    • to no more than scholastic speculating, it was like a child's first
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • achieved, and it contains no more than a sort of demonstration of
    • tells nothing more than that in some man's soul the concepts “rose”
    • of love and hate. Here again we have something more than mere
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophists should feel ever more strongly that their world view
    • More recent attempts such as that of Rudolf Eucken,
    • new energies but merely became more and more complicated in the plant
    • of truth is made up of thoughts, were nothing more than the
    • need admit nothing more than that you are dealing with a mere image
    • transformation of error into truth shows that error as such is more
    • us. The effect is all the more remarkable in that we are not
    • higher one looks, the more everything of a material character
    • as more recent world conceptions interpret the concept “God.”
    • much more difficult for the occidental than, for example, for the
    • that a man became more of a human being after having cast off all
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • from reasoning because in reasoning they see something more than a
    • nothing more of all that we visualize than simply that it lives in
    • the soul, and that something more is needed if we are to pass from
    • everybody will doubtless believe even more readily than that this is
    • the more directly you will feel the inner influence of the
    • world event — we are dealing with intuition, or more precisely,
    • that is to penetrate our consciousness. Let us consider this more
    • proceed more from the other side, must try to develop imagination, to
    • we might be able to understand each other more readily in the
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • different things, that something outwardly small may be perhaps more
    • before ourselves, at the same time going through them once more, we
    • we realize still more clearly how little we are able to make of this
    • could no more deviate from the prescribed path than could the sun
    • this ego-consciousness more and more, to develop it to an ever higher
    • this utterance of the eighteenth century theosophists into more
    • theosophists did more to illuminate and clarify the mysteries of man
    • feel more than ever how sketchy and incomplete everything must be
    • in order to be stimulated, so that our innermost self comes more and
    • more to take part in the worlds that are intended to be revealed to
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • Surely there can be nothing more dreary and at the same time more
    • more of a stranger to Nature than he thinks, far more even than he was
    • from her, nor can we penetrate more deeply into her being. She lifts
    • means more than the Word conceived as the power by which the world
    • And it was even more than this. The waxing and waning of the days was
    • the harmony of the universe. Man seems to become more and more akin to
    • that the more abundantly the harmony of the Cosmos fills the soul, the
    • more peace and concord there will be upon the Earth. The great ideal
    • But this much shall be said to-day: that nothing could be more
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • new life when a deeper, more spiritual conception of the world is
    • Think, and more clearly wilt thou grasp it, seeing
    • colour. There can be no more sublime experience than this and in due
    • the pupils might realise this even more intensely, after they had
    • spiritual re-birth, as the great Ideal of all humanity and moreover
    • man is to have his roots in freedom; and the more highly civilised he
    • is, the more does this rhythm decline. As the light disappears at
    • more death. But in the meantime only he who is an Initiate may take
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • away more and more as time went by. The age came when men could no
    • physical human body for three years only. More and more it will be
    • Thus with the coming of Christ in the Spirit, it will become more and
    • more possible for men to know how the spiritual forces weave and hold
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • significance and its destiny was tragically fulfilled. Moreover at
    • the South, through Greece, Italy, Spain and so on, led more and more
    • The experiences underlying the Northern Mysteries were more intimately
    • Anthroposophy can no more revert to the Gnosis than mankind can revert
    • One more thing must be mentioned in regard to these Mystery-practices.
    • Then came the time when this ancient knowledge fell more and more into
    • It is incumbent upon the present age to understand such things more
    • and more deeply and thereby grasp in concrete reality the meaning of
    • atavistic in character, but for all that it was infinitely more
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • The Christmas Festival is connected more directly with man's life of
    • times they were more primitive. But we know from spiritual science
    • more wide-awake consciousness than that prevailing in normal life. The
    • had a far more living awareness of the world around him than is
    • to chosen pupils only. Moreover it did not work in them in the same
    • time went on, men strove more and more to understand it through purely
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • of the Atlanteans. They were united more directly with the Godhead, a
    • understand more and more what a Magi is, and what the great Magi, the
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • to say, more or less at the time of the winter solstice. For actually
    • Christendom by so many hearts has little by little become more or less
    • as our so-called enlightened theology, has more or less lost sight of
    • all the worlds of cosmic space have become little more than a product
    • fact when we know that the Mass is nothing more nor less than a
    • more than the mere remembrance of the day of the birth of Jesus. We
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • the Birth of Jesus, in a deeper and more worthy way.
    • spheres and the higher we ascend the more do we find that the older
    • and is becoming more and more corpselike. Standing before the huge
    • would then be no more, would already by to-day have been overcome by
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • for the soul to do more than merely ascend stage by stage as though up
    • hardly more than when we ring a bell as a sign that something is about
    • etheric bodies had to be at a more advanced stage of development than
    • whom we have described more closely as Jesus of Nazareth, forsook the
    • Leaders of humanity we have, in a sense, to do with more highly
    • once more work his way up to that world which is above and beyond the
    • surrounded by twelve Bodhisattvas; we cannot indeed speak of more than
    • more and more worthy themselves to penetrate that sphere. In the
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • one no good simply to believe that man lives more than once and that
    • little more carefully than usual, if they wish to find confirmation of
    • observe. Anyone who observes more profoundly will, however, find
    • however, comes when these break through again with all the more
    • can be compressed for a while but it springs back with all the more
    • intimately acquainted with life in order to study more deeply the
    • One learns more of the soul in that way than can be learnt from the
    • more especially the latter.
    • be all the more successfully accomplished if we treat the illness in
    • attain a more and more living comprehension of our spiritual